Document:

Exhibit 4.1

QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLAN AND TRUST
DEFINED CONTRIBUTION BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT 01

DEFINITIONS
The following words and phrases when used in the Plan with initial capital
letters shall, for the purpose of this Plan, have the meanings set forth below
unless the context indicates that other meanings are intended.

ACP TEST SAFE HARBOR MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
Means Matching Contributions described in Section 3.15(B) of the Plan.

ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE (ADP)
Means, for a specified group of Participants for a Plan Year, the average of
the ratios (calculated separately for each Participant in such group) of (1)
the amount of Employer Contributions actually paid to the Fund on behalf of
such Participant for the Plan Year to (2) the Participant's Compensation for
such Plan Year (taking into account only that Compensation paid to the Employee
during the portion of the Plan Year he or she was an Eligible Participant,
unless otherwise indicated in the Adoption Agreement). For purposes of
calculating the ADP, Employer Contributions on behalf of any Participant shall
include: (1) any Elective Deferrals made pursuant to the Participant's salary
deferral election, (including Excess Elective Deferrals of Highly Compensated
Employees), but excluding (a) Excess Elective Deferrals of Participants who are
not Highly Compensated Employees that arise solely from Elective Deferrals made
under the Plan or plans of this Employer and (b) Elective Deferrals that are
taken into account in the Contribution Percentage test (provided the ADP test
is satisfied both with and without exclusion of such Elective Deferrals); and
(2) at the election of the Employer, Qualified Nonelective Contributions and
Qualified Matching Contributions. For purposes of computing Actual Deferral
Percentages, an Employee who would be a Participant but for the failure to make
Elective Deferrals shall be treated as a Participant on whose behalf no
Elective Deferrals are made.

ADOPTING EMPLOYER
Means any corporation, sole proprietor or other entity named on the Adoption
Agreement and any successor who by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise
assumes the obligations of the Plan.

ADOPTION AGREEMENT
Means the document executed by the Adopting Employer through which it adopts
the Plan and trust, and thereby agrees to be bound by all terms and conditions
of the Plan and Trust.

ADP TEST SAFE HARBOR CONTRIBUTIONS
Means any Basic Matching Contributions, Enhanced Matching Contributions and
Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions.

AGGREGATE LIMIT
Means the sum of 1) 125 percent of the greater of the ADP of the Participants
who are not Highly Compensated Employees for the applicable Plan Year or the
ACP of the Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees under the Plan
subject to Code Section 401(m) for the Plan Year beginning with or within the
applicable Plan Year of the cash or deferred arrangement; and 2) the lesser of
200 percent or two plus the lesser of such ADP or ACP Notwithstanding the
<PAGE>
foregoing, Aggregate Limit shall mean the sum of 1) 125 percent of the lesser
of the ADP of the Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees under
the Plan subject to Code Section 401(m) for the Plan Year beginning with or
within the Plan Year of the cash or deferred arrangement; and 2) the lesser of
200 percent or two plus the greater of such ADP or ACP if it would result in a
larger Aggregate Limit than determined under the previous sentence. If the
employer has elected in the adoption agreement to use the Current Year Testing
method, then, in calculating the Aggregate Limit for a particular Plan Year,
the Non-highly Compensated Employees' ADP and ACP for that Plan Year, instead
of for the prior Plan Year, is used.
                                                                             1
ALTERNATE PAYEE
Means any Spouse, former Spouse, child, or other dependent of a Participant who
is recognized by a Domestic Relations Order as having a right to receive all,
or a portion of, the benefits payable under the Plan with respect to such
Participant.

ANNUAL ADDITIONS
Means the sum of the following amounts credited to a Participant for the
Limitation Year: a. Employer Contributions, b. Nondeductible Employee
Contributions, c. Forfeitures, d. amounts allocated, after March 31, 1984, to
an individual medical account, as defined in Section 415(l)(2) of the Code,
which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the Employer. Also
amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued after December 31, 1985, in
taxable years ending after such date, which are attributable to post-retirement
medical benefits, allocated to the separate account of a key employee, as
defined in Section 419A(d)(3) of the Code, under a welfare benefit fund, as
defined in Section 419(e) of the Code, maintained by the Employer, e. amounts
allocated under a simplified employee pension plan, f. Excess Contributions
(including amounts recharacterized), and g. Excess Aggregate Contributions. For
this purpose, any Excess Annual Additions applied under Section 3.12(A)(4) or
3.12(B)(1)(f) of the Plan in the Limitation Year to reduce Employer
Contributions will be considered Annual Additions for such Limitation Year.

ANNUITY STARTING DATE
Means the first day of the first period for which an amount is paid as an
annuity or any other form.

APPLICABLE LIFE EXPECTANCY
Means the Life Expectancy (or joint and last survivor expectancy) calculated
using the attained age of the Participant (or designated Beneficiary) as of the
Participant's (or designated Beneficiary's) birthday in the applicable calendar
year reduced by one for each calendar year, which has elapsed since the date
Life Expectancy was first calculated. However, if Life Expectancy is being
recalculated, the Applicable Life Expectancy shall be the Life Expectancy as so
recalculated. The applicable calendar year shall be the first Distribution
Calendar Year, and if Life Expectancy is being recalculated, such succeeding
calendar year.

AVERAGE CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE (ACP)
Means the average of the Contribution Percentages of the Eligible Participants
in a group of either Highly Compensated Employees or Employees who are not
Highly Compensated Employees.

BASIC MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
Means Matching Contributions made pursuant to the formula described in Section
3.15(A) of the Plan.
<PAGE>
BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT
Means this prototype Plan and trust document.

BENEFICIARY
Means the individual(s) or entity(ies) designated pursuant to Section 5.03(A)
of the Plan.

BREAK IN ELIGIBILITY SERVICE
Means a 12 consecutive month period which coincides with an Eligibility
Computation Period during which an Employee fails to complete more than 500
Hours of Service (or such lesser number of Hours of Service specified in the
Adoption Agreement for this purpose).

BREAK IN VESTING SERVICE
Means a Plan Year (or other vesting computation period described in the
definition of Year of Vesting Service) during which an Employee fails to
complete more than 500 Hours of Service (or such lesser number of Hours of
Service specified in the Adoption Agreement for this purpose).

CODE
Means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended from time-to-time.
                                                                             2
COMPENSATION
A. General Definition
   The following definition of Compensation shall apply. As elected by the
   Adopting Employer in the Adoption Agreement (and if no election is made, W-2
   wages will be deemed to have been selected), Compensation shall mean one of
   the following:
   1. W-2 wages. Compensation is defined as information required to be reported
      under Sections 6041 and 6051, and 6052 of the Code (wages, tips and other
      compensation as reported on Form W-2). Compensation is defined as wages
      within the meaning of Section 3401(a) of the Code and all other payments
      of compensation to an Employee by the Employer (in the course of the
      Employer's trade or business) for which the Employer is required to
      Furnish the Employee a written statement under Sections 6041(d) and 6051
      (a)(3), and 6052 of the Code. Compensation must be determined without
      regard to any rules under Section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration
      included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or
      the services performed(such as the exception for agricultural labor in
      Section 3401(a)(2) of the Code).
   2. Section 3401(a) wages. Compensation is defined as wages within the
      meaning of Section 3401(a) of the Code, for the purposes of income tax
      withholding at the source but determined without regard to any rules that
      limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location
      of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for
      agricultural labor in Section 3401(a)(2) of the Code).
   3. 415 safe-harbor compensation. Compensation is defined as wages, salaries,
      and fees for professional services and other amounts received (without
      regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services
      actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer
      maintaining the Plan to the extent that the amounts are includible in
      gross income (including, but not limited to, commissions paid to
      salespersons, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of
      profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses,' fringe
      benefits, and reimbursements or other expense allowances under a
      nonaccountable plan (as described in Section 1.62-2(C) of the Treasury
      Regulations), and excluding the following:
<PAGE>
    a. Employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation which are not
       includible in the Employee's gross income for the taxable year in which
       contributed, or employer contributions under a simplified employee
       pension plan to the extent such contributions are deductible by the
       Employee, or any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation;
    b. Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonqualified stock option, or
       when restricted stock (or property) held by the Employee either becomes
       freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of
       forfeiture;
    c. Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock
       acquired under a qualified stock option; and
    d. Other amounts which received special tax benefits, or contributions made
       by the Employer (whether or not under a salary reduction agreement)
       towards the purchase of an annuity contract described in Section 403(b)
       of the Code (whether or not the contributions are actually excludable
       from the gross income of the Employee). For any Self-Employed Individual
       covered under the Plan, Compensation will mean Earned Income.
B. Determination Period And Other Rules Unless otherwise indicated in the
   Adoption Agreement, where an Employee becomes an eligible Participant on any
   date subsequent to the first day of the applicable Determination Period,
   Compensation shall include only that Compensation paid to the Employee
   During the portion of the Determination Period he or she was an eligible
   Participant, unless otherwise required by either the Code or ERISA. Unless
   otherwise indicated in the Adoption Agreement, Compensation shall include
   any amount which is contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary
   reduction agreement and which is not includible in the gross income of the
   Employee under Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b) of the Code.
   For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2001, except as otherwise
   provided in the Adoption Agreement, Compensation shall also include elective
   amounts that are not includible in the gross income of the Employee by
   reason of Section 132(f)(4) of the Code. Except as otherwise provided in
   this Plan (e.g., in situations involving continued coverage of disabled
   Participants), Compensation received by an Employee during a Determination
   Period in which the Employee does not perform services for the Employer will
   be disregarded.  For purposes of applying the limitations of Section 3.12 of
   the Plan, Compensation for a Limitation Year is the Compensation actually
   paid or made available in gross income during
                                                                             3
   such Limitation Year. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, compensation
   for a participant in a defined contribution plan who is permanently and
   totally disabled (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) is the
   compensation such Participant would have received for the Limitation Year
   if the Participant had been paid at the rate of Compensation paid
   immediately before becoming permanently and totally disabled; for
   Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 1997, but not for Limitation
   Years beginning after December 31, 1996, such imputed compensation for the
   disabled Participant may be taken into account only if the Participant is
   not a Highly Compensated Employee (as defined in the Definition section of
   the Basic Plan Document) and contributions made on behalf of such
   Participant are nonforfeitable when made. For Limitation Years beginning
   after December 31,1997, for purposes of applying the limitations of Section
   3.12 of the Plan Compensation paid or made available during such Limitation
   Year shall include any elective deferral (as defined in Section 402(g)(3) of
   the Code), and any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer
   at the election of the Employee and which is not includible in the gross
   income of the Employee by reason of Section 125 or 457 of the Code. For
   Limitation Years beginning on or after January 1, 2001, for purposes of
<PAGE>
   applying the limitations under Section 3.12 of the Plan, Compensation
   paid or made available during such Limitation Years shall include elective
   amounts that are not includible in the gross income of the Employee by
   reason of Section 132(f)(4) of the Code.
C. Limits On Compensation For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1989,
   and before January 1, 1994, the annual Compensation of each Participant
   taken into account for determining all benefits provided under the Plan for
   any Plan Year shall not exceed $200,000. This limitation shall be adjusted
   by the Secretary at the same time and in the same manner as under Section
   415(d) of the Code, except that the dollar increase in effect on January 1
   of any calendar year is effective for Plan Years beginning in such calendar
   year and the first adjustment to the $200,000 limitation is effective on
   January 1, 1990. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the
   annual Compensation of each Participant taken into account for determining
   all benefits provided under the Plan for any Plan Year shall not exceed
   $150,000, as adjusted for increases in the cost-of-living in accordance
   with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code. The cost-of-living adjustment in
   effect for a calendar year applies to any Determination Period beginning
   in such calendar year. if a Determination Period consists of fewer than 12
   months, the annual Compensation limit is an amount equal to the otherwise
   applicable annual Compensation limit multiplied by a fraction, the numerator
   of which is the number of months in the short Determination Period, and the
   denominator of which is 12. If Compensation for any prior Determination
   Period is taken into account in determining an Employee's allocations or
   benefits for the current Determination Period, the Compensation for such
   prior Determination Period is subject to the applicable annual Compensation
   limit in effect for that prior period. For this purpose, in determining
   allocations in Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1989, the annual
   Compensation limit in effect for Determination Periods beginning before that
   date is $200,000. In addition, in determining allocations in Plan Years
   beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the annual Compensation limit in
   effect for Determination Periods beginning before that date is $150,000.
D. SIMPLE 401(k) Rules Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary,
   if an Eligible Employer has established a SIMPLE 401(k) plan, Compensation
   means, for purposes of the definition of Eligible Employer and for purposes
   of Sections 3.06(F) and 3.07 of the Plan, the sum of the wages, tips, and
   other compensation from the Employer subject to federal income tax
   withholding (as described in Section 6051(a)(3) of the Code) and the
   Employee's Elective Deferral contributions made under this or any other
   401(k) plan, and, if applicable, elective deferrals under a Section 408(p)
   SIMPLE IRA plan, a SA RSEP plan, or a Section 403(b) annuity contract and
   compensation deferred under a Section 457 plan, required to be reported by
   the Employer on Form W-2 (as described in Section 6051(a)(8) of the Code)
   For Self-Employed Individuals, Compensation means net earnings from self-
   employment determined under Section 1402(a) of the Code prior to subtracting
   any contributions made under this Plan on behalf of the individual. The
   provisions of the Plan implementing the limit on Compensation under Section
   401(a)(17) of the Code apply to the Compensation under Sections 3.06(F) and
   3.07 of the Plan. E. Safe Harbor CODA Rules Notwithstanding anything in this
   Plan to the contrary if an Adopting Employer has elected in the Adoption
   Agreement to apply the safe harbor CODA provisions to this Plan,
   Compensation means Compensation as defined in this Definitions Section of
   the Plan, except, for purposes of Section 3.15, no dollar limit, other than
   the limit imposed by Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, applies to the
   Compensation of a non-Highly Compensated Employee. However, solely for
   purposes of determining the Compensation subject to a Participant's salary
<PAGE>
   reduction agreement, the Employer may use an alternative definition to the
   one described in the preceding sentence, provided such alternative
   definition is a reasonable definition within the meaning of Section
   1.414(s)-1(d)(2) of the Income Tax
                                                                            4
  Regulations and permits each Participant to elect sufficient Elective
  Deferrals to receive the maximum amount of Matching Contributions (determined
  using the definition of Compensation described in the preceding sentence)
  available to the Participant under the Plan.

CONTRIBUTING PARTICIPANT
Means a Participant who has enrolled as a Contributing Participant pursuant to
either Section 3.06 of the Plan or Section 3.08 of the Plan and on whose behalf
the Employer is contributing Elective Deferrals to the Plan (or is making
Nondeductible Employee Contributions).

CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE
Means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the Participant's Contribution
Percentage Amounts to the Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year (taking
into account only the Compensation paid to the Employee during the portion of
the Plan Year he or she was an Eligible Participant, unless otherwise indicated
in the Adoption Agreement).

CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE AMOUNTS
Means the sum of the Nondeductible Employee Contributions, Matching
Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions (to the extent not taken
into account for purposes of the ADP test) made under the Plan on behalf of the
Participant for the Plan Year. Such Contribution Percentage Amounts shall not
include Matching Contributions that are forfeited either to correct Excess
Aggregate Contributions or because the contributions to which they relate are
Excess Deferrals, Excess Contributions, Excess Aggregate Contributions or
Excess Annual Additions which are distributed pursuant to Section 3.12(A)(4)(c)
of the Plan. The Employer may elect to use either Qualified Nonelective
Contributions or Elective Deferrals, or both, in the Contribution Percentage
Amounts. Elective Deferrals may only be included in the Contribution Percentage
Amounts if the Plan passes the ADP test both prior to and following the
exclusion of such Elective Deferrals.

CUSTODIAN
Means an entity specified in the Adoption Agreement as Custodian or any duly
appointed successor as provided in Section 8.05 of the Plan.

DEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS
Means any qualified voluntary employee contributions (as defined in Section
219(e)(2) of the Code made after December 31, 1981, in a taxable year beginning
after such date and made for a taxable year beginning before January 1, 1987,
and allowable as a deduction under Section 219(a) of the Code for such taxable
year.

DEFINED BENEFIT FRACTION
Means a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the Participant's
Projected Annual Benefits under all the defined benefit plans (whether or not
terminated) maintained by the Employer, and the denominator of which is the
lesser of 125 percent of the dollar limitation determined for the Limitation
Year under Section 415(b) and (d) of the Code or 140 percent of the Highest
Average Compensation, including any adjustments under Section 415(b) of the
<PAGE>
Code. Notwithstanding the above, if the Participant was a Participant as of the
first day of the first Limitation Year beginning after December 31, 1986, in
one or more defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer which were in
existence on May 6, 1986, the denominator of this fraction will not be less
than 125 percent of the sum of the annual benefits under such plans which the
Participant had accrued as of the close of the last Limitation Year beginning
before January 1, 1987, disregarding any changes in the terms and conditions of
the plan after May 5, 1986. The preceding sentence applies only if the defined
benefit plans individually, and in the aggregate, satisfied the requirements of
Section 415 of the Code for all Limitation Years beginning before January 1,
1987.

DEFINED CONTRIBUTION DOLLAR LIMITATION
Means $30,000, as adjusted under Section 415(d) of the Code.

DEFINED CONTRIBUTION FRACTION
Means a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the Annual Additions to
the Participant's account under all the defined contribution plans (whether or
not terminated) maintained by the Employer for the current and all prior
                                                                             5
Limitation Years (including the Annual Additions attributable to the
Participant's Nondeductible Employee Contributions to all defined benefit
plans, whether or not terminated, maintained by the Employer, and the Annual
Additions attributable to all welfare benefit funds, as defined in Section
419(e) of the Code, individual medical accounts, and simplified employee
pension plans, maintained by the Employer), and the denominator of which is the
sum of the maximum aggregate amounts for the current and all prior Limitation
Years of service with the Employer (regardless of whether a defined
contribution plan was maintained by the Employer). The maximum aggregate amount
in any Limitation Year is the lesser of 125 percent of the dollar limitation
determined under Sections 415(b) and (d) of the Code in effect under Section
415(c)(1)(A) of the Code or 35 percent of the Participant's Compensation for
such year. If the Employee was a Participant as of the end of the first day of
the first Limitation Year beginning after December 31, 1986, in one or more
defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer which were in existence
on May 6, 1986, the numerator of this fraction will be adjusted if the sum of
this fraction and the Defined Benefit Fraction would otherwise exceed 1.0 under
the terms of this Plan. Under the adjustment, an amount equal to the product of
(1) the excess of the sum of the fractions over 1.0 times (2) the denominator
of this fraction, will be permanently subtracted from the numerator of this
fraction. The adjustment is calculated using the fractions as they would be
computed as of the end of the last Limitation Year beginning before January 1,
1987, and disregarding any changes in the terms and conditions of the Plan made
after May 5, 1986, but using the Section 415 limitation applicable to the first
Limitation Year beginning on or after January 1, 1987. The Annual Addition for
any Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987, shall not be recomputed
to treat all Nondeductible Employee Contributions as Annual Additions.

DETERMINATION DATE
Means for any Plan Year subsequent to the first Plan Year, the last day of the
preceding Plan Year. For the first Plan Year of the Plan, Determination Date
means the last day of that year.

DETERMINATION PERIOD
Means, except as provided elsewhere in this Plan, the Plan Year unless the
Adopting Employer has selected another period in the Adoption Agreement.
<PAGE>
DIRECT ROLLOVER
Means a payment by the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the
Recipient (or, if necessary pursuant to Sect-ion 5.02(A) of the Plan, an
individual retirement account (IRA) under either Section 408(a) or Section
408(b) of the Code, selected by the Plan Administrator).

DIRECTED TRUSTEE
Means a Trustee that is designated as a Directed Trustee on the Adoption
Agreement. A Directed Trustee shall be responsible for investing the Fund and
performing the responsibilities set forth in Section Eight of the Plan in
accordance with specific instructions provided by the Adopting Employer or Plan
Administrator (or Participant or Beneficiary if applicable).

DISABILITY
Unless the Adopting Employer has elected a different definition in the Adoption
Agreement, Disability means the inability to engage in any substantial, gainful
activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment
that can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected
to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months. The permanence and
degree of such impairment shall be supported by medical evidence.

DISCRETIONARY TRUSTEE
Means a Trustee which is designated as a Discretionary Trustee on the Adoption
Agreement and enters into an agreement with the Adopting Employer whereby the
Trustee and not the Adopting Employer will select the appropriate investments
for the Fund in accordance with the Plan's funding policy statement or will
perform such other tasks identified in such agreement between the Trustee and
Adopting Employer.

DISTRIBUTION CALENDAR YEAR
Means a calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For
distributions beginning before the Participant's death, the first Distribution
Calendar Year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year
                                                                             6
which contains the Participant's Required Beginning Date. For distributions
beginning after the Participant's death, the first Distribution Calendar Year
is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin pursuant to
Section 5.05(E) of the Plan.

DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDER
Means any judgment, decree or order (including approval of a property
settlement agreement) that: a. relates to the provision of child support,
alimony payments, or marital property rights to a spouse, former spouse, child,
or other dependent of a Participant, and b. is made pursuant to state domestic
relations law (including a community property law).

EARLIEST RETIREMENT AGE
Means, for purposes of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity provisions of
the Plan, the earliest date on which, under the Plan, the Participant could
elect to receive retirement benefits.

EARLY RETIREMENT AGE
Means the age specified in the Adoption Agreement. The Plan will not have an
Early Retirement Age if none is specified in the Adoption Agreement.
<PAGE>
EARNED INCOME
Means the net earnings from self-employment in the trade or business with
respect to which the Plan is established, for which personal services of the
individual are a material income-producing factor. Net earnings will be
determined without regard to items not included in gross income and the
deductions allocable to such items. Net earnings are reduced by contributions
by the Employer to a qualified plan to the extent deductible under Section 404
of the Code. Net earnings shall be determined with regard to the deduction
allowed to the Employer by Section 164(f) of the Code for taxable years
beginning after December 31,1989.

EFFECTIVE DATE
Means the date the Plan becomes effective as indicated in the Adoption
Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise provided in this
Basic Plan Document, the Effective Date of Plan provisions attributable to the
Uruguay Round Agreements Act Of 1994 (GATT), the Uniform Services Employment
and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994 (USERRA), the Small Business Job Protection
Act of 1996 (SBJPA), the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997 (TRA-97) and the Tax
Technical Corrections Act of 1998 (TTCA-98) shall be the later of the first day
of the Employer's 1997 Plan Year or the original Effective Date of the Plan.

ELECTION PERIOD
Means the period which begins on the first day of the Plan Year in which the
Participant attains age 35 and ends on the date of the Participant's death. If
a Participant separates from service prior to the first day of the Plan Year in
which age 35 is attained, with respect to the account balance as of the date of
separation, the Election Period shall begin on the date of separation.

ELECTIVE DEFERRALS
Means any Employer Contributions made to the Plan at the election of the
Participant, in lieu of cash compensation, and shall include contributions made
pursuant to a salary reduction agreement or other deferral mechanism. With
respect to any taxable year, a Participant's Elective Deferral is the sum of
all Employer contributions made on behalf of such Participant pursuant to an
election to defer under any qualified cash or deferred arrangement as described
in Section 401(k) of the Code, any simplified employee pension plan cash or
deferred arrangement as described in Section 402(h)(1)(B) of the Code, any
SIMPLE IRA Plan described in Section 408(p) of the Code, any eligible deferred
compensation plan under Section 457 of the Code, any plan as described under
Section 501(c)(18) of the Code, any Employer contributions made on the behalf
of a Participant for the purchase of an annuity contract under Section 403(b)
of the Code pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and any elective Employer
contribution under Section 408(p)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. Elective Deferrals
shall not include any deferrals properly distributed as Excess Annual
Additions. No Participant shall be permitted to have Elective Deferrals made
under this Plan, or any other qualified
                                                                             7
plan maintained by the Employer, during any taxable year, in excess of the
dollar limitation contained in Section 402(g) of the Code in effect at the
beginning of such taxable year.

ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE
Means, if the Employer has adopted a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan, any Employee who is
entitled to make Elective Deferrals under the terms of the Plan.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Employer has elected to apply the safe
harbor CODA provisions of Section 3.15 of the Plan, means an Employee eligible
<PAGE>
to make Elective Deferrals under the Plan for any part of the Plan Year or who
would be eligible to make Elective Deferrals but for a suspension due to a
hardship distribution described in Section 5.01(A)(6) of the Plan or to
statutory limitations, such as Sections 402(g) and 415 of the Code.

ELIGIBLE EMPLOYER
Means, with respect to any Year, an Employer that had no more than 100
Employees who received at least $5,000 of Compensation from the Employer for
the preceding Year and is therefore eligible to establish a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan.
In applying the preceding sentence, all Employees of controlled groups of
corporations under Section 414(b) of the Code, all Employees of trades or
businesses (whether incorporated or not) under common control under Section
414(c) of the Code, all Employees of affiliated service groups under Section
414(m) of the Code, and Leased Employees required to be treated as the
Employer's Employees under Section 414(n) of the Code, are taken into account.
An Eligible Employer that adopts a SIMPLE 401(k) and that fails to be an
Eligible Employer for any subsequent Year, is treated as an Eligible Employer
for the two Years following the last Year the Employer was an Eligible
Employer. If the failure is due to any acquisition, disposition, or similar
transaction involving an Eligible Employer, the preceding sentence applies only
if the provisions of Section 410(b)(6)(C)(i) of the Code are satisfied.

ELIGIBLE PARTICIPANT
Means any Employee who is eligible to make a Nondeductible Employee
Contribution or an Elective Deferral, or to receive a Matching Contribution
(including Forfeitures thereof) or a Qualified Matching Contribution. If a
Nondeductible Employee Contribution is required as a condition of participation
in the Plan, any Employee who would be a Participant in the Plan if such
Employee made such a contribution shall be treated as an Eligible Participant
on behalf of whom no Nondeductible Employee Contributions are made.

ELIGIBLE RETIREMENT PLAN
Means an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code,
an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an
annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code, or a qualified trust
described in Section 401(a) of the Code, that accepts the Recipient's Eligible
Rollover Distribution. However, in the case of an Eligible Rollover
Distribution to the surviving Spouse, an Eligible Retirement Plan is an
individual. retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTION
Means any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of
the Recipient, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include
a. any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic
payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or Life
Expectancy) of the Recipient or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of
the Recipient and the Recipient's designated Beneficiary, or for a specified
period of ten years or more; b. any distribution to the extent such
distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code; c. the portion of
any other distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined
without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to
employer securities); d. any hardship distribution described in Section
5.01(A)(6) of the Plan received after December 31, 1998; and e. any other
distribution(s) that is reasonably expected to total less than $200 during a
year.
<PAGE>
ELIGIBILITY COMPUTATION PERIOD
Means, with respect to an Employee's initial Eligibility Computation Period,
the 12 consecutive month period commencing on the Employee's Employment
Commencement Date. Unless otherwise specified in the Adoption Agreement, the
Employee's subsequent Eligibility Computation Periods shall be the 12
consecutive month periods commencing on the anniversaries of his or her
Employment Commencement Date. An Employee is not credited with a
                                                                             8
Year of
Eligibility Service before the end of the 12 consecutive month period
regardless of when during such period the Employee completes the required
number of Hours of Service.

EMPLOYEE
Means any person employed by an Employer maintaining the Plan or of any other
employer required to be aggregated with such Employer under Sections 414(b),
(c), (m) or (o) of the Code. The term Employee shall also include any Leased
Employee deemed to be an Employee of any Employer described in the previous
paragraph as provided in Sections 414(n) or (o) of the Code.

EMPLOYER
Means the Adopting Employer, and, unless otherwise provided in the Adoption
Agreement, all members of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in
Section 414(b) of the Code as modified by Section 415 (h) of the Code), all
commonly controlled trades or businesses (as defined in Section 414(c) of the
Code as modified by Section 415(h) of the Code) or affiliated service groups
(as defined in Section 414(m) of the Code) of which the adopting Employer is a
part, and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant
to regulations under Section 414(o) of the Code. A partnership is considered to
be the Employer of each of the partners and a sole-proprietorship is considered
to be the Employer of a sole proprietor.

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION
Means the amount contributed by the Employer each year as determined under this
Plan. The term Employer Contribution shall include Elective Deferrals made to
the Plan unless such contributions are intended to be excluded for purposes of
any act under the Code, ERISA or any additional rules, regulations or other
pronouncements promulgated by either the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) or the
Department of Labor.

EMPLOYER MONEY PURCHASE PENSION CONTRIBUTION
Means an Employer Contribution made pursuant to the section of the Adoption
Agreement titled, "Employer Money Purchase Pension Contributions." The Employer
must make Employer Money Purchase Pension Contributions without regard to
current or accumulated earnings or profits.

EMPLOYER TARGET BENEFIT PENSION CONTRIBUTION
Means an Employer Contribution made pursuant to the section of the Adoption
Agreement titled, "Employer Target Benefit Pension Contributions." The Employer
must make Employer Target Benefit Pension Contributions without regard to
current or accumulated earnings or profits.

EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTION
Means an Employer Contribution made pursuant to the section of the Adoption
Agreement titled, "Employer Profit Sharing Contributions." The Employer may
make Employer Profit Sharing Contributions without regard to current or
accumulated earnings or profits.
<PAGE>
EMPLOYMENT COMMENCEMENT DATE
Means, with respect to an Employee, the date such Employee first performs an
Hour of Service for the Employer.

ENHANCED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
Means Matching Contributions described in Section 401(k)(12)(B)(iii) of the
Code and made pursuant to the formula elected by the Employer in the Adoption
Agreement.

ENTRY DATES
Means the first day of the Plan Year and the first day of the seventh month of
the Plan Year, unless the Adopting Employer has specified different dates in
the Adoption Agreement.

ERISA
Means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 as amended from time-
to-time.
                                                                             9
EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS
Means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of a. the aggregate
Contribution Percentage Amounts taken into account in computing the numerator
of the Contribution Percentage actually made on behalf of Highly Compensated
Employees for such Plan Year, over b. the maximum Contribution Percentage
Amounts permitted by the ACP test (determined by hypothetically reducing
contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in order of their
Contribution Percentages beginning with the highest of such percentages). Such
determination shall be made after first determining Excess Elective Deferrals
pursuant to the definition provided herein and then determining Excess
Contributions pursuant to the definition provided herein.

EXCESS ANNUAL ADDITIONS
Means the excess of the Participant's Annual Additions for the Limitation Year
over the Maximum Permissible Amount.

EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS
Means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of a. the aggregate amount of
Employer Contributions actually taken into account in computing the ADP of
Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over b. the maximum amount of
such contributions permitted by the ADP test (determined by hypothetically
reducing contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in order
of the ADPs, beginning with the highest of such percentages).

EXCESS ELECTIVE DEFERRALS
Means those Elective Deferrals that are includible in a Participant's gross
income under Section 402(g) of the Code to the extent such Participant's
Elective Deferrals for a taxable year exceed the dollar limitation under such
Code section. Excess Elective Deferrals shall be treated as Annual Additions
under the Plan, unless such amounts are distributed no later than the first
April 15 following the close of the Participant's taxable year.

FIDUCIARY
Means a person who exercises any discretionary authority or control respecting
management of the Plan, renders investment advice as defined in Section 3(21)
of ERISA or has any discretionary authority or responsibility regarding the
administration of the Plan. The Employer and such other individuals either
appointed by the Employer or deemed to be fiduciaries as a result of their
<PAGE>
actions shall serve as Fiduciaries under this Plan and fulfill the fiduciary
responsibilities described in Part 4, Title I of ERISA.

FISCAL YEAR
Means the 12-month period coinciding with the Adopting Employer's tax year.

FORFEITURE
Means that portion of a Participant's Individual Account derived from Employer
Contributions which he or she is not entitled to receive (i.e., the nonvested
portion).

FUND
Means the Plan assets held by the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) for the
Participants' exclusive benefit.

HIGHEST AVERAGE COMPENSATION
Means the average compensation for the three consecutive years of service with
the Employer that produces the highest average.

HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE
Means, effective for years beginning after December 31, 1996, any Employee who
1) was a five-percent owner at any time during the year or the preceding year,
or 2) for the preceding year had Compensation from the Employer in excess of
$80,000 and, if elected by the Adopting Employer in the Adoption Agreement, was
in the top-paid group for the preceding year. The $80,000 amount is adjusted at
the same time and in the same manner as under Section 415(d) of the Code,
except that the base period is the calendar quarter ending September 30,1996.
                                                                             10
For this purpose the applicable year of the Plan for which a determination is
being made is called a determination year and the preceding 12month period is
called a took-back year. Unless otherwise elected by the Adopting Employer in
the Adoption Agreement, however, the Employer shall be deemed to have made a
calendar year data election. If a calendar year data election is made or is
deemed to be made, the look-back year shall be the calendar year ending within
the Plan Year for purposes of determining who is a Highly Compensated Employee
(other than as a five-percent owner). A highly compensated former employee is
based on the rules applicable to determining Highly Compensated Employee status
as in effect for that determination year, in accordance with Section 1.414(q)-
1T, A-4 of the Treasury Regulations, Notice 97-45 and any subsequent guidance
issued by the IRS. In determining whether a Participant is a Highly Compensated
Employee for years beginning in 1997, the definition of Highly Compensated
Employee provided herein shall be deemed to have been in effect for years
beginning in 1996. The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee,
including, but not limited to, the determinations of the number and identity of
Employees in the top-paid group and the Compensation that is considered, will
be made in accordance with Section 414(q) of the Code and the regulations
thereunder.

HOURS OF SERVICE - MEANS
A. General Rules For Crediting Hours of Service
   1. Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the
      performance of duties for the Employer. These hours will be credited to
      the Employee for the computation period in which the duties are
      performed; and
   2. Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by the
      Employer on account of a period of time during which no duties are
<PAGE>
      performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has
      terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including
      disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence. No
      more than 501 Hours of Service will be credited under this paragraph for
      any single continuous period (whether or not such period occurs in a
      single computation period). Hours under this paragraph shall be
      calculated and credited pursuant to Section 2530.200b-2 of the Labor
      Regulations which is incorporated herein by this reference; and
   3. Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is
      either awarded or agreed to by the Employer. The same Hours of Service
      will not be credited both under paragraph (1) or paragraph (2), as the
      case may be, and under this paragraph (3). These hours will be credited
      to the Employee for the computation period or periods to which the award
      or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the
      award, agreement, or payment is made.
   4. Solely for purposes of determining whether a Break in Eligibility Service
      or a Break in Vesting Service has occurred in a computation period (the
      computation period for purposes of determining whether a Break in Vesting
      Service has occurred is the Plan Year or other vesting computation period
      described in the definition of a Year of Vesting Service), an individual
      who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons shall receive
      credit for the Hours of Service which would otherwise have been credited
      to such individual but for such absence, or in any case in which such
      hours cannot be determined, eight Hours of Service per day of such
      absence.  For purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for
      maternity or paternity reasons means an absence 1) by reason of the
      pregnancy of the individual, 2) by reason of a birth of a child of the
      individual, 3) by reason of the placement of a child with the individual
      in connection with the adoption of such child by such individual, or 4)
      for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately
      following such birth or placement.  The Hours of Service credited under
      this paragraph shall be credited 1) in the Eligibility Computation Period
      or Plan Year or other vesting computation period described in the
      definition of a Year of Service in which the absence begins if the
      crediting is necessary to prevent a Break in Eligibility Service or a
      Break in Vesting Service in the applicable period, or 2) in all other
      cases, in the following Eligibility Computation Period or Plan Year or
      other vesting computation period described in the definition of a Year
      of Service.
   5. Hours of Service will be credited for employment with other members of an
      affiliated service group (under Section 414(m) of the Code), a controlled
      group of corporations (under Section 414(b) of the Code), or a group of
      trades or businesses under common control (under Section 414(c) of the
      Code) of which the Adopting Employer is a member, and any other entity
      required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to Section 414(o) of
      the Code and the regulations thereunder. Hours of Service will also be
      credited for any individual
                                                                             11
      considered an Employee for purposes of this Plan under Sections 414(n)
      or 414(o) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.
   6. Where the Employer maintains the plan of a predecessor employer, service
      for such predecessor employer shall be treated as service for the
      Employer.
   7. The above method for determining Hours of Service may be altered as
      specified in the Adoption Agreement.
<PAGE>
B. Special Rules Where Elapsed Time Method is Being Used This paragraph (B)
   shall apply where the Adopting Employer has indicated in the Adoption
   Agreement that the elapsed time method of determining service will be used.
   When this paragraph applies, the definitions of break in service and hour of
   service in this paragraph will replace the definitions of Break in
   Eligibility Service, Break in Vesting Service and Hours of Service found in
   the Definitions Section of the Plan. For purposes of determining an
   Employee's initial or continued eligibility to participate in the Plan or
   the Vested interest in the Participant's Individual Account balance derived
   from Employer Contributions, (except for periods of service which may be
   disregarded on account of the "rule of parity" described in the definition
   of a Year of Vesting Service and in Section 2.04 of the Plan) an Employee
   will receive credit for the aggregate of all time period(s) commencing with
   the Employee's first day of employment or reemployment and ending on the
   date a break in service begins. The first day of employment or reemployment
   is the first day the Employee performs an Hour of Service. An Employee wilt
   also receive credit for any period of severance of less than 12 consecutive
   months. Fractional periods of a year will be expressed in terms of months or
   days. For purposes of this paragraph (B), hour of service will mean each
   hour for which an Employee is paid or entitled to payment for the
   performance of duties for the Employer. Break in service is a period of
   severance of at least 12 consecutive months. Period of severance is a
   continuous period of time during which the Employee is not employed by the
   Employer. Such period begins on the date the Employee retires, quits or is
   discharged, or if earlier, the 12 month anniversary of the date on which the
   Employee was otherwise first absent from service. In the case of an
   individual who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons, the
   12 consecutive month period beginning on the first anniversary of the first
   date of such absence shall not constitute a break in service. For purposes
   of this paragraph (B), an absence from work for maternity or paternity
   reasons means an absence 1) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, 2)
   by reason of the birth of a child of the individual, 3) by reason of the
   placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of
   such child by such individual, or 4) for purposes of caring for such child
   for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement. If the
   Employer is a member of an affiliated service group (under Section 414(m) of
   the Code), a controlled group of corporations (under Section 414(b) of the
   Code), a group of trades or businesses under common control (under Section
   414(c) of the Code), or any other entity required to be aggregated with the
   Employer pursuant to Section 414(o) of the Code, service will be credited
   for any employment for any period of time for any other member of such
   group. Service will also be credited for any individual required under
   Section 414(n) or Section 414(o) of the Code to be considered an Employee of
   any Employer aggregated under Section 414(b), (c), or (m) of the Code.
C. Changes In Methods of Crediting Service A plan may be amended to change the
   method of crediting service between the general rules discussed in paragraph
   (A) and the elapsed time method discussed in paragraph (B) provided each
   Employee with respect to whom the method of crediting service is changed is
   afforded the protection described in Section 1.410(a)7(g) of the Treasury
   Regulations and other applicable rules promulgated by the IRS.

INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT
Means the account established and maintained under this Plan for each
Participant in accordance with Section 7.02(A) of the Plan.
<PAGE>
INVESTMENT FUND
Means a subdivision of the Fund established pursuant to Section 7.01(B) of the
Plan.

KEY EMPLOYEE
Means any Employee or former Employee (and the Beneficiaries of such Employee)
who at any time during the determination period was an officer of the Employer
if such individual's annual compensation exceeds 50 percent of the dollar
limitation under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code, an owner (or considered an
owner under Section 318 of the Code) of one of the 10 largest interests in the
Employer if such individual's compensation exceeds 100 percent of the
                                                                             12
dollar limitation under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code, a five percent owner
of the Employer, or a one percent owner of the Employer who has annual
compensation of more than $150,000. Annual compensation means compensation as
defined in Section 415(c)(3) of the Code, but including amounts contributed by
the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are excludable
from the Employee's gross income under Section 125, Section 402(e)(3), Section
402(h)(1)(B) or Section 403(b) of the Code. The determination period is the
Plan Year containing the Determination Date and the four preceding Plan Years.
For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2001, except as otherwise
provided in the Adopt ion Agreement, Compensation shall also include elective
amounts that are not includible in the gross income of the Employee by reason
of Section 132(f)(4) of the Code. The determination of who is a Key Employee
will be made in accordance with Section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the Income
Tax Regulations thereunder.

LEASED EMPLOYEE
Means, effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1997, any
person (other than an Employee of the recipient Employer) who pursuant to an
agreement between the recipient Employer and any other person ("leasing
organization") has performed services for the recipient Employer (or for the
recipient Employer and related persons determined in accordance with Section
414(n)(6) of the Code) on a substantially full time basis for a period of at
least one year, and such services are performed under primary direction or
control by the recipient Employer. Contributions or benefits provided a Leased
Employee by the leasing organization which are attributable to services
performed for the recipient Employer shall be treated as provided by the
recipient Employer.
A Leased Employee shall not be considered an Employee of the recipient if 1)
such Leased Employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan providing a) a
nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least 10 percent of
compensation, as defined in Section 415(c)(3) of the Code, but including
amounts contributed pursuant to a salary reduction agreement, which are
excludable from the Leased Employee's gross income under Section 125, Section
402(e)(3), Section 402(h)(1)(B) or Section 403(b) of the Code, b) immediate
participation, and c) full and immediate vesting; and 2) Leased Employees do
not constitute more than 20 percent of the recipient's nonhighly compensated
work force. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2001, except as
otherwise provided in the Adoption Agreement, Compensation shall also include
elective amounts that are not includible in the gross income of the Employee by
reason of Section 132(f)(4) of the Code.

LIFE EXPECTANCY
Means life expectancy or joint and last survivor expectancy as computed using
the expected return multiples in Tables V and VI of Section 1.72-9 of the
Income Tax Regulations.
<PAGE>
Unless otherwise elected by the Participant (or Spouse, in the case of
distributions described in Section 5.05(E)(2)(b) of the Plan) by the time
distributions are required to begin, life expectancies shall not be
recalculated annually. Such election shall be irrevocable as to the Participant
(or Spouse) and shall apply to all subsequent years. The Life Expectancy of a
non-Spouse Beneficiary may not be recalculated.

LIMITATION YEAR
Means the Plan Year, or the 12-consecutive month period elected by the Employer
in the Adoption Agreement. All qualified plans maintained by the Employer must
use the same Limitation Year. If the Limitation Year is amended to a different
12-consecutive month period, the new Limitation Year must begin on a date
within the Limitation Year in which the amendment is made.

MASTER OR PROTOTYPE PLAN
Means a plan, the form of which is the subject of a favorable opinion letter
from the IRS.

MATCHING CONTRIBUTION
Means an Employer Contribution made to this or any other defined contribution
plan on behalf of a Participant on account of an Elective Deferral or a
Nondeductible Employee Contribution made by such Participant under a plan
maintained by the Employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Adopting
Employer has elected to apply the Safe Harbor CODA provisions of Section 3.15
of the Plan, Matching Contribution means contributions made by the Employer on
account of an Eligible Employee's Elective Deferrals. For Plan Years beginning
on or after January 1,
                                                                             13
1998, Matching Contributions made by self-employed Participants (as defined in
Section 401(c) of the Code) shall not be treated as Elective Deferrals.

MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE AMOUNT
Means the maximum Annual Addition that may be contributed or allocated to a
Participant's Individual Account under the Plan for any Limitation Year which
shall not exceed the lesser of
a. the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation, or
b. 25 percent of the Participant's Compensation for the Limitation Year.
The compensation limitation referred to in (b) shall not apply to any
contribution for medical benefits (within the meaning of Section 401(h) or
Section 419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is otherwise treated as an Annual
Addition under Section 415(l)(1) or 419A(d)(2) of the Code. If a short
Limitation Year is created because of an amendment changing the Limitation Year
to a different 12-consecutive month period, the Maximum Permissible Amount will
not exceed the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation multiplied by the
following fraction: NUMBER OF MONTHS IN THE SHORT LIMITATION YEAR - 12

NONDEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS
Means any contribution made to the Plan by or on behalf of a Participant that
is included in the Participant's gross income in the year in which made and
that is maintained under a separate account to which earnings and losses are
allocated.

NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE
Means the age specified in the Adoption Agreement. If the Employer enforces a
mandatory retirement age, the Normal Retirement Age is the lesser of that
mandatory age or the age specified in the Adoption Agreement. If no age is
<PAGE>
specified in the Adoption Agreement, the Normal Retirement Age shall be age 59
1/2.

OWNER - EMPLOYEE
Means an individual who is a sole proprietor, or who is a partner owning more
than 10 percent of either the capital or profits interest of the partnership.

PARTICIPANT
Means any Employee or former Employee of the Employer who has met the Plan's
age and service requirements, has entered the Plan and who is or may become
eligible to receive a benefit of any type from this Plan or whose Beneficiary
may be eligible to receive any such benefit.

PARTICIPANT'S BENEFIT
A. General Definition:
   Means the Individual Account as of the last Valuation Date in the valuation
   calendar year (the calendar year immediately preceding the Distribution
   Calendar Year) increased by the amount of any Contributions or Forfeitures
   allocated to the account balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year
   after the Valuation Date and decreased by distributions made in the
   valuation calendar year after the Valuation Date.
B. Exception For Second Distribution Calendar Year: For purposes of paragraph
   (a) above, if any portion of the minimum distribution for the first
   Distribution Calendar Year is made in the second Distribution Calendar Year
   on or before the Required Beginning Date, the amount of the minimum
   distribution made in the second Distribution Calendar Year shall be treated
   as if it had been made in the immediately preceding Distribution Calendar
   Year.

PERMISSIVE AGGREGATION GROUP
Means the Required Aggregation Group of plans plus any other plan or plans of
the Employer which, when considered as a group with the Required Aggregation
Group, would continue to satisfy the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410
of the Code.
                                                                             14
PLAN
Means the prototype defined contribution plan adopted by the Employer that is
intended to satisfy the requirements of Sections 401 and 501 of the Code and
ERISA respectively.  The Plan consists of this Basic Plan Document plus the
corresponding Adoption Agreement as completed and signed by the Adopting
Employer.

PLAN ADMINISTRATOR
The Adopting Employer shall be the Plan Administrator unless the managing body
of the Adopting Employer designates a person or persons other than the Adopting
Employer as the Plan Administrator and so notifies the Trustee (or Custodian,
if applicable). The Adopting Employer shall also be the Plan Administrator if
the person or persons so designated ceases to be the Plan Administrator. The
Adopting Employer may establish an administrative committee that will carry out
the Plan Administrator's duties. Members of the administrative committee may
allocate the Plan Administrator's duties among themselves. If the managing body
of the Adopting Employer designates a person or persons other than the Adopting
Employer as Plan Administrator, such person or persons shall serve at the
pleasure of the Adopting Employer and shall serve pursuant to such procedures
as such managing body may provide. Each such person shall be bonded as may be
required by law.
<PAGE>
PLAN SEQUENCE NUMBER
Means the three digit number the Adopting Employer assigned to the Plan on the
Adoption Agreement. The Plan Sequence Number identifies the number of qualified
retirement plans the Employer maintains or has maintained. The Plan Sequence
Number is 001 for the Employers first qualified retirement plan, 002 for the
second, etc.

PLAN YEAR
Means the 12 consecutive month period which coincides with the Adopting
Employer's Fiscal Year or such other 12 consecutive month period as is
designated in the Adoption Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Plan
Year may be a 52 to 53 week period as defined in the Adoption Agreement.

PRE-AGE 35 WAIVER
A Participant who will not yet attain age 35 as of the end of any current Plan
Year may make a special Qualified Election to waive the Qualified Preretirement
Survivor Annuity for the period beginning on the date of such election and
ending on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant will attain
age 35. Such election shall not be valid unless the Participant receives an
explanation of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity in such terms as
are comparable to the explanation required under Section 5.13(D)(1) of the
Plan. Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity coverage will be automatically
reinstated as of the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant
attains age 35. Any new waiver on or after such date shall be subject to the
full requirements of Section 5.13 of the Plan.

PRESENT VALUE
Unless otherwise indicated in the Adoption Agreement, for purposes of
establishing the Present Value of benefits under a defined benefit plan to
compute the top-heavy ratio, any benefit shall be discounted only for mortality
and interest based on the interest rate and mortality table specified for this
purpose in the defined benefit plan.

PRIOR PLAN
Means a plan which was replaced by adoption of this Plan document as indicated
in the Adoption Agreement.

PROJECTED ANNUAL BENEFIT
Means the annual retirement benefit (adjusted to an actuarially equivalent
straight life annuity if such benefit is expressed in a form other than a
straight life annuity or Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity) to which the
Participant would be entitled under the terms of the Plan assuming
a. the Participant will continue employment until Normal Retirement Age under
   the Plan (or current age, if later), and
b. the Participant's Compensation for the current Limitation Year and all other
   relevant factors used to determine benefits under the Plan will remain
   constant for all future Limitation Years.
Straight life annuity means an annuity payable in equal installments for the
life of the Participant that terminates upon the Participant's death.
                                                                             15
PROTOTYPE SPONSOR
Means the entity specified in the Adoption Agreement that makes this prototype
Plan available to employers for adoption.
<PAGE>
QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDER
A. In General
   Means a Domestic Relations Order
  a. which creates or recognizes the existence of an Alternate Payee's rights
     to, or assigns to an Alternate Payee the right to receive all or a portion
     of the benefits payable with respect to a Participant under the Plan, and
  b. with respect to which the requirements described in the remainder of this
     section are met.
B. Specification of Facts
  A Domestic Relations Order shall be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order only
  if the order clearly specifies
  a. the name and last known mailing address (if any) of the Participant and
     the name and mailing address of each Alternate Payee covered by the order,
  b. the amount or percentage of the Participant's benefits to be paid by the
     Plan to each such Alternate Payee, or the manner in which such amount or
     percentage is to be determined,
  c. the number of payments or period to which such order. applies, and
  d. each plan to which such order applies.
C. Additional Requirements
  In addition to paragraph (B) above, a Domestic Relations Order shall be
  considered a Qualified Domestic Relations Order only if such order
  a. does not require the Plan to provide any type or form of benefit, or any
     option not otherwise provided under the Plan,
  b. does not require the Plan to provide increased benefits, and
  c. does not require payment of benefits to an Alternate Payee which is
     required to be paid to another Alternate Payee under another order
     previously determined to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order.
D. Exception for Certain Payments
  A Domestic Relations Order shall not be treated as failing to meet the
  requirements above solely because such order requires that payment of
  benefits be made to an Alternate Payee
  a. on or after the date on which the Participant attains (or would have
     attained) the earliest retirement age as defined in Section 414(p)(4)(B)
     of the Code,
  b. as if the Participant had retired on the date on which such payment is to
     begin under such order, and
  c. in any form in which such benefits may be paid under the Plan to the
     Participant (other than in a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity) with
     respect to the Alternate Payee and his or her subsequent spouse.

QUALIFIED ELECTION
Means a waiver of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or a Qualified
Preretirement Survivor Annuity. Any waiver of a Qualified Joint and Survivor
Annuity or a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity shall not be effective
unless a) the Participant's Spouse consents to the election (either in writing
or in any other form permitted under rules promulgated by the IRS and DOL), b)
the election designates a specific Beneficiary, including any class of
beneficiaries or any contingent beneficiaries, which may not be changed without
spousal consent (or the Spouse expressly permits designations by the
Participant without any further spousal consent); c) the Spouse's consent
acknowledges the effect of the election; and d) the Spouse's consent is
witnessed by a plan representative or notary public. Additionally, a
Participant's waiver of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity shall not be
effective unless the election designates a form of benefit payment which may
not be changed without spousal consent (or the Spouse expressly permits
designations by the Participant without any further spousal consent). If it is
<PAGE>
established to the satisfaction of a plan representative that there is no
Spouse or that the Spouse cannot be located, a waiver will be deemed a
Qualified Election. In addition, if the Spouse is legally incompetent to give
consent, the Spouse's legal
                                                                             16
guardian, even if the guardian is the Participant,
may give consent. If the Participant is legally separated or the Participant
has been abandoned (within the meaning of local law) and the Participant has a
court order to such effect, spousal consent is not required unless a Qualified
Domestic Relations Order provides otherwise.
Any consent by a Spouse obtained under this provision (or establishment that
the consent of a Spouse may not be obtained) shall be effective only with
respect to such Spouse. A consent that permits designations by the Participant
without any requirement of further consent by such Spouse must acknowledge that
the Spouse has the right to limit consent to a specific Beneficiary, and a
specific form of benefit where applicable, and that the Spouse voluntarily
elects to relinquish either or both of such rights. A revocation of a prior
waiver may be made by a Participant without the consent of the Spouse at any
time before the commencement of benefits. The number of revocations shall not
be limited. No consent obtained under this provision shall be valid unless the
Participant has received notice as provided in Section 5.13(D) of the Plan.

QUALIFIED JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY
Means an immediate annuity for the life of the Participant with a survivor
annuity for the life of the Spouse which is not less than 50 percent and not
more than 100 percent of the amount of the annuity which is payable during the
joint lives of the Participant and the Spouse and which is the amount of
benefit which can be purchased with the Participant's vested account balance.
The percentage of the survivor annuity under the Plan shall be 50 percent
(unless a different percentage is elected by the Adopting Employer in the
Adoption Agreement).

QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
Means Matching Contributions which are subject to the distribution and
nonforfeitability requirements under Section 401(k) of the Code when made.

QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS
Means contributions (other than Matching Contributions or Qualified Matching
Contributions) made by the Employer and allocated to Participants' Individual
Accounts that the Participants may not elect to receive in cash until
distributed from the Plan; that are nonforfeitable when made; and that are
distributable only in accordance with the distribution provisions that are
applicable to Elective Deferrals and Qualified Matching Contributions.

QUALIFIED PRERETIREMENT SURVIVOR ANNUITY
Means a survivor annuity for the life of the surviving Spouse of the
Participant if the payments are not less than the amounts which would be
payable as a survivor annuity under the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity
under the Plan in accordance with Section 417(c) of the Code.

QUALIFYING CONTRIBUTING PARTICIPANT
Means a Contributing Participant who satisfies the requirements described in
Section 3.07 of the Plan to be entitled to receive a Matching Contribution (and
Forfeitures, if applicable) for a Plan Year.
<PAGE>
QUALIFYING PARTICIPANT
A Participant is a Qualifying Participant and is entitled to share in the
Employer Contribution for any Plan Year if the Participant was a Participant on
at least one day during the Plan Year and satisfies any additional conditions
specified in the Adoption Agreement. If this Plan is a standardized plan,
unless the Employer specifies more favorable conditions in the Adoption
Agreement, a Participant will be a Qualifying Participant for a Plan Year if he
or she either completes more than 500 Hours of Service (three consecutive
calendar months if the elapsed time method of determining service applies)
during the Plan Year or is employed on the last day of the Plan Year. The
determination of whether a Participant is entitled to share in the Employer
Contribution shall be made as of the last day of each Plan Year. If the elapsed
time method of determining service applies, each Employee will share in
Employer Contributions for the period beginning on the date the Employee
commences participation under the Plan and ending on the date on which such
Employee severs employment with the Employer or is no longer a member of an
eligible class of Employees.

RECIPIENT
A Recipient includes an Employee or former Employee. In addition, the
Employee's or former Employee's surviving Spouse and the Employee's or former
Employee's Spouse or former Spouse who is the Alternate Payee under a
                                                                             17
Qualified Domestic Relations Order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code,
Are Recipients with regard to the interest of the Spouse or former Spouse.

RELATED EMPLOYER
Means an employer that shares common ownership or control with the Employer but
that is not required to be aggregated with the Employer for certain
qualification requirements under Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.
Unless the Adoption Agreement prohibits participation by a Related Employer, a
Related Employer may participate in this Plan only if such Related Employer
executes a Related Employer Participation Agreement. If one or more Related
Employers participate, the Plan shall constitute a multiple employer plan as
defined in Section 413(c) of the Code.

RELATED EMPLOYER PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT
Means the agreement under this prototype Plan that a Related Employer must
execute to participate in this Plan.

REQUIRED AGGREGATION GROUP
Means (a) each qualified plan of the Employer in which at least one Key
Employee participates or participated at any time during the determination
period (regardless of whether the Plan has terminated), and (b) any other
qualified plan of the Employer which enables a plan described in (a) to meet
the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code.

REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE
Means April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the
Participant attains age 70  1/2 or retires, whichever is later, except that
benefit distributions to a five-percent owner must commence by the April 1 of
the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains
age 70  1/2. Any Participant attaining age 70  1/2 in years after 1995 may
elect by the April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which the
Participant attained age 70  1/2, (or by December 31, 1997, in the case of a
Participant attaining age 70  1/2 in 1996) to defer distributions until the
<PAGE>
calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant retires. If
no such election is made, the Participant will begin receiving distributions by
the April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which the Participant
attained age 70  1/2 (or by December 31, 1997, in the case of a Participant
attaining age 70  1/2 in 1996). Any Participant attaining age 70  1/2 in years
prior to 1997 may elect to stop distributions and recommence by the April 1 of
the calendar year following the year in which the Participant retires. There is
no new annuity starting date upon recommencement. The preretirement age 70  1/2
distribution option is only eliminated with respect to Employees who reach age
70  1/2 in or after a calendar year that begins after the later of December 31,
1998, or the adoption date of the amendment. The preretirement age 70  1/2
distribution option is an optional form of benefit under which benefits payable
in a particular distribution form (including any modifications that may be
elected after benefit commencement) commence at a time during the period that
begins on or after January 1 of the calendar year in which an Employee attains
age 70  1/2 and ends April 1 of the immediately following calendar year.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Required Beginning Date may be one of the
following if so selected by the Adopting Employer in the Adoption Agreement;
  (a)the Required Beginning Date of a Participant is the April 1 of the
     calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains
     age 70  1/2, or
  (b)the Required Beginning Date of a Participant is the April 1 of the
     calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains
     age 70  1/2, except that benefit distributions to a Participant (other
     than a five-percent owner) with respect to benefits accrued after the
     later of the adoption or effective date of the amendment to the Plan must
     commence by the later of the April 1 of the calendar year following the
     calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70  1/2 or retires;
  (c)the Required Beginning Date of a Participant is the later of the April 1
     of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant
     attains age 70  1/2 or retires except that benefit distributions to a
     five-percent owner must commence by the April 1 of the calendar year
     following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70  1/2,
    (1)any Participant attaining age 70  1/2 in years after 1995 may elect by
       the April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which the
       Participant attained age 70  1/2, (or by December 31, 1997, in the case
       of a Participant attaining age 70  1/2 in 1996) to defer distributions
       until the calendar year following the calendar year in which the
       Participant retires. If no such election is made the Participant will
       begin receiving
                                                                             18
       distributions by the April 1 of the calendar year following the year in
       which the Participant attained age 70  1/2 (or by December 31, 1997, in
       the case of a Participant attaining age 70  1/2 in 1996);
    (2)any Participant attaining age 70  1/2 in years prior to 1997 may elect
       to stop distributions and recommence by the April 1 of the calendar year
       following the year in which the Participant retires. There is either 1)
       a new annuity starting date upon recommencement or 2) no new annuity
       starting date upon recommencement; or
    (3)the preretirement age 70  1/2 distribution option is only eliminated
       with respect to Employees who reach age 70  1/2 in or after a calendar
<PAGE>
       year that begins after the later of December 31,1998, or the adoption
       date of the amendment. The preretirement age 70  1/2 distribution option
       is an optional form of benefit under which benefits payable in a
       particular distribution form (including any modifications that may be
       elected after benefit commencement) commence at a time during the period
       that begins on or after January 1 of the calendar year in which an
       Employee attains age 70  1/2 and ends April 1 of the immediately
       following calendar year.
A Participant is treated as a Five-percent owner for purposes of this section
if such Participant is a five-percent owner as defined in Section 416 of the
Code at any time during the Plan Year ending with or within the calendar year
in which such owner attains age 70  1/2. Once distributions have begun to a
five-percent owner under this section, they must continue to be distributed,
even if the Participant ceases to be a five-percent owner in a subsequent year.

SAFE HARBOR NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS
Means Employer Contributions made in an amount equal to at least three percent
of each Participants Compensation on behalf of each Participant who is not a
Highly Compensated Employee. Such contributions shall be made without regard to
whether a Participant makes an Elective Deferral or a Nondeductible Employee
Contribution.

SELF-EMPLOYED INDIVIDUAL
Means an individual who has Earned Income for the taxable year from the trade
or business for which the Plan is established, including an individual who
would have had Earned Income but for the fact that the trade or business had no
net profits for the taxable year.

SEPARATE FUND
Means a subdivision of the Fund held in the name of a particular Participant
representing certain assets held for that Participant. The assets which
comprise a Participant's Separate Fund are those assets earmarked for him or
her and those assets subject to the Participant's individual direction pursuant
to Section 7.22(B) of the Plan.

SPOUSE
Means the Spouse or surviving Spouse of the Participant, provided that a former
Spouse will be treated as the Spouse or surviving Spouse and a current Spouse
will not be treated as the Spouse or surviving Spouse to the extent provided
under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

TAXABLE WAGE BASE
Means, with respect to any taxable year, the contribution and benefit base in
effect under Section 230 of the Social Security Act at the beginning of the
Plan Year.

TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
A Termination of Employment of an Employee of an Employer shall occur whenever
his or her status as an Employee of such Employer ceases for any reason other
than death. An Employee who does not return to work for the Employer on or
before the expiration of an authorized leave of absence from such Employer
shall be deemed to have incurred a Termination of Employment when such leave
ends.
<PAGE>
TOP-HEAVY PLAN
This Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan for any Plan Year if it is determined to be such
pursuant to Section 7.19 of the Plan.
                                                                             19
TRUSTEE
Means, if applicable, an individual, individuals or corporation specified in
the Adoption Agreement as Trustee or any duty appointed successor as provided
in Section 8.05 of the Plan.

VALUATION DATE
Means the date or dates as specified in the Adoption Agreement. If no date is
specified in the Adoption Agreement, the Valuation Date shall be the last day
of the Plan Year and each other date designated by the Plan Administrator which
is selected in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner when the assets of the
Fund are valued at their then fair market value. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
for purposes of calculating the top heavy ratio, the Valuation Date shall be
the last day of the initial Plan Year of the Plan and the last day of the
preceding Plan Year for each subsequent Plan Year.

VESTED
Means nonforfeitable, that is, an unconditional and legally enforceable claim
against the Plan which is obtained by a Participant or the Participant's
Beneficiary to that part of an immediate or deferred benefit under the Plan
which arises from a Participant's Years of Vesting Service.

VESTED ACCOUNT BALANCE
Means the aggregate value of the Participant's Vested account balances derived
from Employer and Nondeductible Employee Contributions (including rollovers),
whether Vested before or upon death, including the proceeds of insurance
contracts, if any, on the Participant's life.

YEAR
Means the calendar year and is applicable only if the Employer has adopted a
SIMPLE 401(k) Plan.

YEAR OF ELIGIBILITY SERVICE
Means a 12 consecutive month period which coincides with an Eligibility
Computation Period during which an Employee completes at least 1,000 Hours of
Service (or such lesser number of Hours of Service specified in the Adoption
Agreement for this purpose). An Employee does not complete a Year of
Eligibility Service before the end of the 12 consecutive month period
regardless of when during such period the Employee completes the required
number of Hours of Service.

YEAR OF VESTING SERVICE
Means a Plan Year during which an Employee completes at least 1,000 Hours of
Service (or such lesser number of Hours of Service specified in the Adoption
Agreement for this purpose). Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, where the
Adopting Employer so indicates in the Adoption Agreement, vesting shall be
computed by reference to the 12 consecutive month period beginning with the
Employee's Employment Commencement Date and each successive 12 month period
commencing on the anniversaries thereof. in the case of a Participant who has
five or more consecutive Breaks in Vesting Service, all Years of Vesting
Service after such Breaks in Vesting Service will be disregarded for the
purpose of determining the Vested portion of his or her Individual Account
derived from Employer Contributions that accrued before such breaks. Such
<PAGE>
Participant's pre-break service will count in vesting the postbreak Individual
Account derived from Employer Contributions only if either
(a)such Participant had any Vested right to any portion of his or her
   Individual Account derived from Employer Contributions at the time of his or
   her Termination of Employment; or
(b)upon returning to service, the number of consecutive Breaks in Vesting
   Service is less than his or her number of Years of Vesting Service before
   such breaks.
Separate subaccounts will be maintained for the Participant's pre-break and
postbreak portions of his or her Individual Account derived from Employer
Contributions. Both subaccounts will share in the gains and losses of the Fund.
Years of Vesting Service shall not include any period of time excluded from
Years of Vesting Service in the Adoption Agreement. However, if an Employee
becomes ineligible to participate in the Plan because he or she is no longer a
member of an eligible class of Employees, but has not incurred a break in
service, such Employee shall continue to accumulate Years of Vesting Service.
                                                                             20
In the event the Plan Year is changed to a new 12-month period, Employees shall
receive credit for Years of Vesting Service, in accordance with the preceding
provisions of this definition, for each of the Plan Years (the old and new Plan
Years) which overlap as a result of such change.

SECTION ONE: EFFECTIVE DATES

Pursuant to the Definitions section of the Plan, the Effective Date means the
date the Plan becomes effective as indicated in the Adoption Agreement.
However, certain provisions of the Plan may have an effective date different
from the Plan Effective Date, if, for example, the Plan is amended subsequent
to the Effective Date.

SECTION TWO: ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS

2.01 ELIGIBILITY TO PARTICIPATE
Each Employee of the Employer, except those Employees who belong to a class of
Employees which is excluded from participation as indicated in the Adoption
Agreement, shall be eligible to participate in this Plan upon the satisfaction
of the age and Years of Eligibility Service requirements specified in the
Adoption Agreement. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, where the Adoption
Agreement does not permit Employer designation with respect to participation of
classes of Employees, the following Employees will be excluded from
participation in the Plan
A. Union Employees - Employees included in a unit of Employees covered by a
   collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and Employee
   representatives, if retirement benefits were the subject of good faith
   bargaining and if two percent or less of the Employees who are covered
   pursuant to that agreement are professionals as defined in Section 1.410(b)-
   9 of the regulations. For this purpose, the term "Employee representatives"
   does not include any organization more than half of whose members are
   Employees who are owners, officers, or executives of the Employer.
B. Nonresident Aliens - Employees who are non-resident aliens (within the
   meaning of Section 7701(b)(1) (B) of the Code) who received no earned income
   (within the meaning of Section 911(d)(2) of the Code) from the Employer
   which constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the
   meaning of Section 861(a)(3) of the Code).
C. Acquired Employees - Employees who became Employees as the result of a
   transaction under Section 410(b)(6)(C) of the Code. Such Employees will be
<PAGE>
   excluded during the period beginning on the date of the transaction and
   ending on the last day of the first Plan Year beginning after the date of
   the transaction. A transaction under Section 410(b)(6)(C) of the Code is an
   asset or stock acquisition, merger, or similar transaction involving a
   change in the employer of the employees of a trade or business.

2.02 PLAN ENTRY
A. Plan Restatement - If this Plan is a replacement of a Prior Plan by
   restatement, each Employee of the Employer who was a Participant in said
   Prior Plan before the Effective Date shall continue to be a Participant in
   this Plan.
B. Effective Date - An Employee will become a Participant in the Plan as of the
   Effective Date if the Employee has met the eligibility requirements of
   Section 2.01 of the Plan as of such date. After the Effective Date, each
   Employee shall become a Participant on the first Entry Date coincident with
   or following the date the Employee satisfies the eligibility requirements of
   Section 2.01 of the Plan unless otherwise indicated in the Adoption
   Agreement.
C. Notification -The Plan Administrator shall notify each Employee who becomes
   eligible to be a Participant under this Plan and shall furnish the Employee
   with the application form, enrollment forms or other documents which are
   required of Participants. The eligible Employee shall execute such forms or
   documents and make available such information as may be required in the
   administration of the Plan. Such notification shall be in writing (or any
   other form permitted under rules promulgated by the IRS or, DOL).

2.03 TRANSFER TO OR FROM INELIGIBLE CLASS
If an Employee who had been a Participant becomes ineligible to participate
because he or she is no longer a member of an eligible class of Employees, but
has not incurred a Break in Eligibility Service, such Employee shall
participate
                                                                             21
immediately upon his or her return to an eligible class of Employees. If such
Employee incurs a Break in Eligibility Service, his or her eligibility to
participate shall be determined by Section 2.04 of the Plan. An
Employee who is not a member of the eligible class of Employees wilt become a
Participant immediately upon becoming a member of the eligible class, provided
such Employee has satisfied the age and Years of Eligibility Service
requirements. If such Employee has not satisfied the age and Years of
Eligibility Service requirements as of the date he or she becomes a member of
the eligible class, such Employee shall become a Participant on the first Entry
Date coincident with or following the date he or she satisfies those
requirements unless otherwise indicated in the Adoption Agreement.

2.04 RETURN AS A PARTICIPANT AFTER BREAK IN ELIGIBILITY SERVICE
A. Employee Not Participant Before Break - If an Employee incurs a Break in
   Eligibility Service before satisfying the Plan's eligibility requirements,
   such Employee's Years of Eligibility Service before such Break in
   Eligibility Service will not be taken into account.
B. Nonvested Participants - In the case of a Participant who does not have a
   Vested interest in his or her Individual Account derived from Employer
   Contributions, Years of Eligibility Service before a period of consecutive
   Breaks in Eligibility Service will not be taken into account for eligibility
   purposes if the number of consecutive Breaks in Eligibility Service in such
   period equals or exceeds the greater of five or the aggregate number of
   Years of Eligibility Service before such break. Such aggregate number of
<PAGE>
   Years of Eligibility Service will not include any Years of Eligibility
   Service disregarded under the preceding sentence by reason of prior breaks.
   If a Participant's Years of Eligibility Service are disregarded pursuant to
   the preceding paragraph, such Participant will be treated as a new Employee
   for eligibility purposes. If a Participant's Years of Eligibility Service
   may not be disregarded pursuant to the preceding paragraph, such Participant
   shall continue to participate in the Plan, or, if terminated, shall
   participate on the first Entry Date coincident with or following the date of
   reemployment.
C. Vested Participants -A Participant who has sustained a Break in Eligibility
   Service and who had a Vested interest in all or a portion of his or her
   Individual Account derived from Employer Contributions shall continue to
   participate in the Plan, or, if terminated, shall participate on the first
   Entry Date coincident with or following the date of reemployment.

2.05 DETERMINATIONS UNDER THIS SECTION
The Plan Administrator shall determine the eligibility of each Employee to be a
Participant. This determination shall be conclusive and binding upon all
persons except as otherwise provided herein or by law.

2.06 TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT
Neither the fact of the establishment of the Plan nor the fact that a common
law Employee has become a Participant shall give to that common law Employee
any right to continued employment; nor shall either fact limit the right of the
Employer to discharge or to deal otherwise with a common law Employee without
regard to the effect such treatment may have upon the Employee's rights under
the Plan.

SECTION THREE: CONTRIBUTIONS

3.01 EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS
A. Obligation to Contribute - Except as otherwise indicated in the Adoption
   Agreement, the Employer wilt contribute an amount to be determined from year
   to year. If this Plan is a profit sharing plan, the Employer may, in its
   sole discretion, make contributions without regard to current or accumulated
   earnings or profits.
B. Allocation Formula and the Right to Share in the Employer Contribution
   1. General - Except as otherwise indicated in the Adoption Agreement,
      Employer Profit Sharing Contributions shall be allocated to all
      Qualifying Participants pursuant to a pro rata allocation formula.
      Under the pro rata allocation formula, Employer Contributions shall be
      allocated to the Individual Accounts of Qualifying Participants in the
      ratio that each Qualifying Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year
      bears to the total Compensation of all Qualifying Participants for the
      Plan Year. The Employer Contribution for any Plan Year will be allocated
      to each Participant's Individual Account as of the last day of that Plan
      Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employer Profit Sharing
      Contributions, Employer Money Purchase Pension Contributions and
      Employer Target Benefit Pension Contributions shall be allocated to
      the Plan on behalf of each Participant who
                                                                             22
      has incurred a Disability and who is not a Highly Compensated Employee
      if so specified in the Adoption Agreement.
      Any Employer Contribution for a Plan Year must satisfy Section 401(a)(4)
      of the Code and the Income Tax Regulations thereunder for such Plan Year.
<PAGE>
   2. Special Rules for Integrated Plans In the event the Adopting Employer has
      selected an integrated allocation formula in the Adoption Agreement,
      subject to the overall permitted disparity limits, Employer Profit
      Sharing Contributions shall be allocated as follows (the Employer may
      start with Step 3 if this Plan is not top-heavy).
      Step 1. Employer Profit Sharing Contributions shall first be allocated
              pro rata to Qualifying Participants in the manner described in
              Section 3.01(B)(1) of the Plan. The percent so allocated shall
              not exceed three percent of each Qualifying Participant's
              Compensation.
      Step 2. Any Employer Profit Sharing Contributions remaining after the
              allocation in Step 1 shall be allocated to each Qualifying
              Participant's Individual Account in the ratio that each
              Qualifying Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year in
              excess of the integration level bears to all Qualifying
              Participants' Compensation in excess of the integration
              level, but not in excess of three percent of each Qualifying
              Participant's Compensation.
      Step 3. Any Employer Profit Sharing Contributions remaining after the
              allocation in Step 2 shall be allocated to Qualifying
              Participant's Individual Account in the ratio that the sum of
              each Qualifying Participant's total Compensation and Compensation
              in excess of the integration level bears to the sum of all
              Qualifying Participants' total Compensation and Compensation
              in excess of the integration level, but not in excess of the
              profit sharing maximum disparity rate as described in this
              Section 3.01(B)(2) of the Plan.
      Step 4. Any Employer Profit Sharing Contributions remaining after the
              allocation in Step 3 shall be allocated pro rata to Qualifying
              Participants in the manner described in this Section 3.01(B)(1)
              Of the Plan. If the Adopting Employer has selected the integrated
              contribution or allocation formula in the Adoption Agreement, the
              integration level shall be defined in the Adoption Agreement. The
              maximum disparity rate shall be determined in accordance with the
              following table.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    MAXIMUM DISPARITY RATE
                                                   Top-Heavy         Nonstandardized and
    Integration Level            Money Purchase  Profit Sharing   Non-Top-Heavy Profit Sharing
    <S>                                <C>           <C>                   <C>
    Taxable Wage Base (TWB)            5.7%          2.7%                  5.7%
    More than $0 but not more
    than 20 percent of TWB             5.7%          2.7%                  5.7%
    More than 20 percent of TWB but
    not more than 80 percent of TWB    4.3%          1.3%                  4.3%
    More than 80 percent of TWB but
    not more than TWB                  5.4%          2.4%                  5.4%
</TABLE>
      Annual overall permitted disparity limit: Notwithstanding the preceding
      paragraphs, for any Plan Year this Plan benefits any Participant who
      benefits under another qualified plan or simplified employee pension, as
      defined in Section 408(k) of the Code, maintained by the Employer that
      provides for permitted disparity (or imputes disparity), if this is a
      profit sharing plan, Employer Profit Sharing Contributions and
      forfeitures shall be allocated to the account of each Qualifying
<PAGE>
      Participant in the ratio that such Qualifying Participant's total
      Compensation bears to the total Compensation of all Qualifying
      Participants. If this Plan is a money purchase pension plan, Employer
      Money Purchase Pension Contributions shall be made to the account of each
      Qualifying Participant in an amount equal to the excess contribution
      percentage multiplied by the Participant's total Compensation.
      Cumulative permitted disparity limit: Effective for Plan Years beginning
      on or after January 1, 1995, the cumulative permitted disparity limit for
      a Participant is 35 total cumulative permitted disparity years. Total
      cumulative permitted years means the number of years credited to the
      Participant for allocation or accrual purposes under this Plan, any other
      qualified plan or simplified employee pension plan (whether or not
                                                                             23
      terminated) ever maintained by the Employer. For purposes of determining
      the Participant's cumulative permitted disparity limit, all years ending
      in the same calendar year are treated as the same year. If the
      Participant has not benefited under a defined benefit or target benefit
      plan for any year beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the Participant
      has no cumulative disparity limit. Compensation shall mean compensation
      as defined in Definition section of the Plan.
   3. Special Rules for Government Contract Plans - If this is a
      nonstandardized Plan and the Employer so indicates on the Adoption
      Agreement, for each Hour of Service of covered employment under a
      government contract, the Employer shall contribute to the Plan such
      amounts for each Qualifying Participant as determined by the hourly
      rate designated for each Qualifying Participant's work classification
      on the wage determination sheet, or part thereof, as determined by the
      Employer pursuant to the terms of the contracts to which the Employer
      is a party and which are subject to the provisions of any federal, state
      or municipal prevailing wage law to which the Employer is a party.
   4. Minimum Coverage Test - Unless otherwise specified by the Adopting
      Employer in the Adoption Agreement, this paragraph shall apply to any
      nonstandardized Plan if, for any Plan Year, the Plan fails to satisfy the
      ratio percentage test described in Section 410(b)(1) of the Codes as of
      the last day of any such Plan Year. The ratio percentage test is
      satisfied if on the last day of the Plan Year, taking into account all
      employees, or former employees who were employed by the Employer on any
      day during the Plan Year, either the Plan benefits at least 70 percent of
      Employees who are not Highly Compensated Employees or the Plan benefits a
      percentage of Employees who are not Highly Compensated Employees which is
      at least 70 percent of the percentage of Highly Compensated Employees
      benefiting under the Plan. If the Plan fails the ratio percentage test,
      the Employer Contribution for the Plan Year will be allocated to
      Participants in the first class of Participants set forth below. If the
      Plan still fails, then the Employer Contribution will also be allocated
      to Participants in the next class and each succeeding class until the
      Plan satisfies the minimum coverage requirements. A class shall be
      covered only if necessary to satisfy those requirements. The classes,
      in order of priority, are as follows:
      a. Participants who are still employed on the last day of the Plan year
         who have completed go percent of the number of Hours of Service to
         otherwise be a Qualifying Participant or Qualifying Contributing
         Participant, if applicable;
      b. Participants who are still employed on the last day of the Plan Year
         who have completed 80 percent of the number of Hours of Service to
         otherwise be a Qualifying Participant or Qualifying Contributing
<PAGE>
         Participant, if applicable;
      c. Participants who are still employed on the last day of the Plan Year
         who have completed 70 percent of the number of Hours of Service to
         otherwise be a Qualifying Participant or Qualifying Contributing
         Participant, if applicable;
      d. Participants who are still employed on the last day of the Plan Year
         who have completed 60 percent of the number of Hours of Service to
         otherwise be a Qualifying Participant or Qualifying Contributing
         Participant, if applicable;
      e. Participants who are still employed on the last day of the Plan year
         who have completed 50 percent of the number of Hours of Service to
         otherwise be a Qualifying Participant or Qualifying Contributing
         Participant, if applicable;
      f. Any Participant still employed on the last day of the Plan Year;
      g. Participants who are not employed on the last day of the Plan Year
         because the Participant has died, incurred a Disability or attained
         Normal Retirement Age;
      h. Participants who are not employed on the last day of the Plan Year who
         have completed at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year;
      i. Participants who are not employed on the last day of the Plan Year who
         have completed at least 750 Hours of Service for the Plan Year;
      j. Participants who are not employed on the last day of the Plan Year who
         have completed at least 500 Hours of Service for the Plan Year.
         If the minimum coverage test is performed after any Employer
         Contribution has been allocated and the Plan fails the minimum
         coverage test, the Employer shall make an additional contribution
         to the Plan on behalf of
                                                                             24
         those Participants that are entitled thereto pursuant to items a
         through j above. The amount of the contribution for such Participants
         shall be determined pursuant to the Plan's allocation formula.
         Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Adopting Employer so provides in
         the Adoption Agreement, the ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions will be
         made to the defined contribution plan indicated in the Adoption
         Agreement. However, such contributions will be made to this Plan
         unless (i) each Eligible Employee under this Plan is also eligible
         under the other plan and (ii) the other plan has the same Plan Year
         as this Plan.
   5. Special Rule for Owner-Employees - If this Plan provides contributions or
      benefits for one or more Owner-Employees, contributions on behalf of any
      Owner-Employee may be made only with respect to the Earned Income of such
      Owner-Employee which is derived from the trade or business with respect
      to which the Plan is established.
C. Allocation of Forfeitures - Forfeitures for a Plan Year which arise as a
   result of the application of Sections 4.01(C) or 4.01(D) of the Plan may be,
   at the Employer's discretion, applied first to the payment of the Plan's
   administrative expenses in accordance with Section 7.04 of the Plan or
   applied to the restoration of Participant's Individual Accounts pursuant to
   Section 4.01(C)(3) of the Plan. Any remaining Forfeitures shall be allocated
   as follows:
   1. Profit Sharing Plan - If this is a profit sharing plan, unless the
      Adoption Agreement indicates otherwise, Forfeitures shall be used to
      reduce Employer Contributions.
   2. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan - If this is a 401(k) profit sharing plan,
      unless the Adoption Agreement indicates otherwise, Forfeitures of
      Employer Profit Sharing Contributions, Matching Contributions and Excess
<PAGE>
      Aggregate Contributions shall be used to reduce Employer Contributions.
   3. Money Purchase Pension Plan and Target Benefit Pension Plan If this Plan
      is a money purchase pension plan or a target benefit pension plan, unless
      the Adoption Agreement indicates otherwise, Forfeitures shall be applied
      toward the reduction of Employer Money Purchase Pension Contributions or
      Employer Target Benefit Pension Contributions to the Plan. Forfeitures
      must be applied as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the
      Forfeitures arose or, if necessary, the last day of the Plan Year
      following the Plan Year in which the Forfeiture arose.
      Notwithstanding the foregoing, Forfeitures must be applied in a uniform
      And nondiscriminatory manner if applied either to the payment of the
      Plan's administrative expenses or to the restoration of a Participants
      Individual Accounts pursuant to Section 4.01(C)(3) of the Plan.
D. Timing of Employer Contribution - Unless otherwise specified in the Plan,
   the Employer Contribution for each Plan Year shall be delivered to the
   Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) not later than the due date for filing
   the Employer's income tax return for its Fiscal Year in which the Plan Year
   ends, including extensions thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employer
   Contributions made by an Employer that is exempt from Federal income tax
   under Section 501(a) of the Code, shall be delivered to the Trustee (or
   Custodian, if applicable) no later than the 15th day of the sixth calendar
   month following the close of the taxable year (or fiscal year, if no taxable
   year) with or within which the particular Limitation Year ends.
E. Minimum Allocation for Top-Heavy Plans - The contribution and allocation
   provisions of this Section 3.01(E) of the Plan shall apply for any Plan Year
   with respect to which this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan.
   1. Except as otherwise provided in (3) and (4) below, the Employer
      Contributions and Forfeitures allocated on behalf of any Participant who
      is not a Key Employee shall not be less than the lesser of three percent
      of such Participant's Compensation or (in the case where the Employer has
      no defined benefit plan which designates this Plan to satisfy Section 401
      of the Code) the largest percentage of Employer Contributions and
      Forfeitures, as a percentage of the Key Employee's Compensation, as
      limited by Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, allocated on behalf of any Key
      Employee for that year. The minimum allocation is determined without
      regard to any Social Security contribution. The Adopting Employer may,
      in the Adoption Agreement, limit the Participants who are entitled to
      receive the minimum allocation to those Employees who are not Key
      Employees. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Employer maintains a
      defined benefit plan in addition to this Plan and specifies in the
      Adoption Agreement that the minimum allocation will be made to this
      Plan, then except as provided in (3) and(4) below, Employer Contributions
      and Forfeitures allocated on behalf of any Participant who is not a Key
      Employee shall not be less than 5 percent of such Participant's
      Compensation. For purposes of the preceding sentences, the largest
      percentage of Employer Contributions and Forfeitures as a percentage of
                                                                             25
      each Key Employee's Compensation shall be determined by Elective
      Deferrals as Employer Contributions. This minimum allocation shall
      be made even though under other Plan provisions, the Participant would
      not otherwise be entitled to receive an allocation, or would have
      received a lesser allocation for the year because of (a) the
      Participant's failure to complete 1,000 Hours of Service (or any
      equivalent provided in the Plan), or (b) the Participant's failure to
      make mandatory Nondeductible Employee Contributions to the Plan, or (c)
      Compensation less than a stated amount.
<PAGE>
   2. For purposes of computing the minimum allocation, Compensation shall mean
      Compensation as provided in the Definitions Section of the Plan as
      limited by Section 401(a)(17) of the Code and, for Limitation Years
      beginning after December 31, 1997, shall include any amounts contributed
      by the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which is not
      includible in gross income under Sections 402(g), 125, 132(f)(4) or 457
      of the Code. For purposes of this Section 3.01(E)(2), such amounts were
      excluded for Limitation Years beginning prior to January 1, 1998.
   3. The provision in (1) above shall not apply to any Participant who was not
      employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year.
   4. The provision in (1) above shall not apply to any Participant to the
      extent the Participant is covered under any other plan or plans of the
      Employer and the Adopting Employer has provided in the Adoption Agreement
      that the minimum allocation or benefit requirement applicable to
      Top-Heavy Plans will be met in the other plan or plans.
   5. The minimum allocation required under this Section 3.01(E) and Section
      3.01(F)(1) (to the extent required to be nonforfeitable under Section
      416(b) of the Code) may not be forfeited under Section 411(a)(3)(B) or
      411(a)(3)(D) of the Code.
   6. Neither Elective Deferrals, nor Matching Contributions may be taken into
      account for purposes of satisfying the minimum allocation requirement
      applicable to Top-Heavy Plans described in Section 3.01(E) of the Plan.
      Qualified Nonelective Contributions may, however, be taken into account
      for such purposes.
F. Special Requirements for Paired Plans -The Employer maintains paired plans
   if the Employer has adopted a standardized profit sharing plan and a
   standardized money purchase pension plan using this Basic Plan Document.
   1. Minimum Allocation - When the paired plans are top-heavy, the top-heavy
      requirements set forth in Section 3.01(E)(1) of the Plan shall apply.
      a. Same eligibility requirements. In satisfying the top-heavy minimum
         allocation requirements set forth in Section 3.01(E) of the Plan, if
         the Employees benefiting under each of the paired plans are identical,
         the top-heavy minimum allocation shall be made to the money purchase
         pension plan.
      b. Different eligibility requirements. In satisfying the top-heavy
         minimum allocation requirements set forth in Section 3.01(E) of the
         Plan, if the Employees benefiting under each of the paired plans are
         not identical, the top-heavy minimum allocation will be made to both
         of the paired plans. A Participant is treated as benefiting under the
         Plan for any Plan Year during which the Participant received or is
         deemed to receive an allocation in accordance with Section 1.410(b)-3
         of the Income Tax Regulations.
   2. Only One Plan Can Be Integrated - If the Employer maintains paired plans,
      only one of the Plans may provide for the disparity in contributions
      which is permitted under Section 401(l) of the Code. In the event that
      both Adoption Agreements provide for such integration, only the money
      purchase pension plan shall be deemed to be integrated.
G. Return of the Employer Contribution to the Employer Under Special
   Circumstances -Any contribution made by the Employer because of a mistake of
   fact must be returned to the Employer within one year of the contribution.
   In the event that the Commissioner of Internal Revenue determines that the
   Plan is not initially qualified under the Code, any contributions made
   incident to that initial qualification by the Employer must be returned to
   the Employer within one year after the date the initial qualification is
   denied, but only if the application for qualification is made by the time
   prescribed by law for filing the Employer's return for the taxable year in
<PAGE>
   which the Plan is adopted, or such later date as the Secretary of the
   Treasury may prescribe. In the event that a contribution made by the
   Employer under this Plan is conditioned on deductibility and is not
   deductible under Section 404 of the Code, the contribution, to the extent of
   the amount disallowed, must be returned to the Employer within one year
   after the deduction is disallowed. If applicable, no contract will be
   purchased under the Plan unless such contract or a separate definite written
   agreement between the Employer and the insurer provides
                                                                             26
   that no value under contracts providing benefits under the Plan or credits
   determined by the insurer (on account of dividends, earnings, or other
   experience rating credits, or surrender or cancellation credits) with
   respect to such contracts may be paid or returned to the Employer or
   diverted to or used for other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants
   or their Beneficiaries. However, any contribution made by the Employer
   because of a mistake of fact must be returned to the Employer within one
   year of the contribution.

3.02 CERTAIN ONE-TIME IRREVOCABLE ELECTIONS
This Section 3.02 of the Plan applies where the Adopting Employer has indicated
in the nonstandardized Adoption Agreement that an Employee may make a one-time
irrevocable election to have the Employer make contributions to the Plan on
such Employee's behalf. In such event, an Employee may elect, upon the
Employee's first becoming eligible to participate in the Plan, to have
contributions equal to a specified amount or percentage of the Employee's
potential Compensation made by the Employer on the Employee's behalf to the
Plan (and to any other plan of the Employer) for the duration of the Employee's
employment with the Employer. Any contributions made pursuant to a one-time
irrevocable election described in this Section 3.02 are not treated as made
pursuant to a cash or deferred election, are not Elective Deferrals and are not
includible in an Employee's Compensation. Such contributions shall be treated
as Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
The Plan Administrator shall establish such uniform and nondiscriminatory
procedures as it deems necessary or advisable to administer this provision.

3.03 ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS
Unless otherwise indicated in the Adoption Agreement, an Employee may
contribute a rollover contribution to the Plan. The Plan Administrator may
require the Employee to certify, either in writing or in any other form
permitted under rules promulgated by the IRS and DOL, that the contribution
qualifies as a rollover contribution under the applicable provisions of the
Code. If it is later determined that all or part of a rollover contribution was
ineligible to be contributed to the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall direct
that any ineligible amounts, plus earnings or losses attributable thereto
(determined in the manner described in Section 7.02(B) of the Plan) be
distributed from the Plan to the Employee as soon as administratively feasible.
A separate account shall be maintained by the Plan Administrator for each
Employee's rollover contributions which will be nonforfeitable at all times.
Such account will share in the income and gains and losses of the Fund in the
manner described in Section 7.02(B) of the Plan. Where the Adoption Agreement
does not permit Employer designation with respect to rollover contributions,
the Employer may, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, only allow
Employees who have become Participants in the Plan to make rollover
contributions.
<PAGE>
3.04 TRANSFER CONTRIBUTIONS
Unless otherwise indicated in the Adoption Agreement, the Trustee (or
Custodian, if applicable) may receive any amounts transferred to it in the name
of an Employee from the trustee or custodian of another plan qualified under
Section 401(a) of the Code. If it is later determined that all or part of a
transfer contribution was ineligible to be transferred into the Plan, the Plan
Administrator shall direct that any ineligible amounts, plus earnings or tosses
attributable thereto (determined in the manner described in Section 7.02(B) of
the Plan) be distributed from the Plan to the Employee as soon as
administratively feasible.
A separate account shall be maintained by the Plan Administrator for each
Employee's transfer contributions which wilt, if applicable, be nonforfeitable
at all times. Such account will share in the income and gains and losses of the
Fund in the manner described in Section 7.02(B) of the Plan. Where the Adoption
Agreement does not permit Employer designation with respect to transfer
contributions, the Employer may, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner,
only allow Employees who have become Participants in the Plan to make transfer
contributions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employee's separate account
established solely on account of an event described in Section 414(l) of the
Code shall continue to be subject to the Plan's vesting schedule except as
otherwise provided therein. If transfers occurring on or after January 1, 2002,
are associated with distributable events and the Employees are eligible to
receive single sum distributions consisting entirely of Eligible Rollover
Contributions, the transfers will be considered Direct Rollovers.
                                                                             27
3.05 DEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS
The Plan Administrator will not accept Deductible Employee Contributions that
are made for a taxable year beginning after December 31, 1986. Contributions
made prior to that date wilt be maintained in a separate account. The account
will share in the gains and losses of the Fund in the same manner as described
in Section 7.02(B) of the Plan.

3.06 ELECTIVE DEFERRALS
Each Employee who satisfies the eligibility requirements specified in the
Adoption Agreement for Elective Deferrals may begin making Elective Deferrals
to the Plan by enrolling as a Contributing Participant.
A. Requirements To Enroll As A Contributing Participant - Each Employee who
   satisfies the eligibility requirements specified in the Adoption Agreement
   for Elective Deferrals may enroll as a Contributing Participant on the first
   Entry Date coincident with or following the date the Employee satisfies the
   eligibility requirements, or if applicable, the first Entry Date following
   the date on which the Employee returns to the eligible class of Employees
   pursuant to Section 2.03 of the Plan. A Participant who wishes to enroll as
   a Contributing Participant must deliver (either in writing or in any other
   form permitted by the IRS and the DOL) a salary reduction agreement (or
   agreement to make Nondeductible Employee Contributions) with the Plan
   Administrator except as set forth in Section 3.06(E) of the Plan below.
   Notwithstanding the times set forth in Section 3.06(A) of the Plan as of
   which a Participant may enroll as a Contributing Participant, the Plan
   Administrator shall have the authority to designate, in a nondiscriminatory
   manner, additional enrollment times during the 12 month period beginning on
   the Effective Date (or the date that Elective Deferrals may commence, if
   later) in order that an orderly first enrollment might be completed. In
   addition, if the Adopting Employer has indicated in the Adoption Agreement
   that Participants may make separate deferral elections with respect to
   bonuses, Participants shall be afforded a reasonable period of time prior to
<PAGE>
   the issuance of such bonuses to elect to defer all or part of them into the
   Plan. Such an election to defer all or part of a bonus shall be independent
   of any other salary reduction agreement and shall not constitute a
   modification to any pre-existing salary reduction agreement.
   Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, the Employer shall
   deliver Elective Deferrals to the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) as
   soon as such contributions can reasonably be segregated from the general
   assets of the Employer. In no event, however, shall Elective Deferrals be
   delivered to the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) later than the 15th
   business day of the month following the month in which the Elective
   Deferrals would otherwise have been payable to a Participant in cash or such
   other period determined under rules promulgated by the DOL.
B. Changing Elective Deferral Amounts - A Contributing Participant may modify
   his or her salary reduction agreement (or agreement to make Nondeductible
   Employee Contributions) to increase or decrease (within the limits placed on
   Elective Deferrals or Nondeductible Employee Contributions in the Adoption
   Agreement) the amount of his or her Compensation deferred into the Plan.
   Except as otherwise provided in the Adoption Agreement, such modification
   may only be made as of the first day of the Plan Year and the first day of
   the seventh month of the Plan Year, or as of any other more frequent date(s)
   if the Plan Administrator so permits in a uniform and nondiscriminatory
   manner. A Contributing Participant who desires to make such a modification
   shall complete and deliver (either in writing or in any other form permitted
   by the IRS and the DOL) a new salary reduction agreement (or agreement to
   make Nondeductible Employee Contributions to the Plan Administrator). The
   Plan Administrator may prescribe such uniform and nondiscriminatory rules it
   deems appropriate to carry out the terms of this Section 3.06(B) of the
   Plan.
C. Ceasing Elective Deferrals - Except as otherwise provided in the Adoption
   Agreement, a Participant may cease Elective Deferrals (or Nondeductible
   Employee Contributions) and thus withdraw as a Contributing Participant as
   of the first day of the Plan Year and the first day of the seventh month of
   the Plan Year or as of any other date if the Plan Administrator so permits
   in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner by revoking the authorization to
   the Employer to make Elective Deferrals (or Nondeductible Employee
   Contributions) on his or her behalf A Participant who desires to withdraw as
   a Contributing Participant shall give notice of withdrawal to the Plan
   Administrator at least 30 days (or such lesser period of days as the Plan
   Administrator shall permit in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner) before
   the effective date of withdrawal. A Participant shall cease to be a
   Contributing Participant upon his or her Termination of Employment, or on
   account of termination of the Plan.
                                                                             28
   Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, each Employee who has
   entered into a salary reduction agreement under a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan may
   terminate such agreement at any time during the Year.
D. Return As A Contributing Participant After Ceasing Elective Deferrals -
   Except as otherwise provided in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant who
   has withdrawn as a Contributing Participant under Section 3.06(C) of the
   Plan (or because the Participant has taken a hardship withdrawal pursuant to
   Section 5.01(A)(6) of the Plan) may not again become a Contributing
   Participant until the first day of the Plan Year and the first day of the
   seventh month of the Plan Year following such withdrawal, unless the Plan
   Administrator, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, permits
   withdrawing Participants to resume their status as Contributing Participants
   sooner (provided that Participants who take withdrawals pursuant to Section
<PAGE>
   5.01(A)(6) of the Plan shall be subject to the conditions of that Section).
E. Automatic Elective Deferrals - Each Employee who satisfies the eligibility
   requirements specified in the Adoption Agreement for Elective Deferrals will
   be given a reasonable opportunity to enroll as a Contributing Participant.
   Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Adopting Employer has so indicated in
   the Adoption Agreement, eligible Employees who fail to provide the Employer
   a salary reduction agreement indicating either (1) their desire not to make
   Elective Deferrals, or (2) the amount or percentage of Compensation to be
   deferred, will automatically have the amount or percentage of Compensation
   listed in the Adoption Agreement withheld from their Compensation and
   contributed as an Elective Deferral. Elective Deferrals for such
   Contributing Participant shall continue at the rate specified in the
   Adoption Agreement until the Contributing Participant provides the Employer
   a salary reduction agreement (either in writing or in any other form
   permitted under rules promulgated by the IRS and DOL) to the contrary or
   unless the Employer reduces or ceases deferrals for such Participant
   pursuant to Section 3.13(B)(8) of the Plan. Contributions made pursuant to
   this Section 3.06(E) of the Plan shall be characterized as Elective
   Deferrals and not as Nondeductible Employee Contributions.
   An Employer who chooses to utilize the automatic Elective Deferral feature
   described in this Section 3.06(E) of the Plan shall establish uniform and
   nondiscriminatory procedures designed to insure that each eligible Employee
   is provided the effective opportunity to make a salary deferral election.
   Such procedures shall include, but not be limited to, the means by which
   notice will be provided to each eligible Employee of his or her right to
   complete a salary reduction agreement specifying a different amount or
   percentage of Compensation (including no Compensation) to be contributed to
   the Plan and a reasonable period for completing such a salary reduction
   agreement.
F. Elective Deferrals to a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan - Notwithstanding anything to the
   contrary, if the Employer is an Eligible Employer and has established a
   SIMPLE 401(k) Plan, each Eligible Employee may deliver (either in writing or
   in any other form permitted by the IRS and the DOL) a salary reduction
   election and have his or her Compensation reduced for the Year in any amount
   selected by the Employee subject to the limitation described below. The
   Employer will make Elective Deferral contributions to this Plan in the
   amount by which the Employee's Compensation has been reduced. The total
   Elective Deferral contribution for the Year under this Section 3.06(F) of
   the Plan cannot exceed $6,000 for any Employee. To the extent permitted by
   law, this amount will be adjusted to reflect any annual cost-of-living
   increases announced by the IRS. In addition to any other election periods
   provided under the Plan, each Eligible Employee in a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan may
   make or modify a salary reduction agreement during the 60-day period
   immediately preceding each January 1. For the Year an Employee becomes
   eligible to make Elective Deferral contributions under a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan,
   the 60-day election period requirement described above is deemed satisfied
   if the Employee may make or modify a salary reduction agreement during a 60-
   day period that includes either the date the Employee becomes eligible or
   the day before.
G. SIMPLE 401(k) Notice Requirements -The Employer will notify each Eligible
   Employee prior to the 60-day election period described in Section 3.06(F) of
   the Plan that he or she can complete a salary reduction agreement or modify
   a prior salary reduction agreement during that period. The notification must
   indicate whether the Employer will provide the three-percent Matching
   Contribution or a two-percent nonelective contribution described in Section
   3.07 of the Plan.
<PAGE>
H. ADP Test Safe Harbor Election Periods - In addition to any other election
   periods provided under the Plan, each Eligible Employee may make or modify a
   deferral election during the 30-day period immediately following receipt of
   the notice described in section 3.06(l). Not withstanding the foregoing, the
   Employer may change the election periods described above pursuant to rules
   promulgated by the IRS.
                                                                             29
I. ADP Test Safe Harbor Notice Requirement - At least 30 days, but not more
   than go days, before the beginning of the Plan Year, the Employer will
   provide each Eligible Employee a comprehensive notice of the Employee's
   rights and obligations under the Plan, written in a manner calculated to be
   understood by the average Eligible Employee. If an Employee becomes eligible
   after the 90th day before the beginning of the Plan Year and does not
   receive the notice for that reason, the notice must be provided no more than
   go days before the Employee becomes eligible but not later than the date the
   Employee becomes eligible. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Employer may
   change this notice requirement pursuant to rules promulgated by the IRS.

3.07 MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
The Employer may elect to make Matching Contributions under the Plan on behalf
of Qualifying Contributing Participants as provided in the Adoption Agreement.
To be a Qualifying Contributing Participant for a Plan Year, the Participant
must make Elective Deferrals (or Nondeductible Employee Contributions, if the
Employer has agreed to match such contributions) for the Plan Year, satisfy any
age and Years of Eligibility Service and other requirements that are specified
for Matching Contributions in the Adoption Agreement and also satisfy any
additional conditions set forth in the Adoption Agreement for this purpose. The
Employer may make Matching Contributions at the same time as it contributes
Elective Deferrals or at any other time as permitted by law and regulation. The
proper Matching Contribution amount may be determined by the Employer at any
time during a Plan Year, including, but not limited to, such time as Matching
Contributions are delivered to the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Eligible Employer has established a SIMPLE
401(k) Plan, the Employer will contribute a Matching Contribution to the plan
on behalf of each Employee who makes an Elective Deferral contribution under
Section 3.06(F) of the Plan. The amount of the Matching Contribution wilt be
equal to the Employee's Elective Deferral contribution up to a limit of three
percent of the Employee's Compensation for the full Year. In lieu of a Matching
Contribution to a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan, however, the Employer may elect to
contribute a nonelective contribution of two percent of Compensation for the
full Year for each Eligible Employee who received at least $5,000 of
Compensation (or such lesser amount as elected by the Employer in the Adoption
Agreement) for the Year.

3.08 NONDEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS
This Plan will not accept Nondeductible Employee Contributions and Matching
Contributions thereon for Plan Years beginning after the Plan Year in which
this Plan is adopted by the Employer. Nondeductible Employee Contributions for
Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1986, together with any matching
contributions as defined in Section 401(m) of the Code, will be limited so as
to meet the nondiscrimination test of Section 401(m) of the Code.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Plan is subject to Section 401(k) of the
Code and the Adopting Employer so allows in the Adoption Agreement, a
Participant may contribute Nondeductible Employee Contributions to the Plan by
enrolling as a Contributing Participant pursuant to the applicable provisions
of Section 3.06 of the Plan. The Employer shall establish uniform and
<PAGE>
nondiscriminatory rules and procedures for Nondeductible Employee Contributions
as it deems necessary and advisable including, but not limited to, rules
describing any amounts or percentages of Compensation Participants may or must
contribute to the Plan. A separate account will be maintained by the Plan
Administrator for the Nondeductible Employee Contributions of each Participant.

3.09 QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS
The Employer may elect to make Qualified Nonelective Contributions under the
Plan. The amount of such contribution to the Plan for each Plan Year, if any,
shall be in an amount determined by the Employer. Unless another allocation
formula is specified in the Adoption Agreement, Qualified Nonelective
Contributions will be allocated to the Individual Accounts of non-Highly
Compensated Employees who are Eligible Employees, in order of each
Participant's Compensation, beginning with the Participant with the least
amount of Compensation, until such Participant has reached his or her Maximum
Permissible Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no allocation shall be
required in excess of the amount required to satisfy the Actual Deferral
Percentage test, the Actual Contribution Percentage test or both.
If the current year testing rules apply to the Plan, in lieu of distributing
Excess Contributions or Excess Aggregate Contributions as provided in Sections
5.16 and 5.17 of the Plan, the Employer may, if permitted in the Adoption
Agreement, use all or any portion of the Qualified Nonelective Contributions to
satisfy either the Actual Deferral Percentage test or the Actual Contribution
Percentage test,, or both, pursuant to regulations under the Code. If the prior
                                                                             30
year testing rules apply to the Plan and the Employer uses Qualified
Nonelective Contributions to satisfy either the Actual Deferral Percentage test
or the Actual Contribution Percentage test, or both, all Qualified Nonelective
Contributions must be used for purposes of such tests.

3.10 QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
The Employer may elect to make Qualified Matching Contributions under the Plan.
Unless specified otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, the amount of such
contribution to the Plan for each Plan Year, if any, shall be in an amount
determined by the Employer. In addition, in lieu of distributing Excess
Contributions or Excess Aggregate Contributions as provided in Sections 5.16
and 5.17 of the Plan, the Employer may use Qualified Matching Contributions to
satisfy either the Actual Deferral Percentage test or the Actual Contribution
Percentage test, or both, pursuant to regulations under the Code.
Unless another allocation formula is specified in the Adoption Agreement,
Qualified Matching Contributions, if made, shall be in an amount equal to that
percentage of the Elective Deferrals of each nonHighly Compensated Employee
which would be sufficient to cause the Plan to satisfy the Actual Contribution
Percentage test and/or the Actual Deferral Percentage test, as applicable.
Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, all or any portion of
the Qualified Matching Contributions may be included in the ADP and ACP tests
if the Employer has elected to use the current year testing rules. If the prior
year testing rules apply to the Plan and the Employer uses Qualified Matching
Contributions to satisfy either the ADP or ACP test, or both, ail Qualified
Matching Contributions must be used for purposes of such tests.

3.12 OTHER LIMITATIONS ON SIMPLE 401(K) CONTRIBUTIONS
If the Employer has established a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan, no Employer or Employee
contributions may be made to this Plan for the Year other than Elective
Deferrals described in Section 3.06(F) of the Plan, Matching or nonelective
contributions described in Section 3.07 of the Plan and rollover contributions
described in Section 3.03 of the Plan.
<PAGE>
3.12 LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS
A. If the Participant does not participate in, and has never participated in
   another qualified plan maintained by the Employer, a welfare benefit fund
   (as defined in Section 419(e) of the Code) maintained by the Employer, an
   individual medical account (as defined in Section 415(t)(2) of the Code), or
   a simplified employee pension plan (as defined in Section 408(k) of the
   Code) maintained by the Employer, which provides an Annual Addition as
   defined in the Definitions Section of the Plan, the following rules shall
   apply.
   1. The amount of Annual Additions which may be credited to the Participant's
      Individual Account for any Limitation Year will not exceed the lesser of
      the Maximum Permissible Amount or any other limitation contained in this
      Plan. If the Employer Contribution that would otherwise be contributed or
      allocated to the Participant's Individual Account would cause the Annual
      Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed the Maximum Permissible
      Amount, the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the
      Annual Additions for the Limitation Year wilt equal the Maximum
      Permissible Amount.
   2. Prior to determining the Participant's actual Compensation for the
      Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the Maximum Permissible
      Amount for a Participant on the basis of a reasonable estimate of the
      Participant's Compensation for the Limitation Year, uniformly determined
      for all Participants similarly situated.
   3. As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation
      Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Limitation Year will be
      determined on the basis of the Participant's actual Compensation for the
      Limitation Year.
   4. If pursuant to Section 3.12(A)(3) of the Plan or as a result of the
      allocation of Forfeitures or a reasonable error in determining a
      Participant's maximum Elective Deferral or any other circumstance
      permitted under rules promulgated by the IRS, there is an Excess Annual
      Additions, the excess wilt be disposed of as follows.
      a. Profit Sharing Plan - If this Plan is a profit sharing plan, the
         Excess Annual Additions shall be deemed Forfeitures and shall be
         allocated in accordance with Section 3.01(C) of the Plan to all
         Qualifying Participants that have not reached their Annual Additions
         limit. If all Qualifying Participants have reached their Annual
         Additions limit before all Excess Annual Additions have been
         allocated, the remaining amount will be held unallocated in a suspense
         account. The suspense account will be applied to reduce future
                                                                             31
         Employer Contributions (including allocation of any Forfeitures) for
         all remaining Participants in the next Limitation Year, and each
         succeeding Limitation Year if necessary.
      b. Money Purchase Pension Plan or Target Benefit Plan - If this Plan is
         either a money purchase pension plan or a target benefit plan, Excess
         Annual Additions shall be held, unallocated, in a suspense account.
         The suspense account shall be used to offset future Employer
         Contributions made to Qualifying Participants in the next Limitation
         Year and succeeding Limitation Years if necessary.
      c. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan - If this Plan is a 401(k) profit sharing
         plan, any Nondeductible Employee Contributions and Elective Deferrals,
         plus any income allocable thereto, shall be distributed to the
         Participant to the extent they would reduce the Excess Annual
         Additions. Income allocable to such Excess Annual Additions shall be
         computed in a manner consistent with the manner described in Section
<PAGE>
         7.02(B) of the Plan (i.e. the usual manner used by the Plan
         Administrator for allocating income or loss to Participants'
         Individual Accounts);
         If, after distributing Nondeductible Employee Contributions (including
         any earnings thereon) and Elective Deferrals (including any earnings
         thereon), Excess Annual Additions still exist, the Excess Annual
         Additions attributable to Employer Profit Sharing Contributions shall
         be deemed Forfeitures and shall be allocated in accordance with
         Section 3.01(C) of the Plan to all Qualifying Participants that have
         not reached their Annual Additions limit. If all Qualifying
         Participants have reached their Annual Additions limit before all
         Excess Annual Additions have been allocated, the remaining amount will
         be held unallocated in a suspense account.
      The suspense account will be applied to reduce future Employer
      Contributions (including allocation of any Forfeitures) for all remaining
      Participants in the next Limitation Year, and each succeeding Limitation
      Year if necessary. If a suspense account is in existence at any time
      during a Limitation Year pursuant to this Section 3.12 of the Plan, it
      will participate in the allocation of the Fund's investment gains and
      losses. If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a
      particular Limitation Year, all amounts in the suspense account must be
      allocated and reallocated to Participants' Individual Accounts before any
      Employer Contributions or any Nondeductible Employee Contributions may be
      made to the Plan for that Limitation Year. Excess Annual Additions may
      not be distributed to Participants or former Participants.
B. This section applies if the Employer maintains or ever maintained another
   qualified plan (other than a paired standardized money purchase pension plan
   using the same Basic Plan Document as this Plan) in which any Participant in
   this Plan is (or was) a Participant or could become a Participant. This
   section also applies if the Employer maintains a welfare benefit fund (as
   defined in Section 419(e) of the Code), or an individual medical account (as
   defined in Section 415(l)(2) of the Code), under which amounts are treated
   as Annual Additions with respect to any Participant in this Plan.
   1. If, in addition to this Plan, the Participant is covered under another
      qualified master or prototype defined contribution plan maintained by the
      Employer, a welfare benefit fund maintained by the Employer, an
      individual medical account maintained by the Employer, or a simplified
      employee pension plan maintained by the Employer that provides an Annual
      Addition as defined in the Definitions Section of the Plan during any
      Limitation Year, the following rules apply.
      a. The Annual Additions which may be credited to a Participant's
         Individual Account under this Plan for any such Limitation Year will
         not exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount reduced by the Annual
         Additions credited to a Participant under the other qualified Master
         or Prototype Plans, welfare benefit funds, individual medical accounts
         and simplified employee pension plans for the same Limitation Year. If
         the Annual Additions with respect to the Participant under other
         qualified master or prototype defined contribution plans, welfare
         benefit funds, individual medical accounts and simplified employee
         pension plans maintained by the Employer are less than the Maximum
         Permissible Amount and the Employer Contribution that would otherwise
         be contributed or allocated to the Participant's Individual Account
         under this Plan would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation
         Year to exceed this limitation, the amount contributed or allocated
         will be reduced so that the Annual Additions under all such plans and
         funds for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Permissible
<PAGE>
         Amount. If the Annual Additions with respect to the Participant under
         such other qualified master or prototype defined contribution plans,
         welfare benefit funds, individual medical accounts and simplified
         employee pension plans in the aggregate are equal to or greater than
         the Maximum Permissible Amount, no amount will be contributed or
         allocated to the Participant's Individual Account under this Plan for
         the Limitation Year.
                                                                             32
      b. Prior to determining the Participant's actual Compensation for the
         Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the Maximum Permissible
         Amount for a Participant in the manner described in Section 3.12(A)(2)
         of the Plan.
      c. As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the
         Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Limitation
         Year will be determined on the basis of the Participant's actual
         Compensation for the Limitation Year.
      d. If, pursuant to Section 3.12(B)(1)(c) of the Plan or as a result of
         the allocation of Forfeitures or a reasonable error in determining a
         Participant's Elective Deferral or any other circumstance permitted
         under rules promulgated by the IRS a Participant's Annual Additions
         under this Plan and such other plans would result in an Excess Annual
         Additions for a Limitation Year, the Excess Annual Additions will be
         deemed to consist of the Annual Additions last allocated, except that
         Annual Additions attributable to a simplified employee pension plan
         will be deemed to have been allocated first, followed by Annual
         Additions to a welfare benefit fund or individual medical account,
         regardless of the actual allocation date.
      e. If Excess Annual Additions were allocated to a Participant on an
         allocation date of this Plan which coincides with an allocation date
         of another plan, the Excess Annual Additions attributed to this Plan
         will be the product of:
        (i) the total Excess Annual Additions allocated as of such date, times
        (ii)the ratio of (i) the Annual Additions allocated to the Participant
            for the Limitation Year as of such date under this Plan to (ii) the
            total Annual Additions allocated to the Participant for the
            Limitation Year as of such date under this and all the other
            qualified prototype defined contribution plans.
      f. Any Excess Annual Additions attributed to this Plan will be disposed
         of in the manner described in Section 3.12(A)(4) of the Plan.
   2. If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined
      contribution plan maintained by the Employer, other than a Master or
      Prototype Plan, the provisions of Section 3.12(B)(1)(a) through 3.12(B)
      (1)(f) of the Plan will apply as if the other plan were a Master or
      Prototype Plan. In the event this method is unadministerable due to
      conflicting language in the other plan, the Employer must provide, via a
      written addendum to the Plan, the method under which the plans will limit
      total Annual Additions to the Maximum Permissible Amount, and will
      properly reduce any Excess Annual Additions, in a manner that precludes
      Employer discretion.
   3. For Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 2000, if the Participant
      is or has ever been a participant in a defined benefit plan maintained by
      the Employer, the following rule shall apply with respect to satisfying
      the 1.0 limitation of Section 415(e) of the Code. If the projected Annual
      Addition to this Plan to the account of a Participant for any Limitation
      Year would cause the 1.0 limitation of Section 415(e) of the Code to be
      exceeded, the annual benefit of the defined benefit plan for such
<PAGE>
      Limitation Year shall be reduced so that the 1.0 limitation shall be
      satisfied. If it is not possible to reduce the annual benefit of the
      defined benefit plan and the projected Annual Addition to this Plan to
      the account of a Participant for a Limitation Year would cause the to
      limitation to be exceeded, the Employer shall reduce the Employer
      Contribution which is to be allocated to this Plan on behalf of such
      Participant so that the 1.0 limitation will be satisfied. (The provisions
      of Section 415(e) of the Code are incorporated herein by reference under
      the authority of Section 1106(h) of the Tax Reform Act of 1986.) As an
      alternative, the Employer may provide, in the Adoption Agreement,
      alternative language which will satisfy the 1.0 limitation. Such
      alternative language must preclude Employer discretion. Notwithstanding
      the foregoing, this Section 3.12(B)(3) of the Plan shall not apply to
      Plan Years beginning or after January 1, 2000.
C. The provisions of this Section 3.12 of the Plan shall apply to SIMPLE 401(k)
   contributions made pursuant to Sections 3.06(F) and 3.07 of the Plan.

3.13 ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TEST (ADP)
A. Limits on Highly Compensated Employees -The Actual Deferral Percentage
   (hereinafter "ADP") for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees
   for each Plan Year and the ADP for Participants who are non-Highly
   Compensated Employees for the same Plan Year must satisfy one of the
   following tests.
   1. The ADP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the
      Plan Year shall not exceed the ADP for Participants who are non-Highly
      Compensated Employees for the same Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or
                                                                             33
   2. The ADP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the
      Plan Year shall not exceed the ADP for Participants who are non-Highly
      Compensated Employees for the same Plan Year multiplied by 2.0 provided
      that the ADP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees does
      not exceed the ADP for Participants who are non-Highly Compensated
      Employees by more than two percentage points. Effective for Plan Years
      beginning on or after January 1, 1997, the Plan must satisfy the ADP test
      using either the prior year testing or current year testing requirements
      described below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the prior year testing
      method described below will apply to this Plan unless otherwise elected
      by the Employer.
   3. Prior Year Testing
      The ADP for a Plan Year for Participants who are Highly Compensated
      Employees for each Plan Year and the prior year's ADP for Participants
      who were non-Highly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year must
      satisfy one of the following tests.
      a. The ADP for a Plan Year for Participants who are Highly Compensated
         Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the prior year's ADP for
         Participants who were non-Highly Compensated Employees for the prior
         Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or
      b. The ADP for a Plan Year for Participants who are Highly Compensated
         Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the prior year's ADP for
         Participants who were nonHighly Compensated Employees for the prior
         Plan Year multiplied by 2.0, provided that the ADP for Participants
         who are Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed the ADP for
         Participants who were non-Highly Compensated Employees in the prior
         Plan Year by more than  two percentage points.
      For the first Plan Year the Plan permits any Participant to make Elective
      Deferrals and this is not a successor Plan, for purposes of the foregoing
<PAGE>
      tests, the prior year's non-Highly Compensated Employees' ADP shall be
      three percent unless the Adopting Employer has elected in the Adoption
      Agreement to use the actual Plan Year's ADP for these Participants.
   4. Current Year Testing
      If the Plan is amended by the Employer to implement current year testing,
      the ADP tests in (a) and (b) above will be applied by comparing the
      current Plan Year's ADP for Participants who are Highly Compensated
      Employees with the current Plan Year's ADP for Participants who are
      non-Highly Compensated Employees. Once made, this election can only be
      changed if the Plan meets the requirements for changing to prior year
      testing set forth in IRS Notice 98-1 (or subsequent guidance provided by
      the IRS). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan shall be treated as
      meeting the ADP test if, within a reasonable period before any Plan Year,
      each Participant eligible to participate is given a notice (either in
      writing or in any other form permitted by Treasury regulations or other
      rules promulgated by the IRS) which satisfies the requirements of Section
      401(k)(12)(D) of the Code and the Employer makes Matching Contributions
      or nonelective contributions pursuant to Sections 401(k)(12)(B) and (C)
      of the Code respectively.
B. Special Rules
   1. A Participant is a Highly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year
      if he or she meets the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in
      effect for that Plan Year. Similarly, a Participant is a non-Highly
      Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if he or she does not
      meet the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that
      Plan Year.
   2. The ADP for any Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee for the
      Plan Year and who is eligible to have Elective Deferrals (and Qualified
      Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both,
      if treated as Elective Deferrals for purposes of the ADP test) allocated
      to his or her Individual Accounts under two or more arrangements
      described in Section 401(k) of the Code, that are maintained by the
      Employer, shall be determined as if such Elective Deferrals (and, if
      applicable, such Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified
      Matching Contributions, or both) were made under a single arrangement.
      If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more cash or
      deferred arrangements that have different Plan Years, all cash or
      deferred arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year shall
      be treated as a single arrangement. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
      certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated
      under regulations under Section 401(k) of the Code.
   3. In the event that this Plan satisfies the requirements of Sections
      401(k), 401(a)(4), or 410(b) of the Code only if aggregated with one or
      more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements
      of such sections
                                                                             34
      of the Code only if aggregated with this Plan, then this Section 3.13(B)
      (3) of the Plan shall be applied by determining the ADP of Participants
      as if all such Plans were a single Plan. Any adjustments to the
      non-Highly Compensated Employee ADP for the prior year will be made in
      accordance with IRS Notice 98-1 and any subsequent guidance provided by
      the IRS, unless the Adopting Employer has elected in the Adoption
      Agreement to use the current year testing method. Plans may be aggregated
      in order to satisfy Section 401(k) of the Code only if they have the same
      Plan Year and use the same ADP testing method.
   4. For purposes of determining the ADP test, Elective Deferrals, Qualified
<PAGE>
      Nonelective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions must be
      made before the end of the 12 month period immediately following the Plan
      Year to which contributions relate.
   5. The Employer shall maintain records sufficient to demonstrate
      satisfaction of the ADP test and the amount of Qualified Nonelective
      Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, used in such
      test.
   6. The determination and treatment of the ADP amounts of any Participant
      shall satisfy such other requirements as may be prescribed by the
      Secretary of the Treasury.
   7. If the Employer elects to take Qualified Matching Contributions into
      account as Elective Deferrals for purposes of the ADP test, then (subject
      to such other requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the
      Treasury) the Employer may elect, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory
      manner, to either include all Qualified Matching Contributions in the ADP
      test or to include only the amount of such Qualified Matching
      Contributions that are needed to meet the ADP test.
   8. In the event that the Plan Administrator determines that it is not likely
      that the ADP test will be satisfied for a particular Plan Year unless
      certain steps are taken prior to the end of such Plan Year, the Plan
      Administrator may require Contributing Participants who are Highly
      Compensated Employees to reduce or cease future Elective Deferrals for
      such Plan Year in order to satisfy that requirement. Said reduction shall
      also be required by the Plan Administrator in the event that the Plan
      Administrator anticipates that the Employer will not be able to deduct
      all Employer Contributions from its income for Federal income tax
      purposes. If the Plan Administrator requires Contributing Participants
      to reduce or cease making Elective Deferrals under this paragraph, the
      reduction or cessation shall begin with the Highly Compensated Employee
      with the largest amount of Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year on the
      date on which it is determined that the ADP test will not likely be
      satisfied. All remaining Highly Compensated Employees' Elective Deferrals
      for the Plan Year shall be limited to such amount. Notwithstanding the
      foregoing, if it is later determined that the ADP test for the Plan Year
      will be satisfied, Highly Compensated Employees shall be permitted to
      enroll as Contributing Participants in accordance with the terms of the
      Plan.
C. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the ADP test described above is treated as
   satisfied for any Year in which an Eligible Employer maintains this Plan as
   a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan.

3.14 LIMITS ON NONDEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS AND MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
A. Limits on Highly Compensated Employees -The Average Contribution Percentage
   (hereinafter "ACP") for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees
   for each Plan Year and the ACP for Participants who are non-Highly
   Compensated Employees for the same Plan Year must satisfy one of the
   following tests.
   1. The ACP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the
      Plan Year shall not exceed the ACP for Participants who are non-Highly
      Compensated Employees for the same Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or
   2. The ACP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the
      Plan Year shall not exceed the ACP for Participants who are non-Highly
      Compensated Employees for the same Plan Year multiplied by 2.0, provided
      that the ACP for the Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees
      does not exceed the ACP for Participants who are non-Highly Compensated
      Employees by more than two percentage points. Effective for Plan Years
<PAGE>
      beginning on or after January 1, 1997, the Pan must satisfy the ACP test
      using either the prior year testing or current year testing requirements
      described below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the prior year testing
      method described below will apply to this Plan unless otherwise elected
      in the Adoption Agreement by the Adopting Employer.
                                                                             35
Prior Year Testing
   The ACP for a Plan Year for Participants who are Highly Compensated
   Employees for each Plan Year and the prior year's ACP for Participants who
   were non-Highly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year must satisfy
   one of the following tests.
   a. The ACP for a Plan Year for Participants who are Highly Compensated
      Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the prior year's ACP for
      Participants who were non-Highly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan
      Year multiplied by 1.25; or
   b. The ACP for a Plan Year for Participants who are Highly Compensated
      Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the prior year's ACP for
      Participants who were non-Highly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan
      Year multiplied by 2.0, provided that the ACP for Participants who are
      Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed the ACP for Participants who
      were non-Highly Compensated Employees in the prior Plan Year by more than
      two percentage points.
   For the first Plan Year, if this Plan permits any Participant to make
   Nondeductible Employee Contributions, provides for Matching Contributions or
   both, and this is not a successor Plan, for purposes of the foregoing tests,
   the prior year's non-Highly Compensated Employees' ACP shall be three
   percent unless the Employer has elected to use the Plan Year's ACP for these
   Participants.
Current Year Testing
   If the Plan is amended by the Adopting Employer to implement current year
   testing, the ACP tests in (a) and (b), above, will be applied by comparing
   the current Plan Year's ACP for Participants who are Highly Compensated
   Employees for each Plan Year with the current Plan Year's ACP for
   Participants who are non-Highly Compensated Employees. Once made, this
   election can only be changed if the Plan meets the requirements for changing
   to prior year testing set forth in Notice 98-1 (or additional guidance
   provided by the IRS).
B. Special Rules
   1. A Participant is a Highly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year
      if he or she meets the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in
      effect for that Plan Year. Similarly, a Participant is a non-Highly
      Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if he or she does not
      meet the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that
      Plan Year.
   2. Multiple Use: Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1,
      1997, if one or more Highly Compensated Employees participate in both a
      cash or deferred arrangement (CODA) and a Plan subject to the ACP test
      maintained by the Employer, and the sum of the ADP and ACP of those
      Highly Compensated Employees subject to either or both tests exceeds
      the Aggregate Limit, then the ACP of those Highly Compensated Employees
      who also participate in a CODA will be reduced in the manner described in
      Section Five of the Plan so that the limit is not exceeded. The amount by
      which each Highly Compensated Employee's Contribution Percentage Amounts
      is reduced shall be treated as an Excess Aggregate Contribution. The ADP
      and ACP of the Highly Compensated Employees are determined after any
      corrections required to meet the ADP and ACP tests and are deemed to be
<PAGE>
      the maximum permitted under such tests for the Plan Year. Multiple use
      does not occur if either the ADP and ACP of the Highly Compensated
      Employees does not exceed 1.25 multiplied by the ADP and ACP of the
      non-Highly Compensated Employees.
   3. For purposes of this Section 3.14 of the Plan, the Contribution
      Percentage for any Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee and
      who is eligible to have Contribution Percentage Amounts allocated to his
      or her Individual Account under two or more plans described in Section
      401(a) of the Code, or arrangements described in Section 401(k) of the
      Code that are maintained by the Employer, shall be determined as if the
      total of such Contribution Percentage Amounts was made under each plan.
      If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more cash or
      deferred arrangements that have different plan years, all cash or
      deferred arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year shall
      be treated as a single arrangement. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
      certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated
      under regulations under Section 401(m) of the Code.
   4. In the event that this Plan satisfies the requirements of Sections
      401(m), 401(a)(4) or 410(b) of the Code only if aggregated with one or
      more other Plans, or if one or more other Plans satisfy the requirements
      of such sections of the Code only if aggregated with this Plan, then this
      section shall be applied by determining the Contribution Percentage of
      Employees as if all such Plans were a single Plan. Any adjustments to the
      non-Highly
                                                                             36
      Compensated Employee ACP for the prior year will be made in accordance
      with IRS Notice 98-1 and any additional guidance issued by the IRS,
      unless the Employer has elected to use the current year testing method.
      Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Section 401(m) of the Code
      only if they have the same Plan Year and use the same ACP testing method.
   5. For purposes of determining the Contribution Percentage test,
      Nondeductible Employee Contributions are considered to have been made in
      the Plan Year in which contributed to the Fund. Matching Contributions
      and Qualified Nonelective Contributions will be considered made for a
      Plan Year if made no later than the end of the 12 month period beginning
      on the day after the close of the Plan Year.
   6. The Employer shall maintain records sufficient to demonstrate
      satisfaction of the ACP test and the amount of Qualified Nonelective
      Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, used in such
      test.
   7. The determination and treatment of the Contribution Percentage of any
      Participant shall satisfy such other requirements as may be prescribed by
      the Secretary of the Treasury.
   8. If the Employer elects to take Qualified Nonelective Contributions into
      account as Contribution Percentage Amounts for purposes of the ACP test,
      then (subject to such other requirements as may be prescribed by the
      Secretary of the Treasury) the Employer may elect, in a uniform and
      nondiscriminatory manner, to either include all Qualified Nonelective
      Contributions in the ACP test or to include only the amount of such
      Qualified Nonelective Contributions that are needed to meet the ACP test.
   9. If the Employer elects to take Elective Deferrals into account as
      Contribution Percentage Amounts for purposes of the ACP test, then
      (subject to such other requirements as may be prescribed by the
      Secretary of the Treasury) the Employer may elect, in a uniform and
      nondiscriminatory manner, to either include all Elective Deferrals in the
      ACP test or to include only the amount of such Elective Deferrals that
      are needed to meet the ACP test.
<PAGE>
C. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the ACP test described above is treated as
   satisfied for any Year in which an Eligible Employer maintains this Plan as
   a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan.

3.15 SAFE HARBOR CODA
The provisions of this Section 3.15 may only be applied to Plan Years beginning
on or after January 1, 1999.
A. ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions
   Unless the Adopting Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement to make
   Enhanced Matching Contributions or Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions,
   the Employer will contribute for the Plan Year a Safe Harbor Matching
   Contribution to the Plan on behalf of each Eligible Employee equal to (i)
   100 percent of the amount of the Employee's Elective Deferrals that do not
   exceed three percent of the Employee's Compensation for the Plan Year, Plus
   (ii) 50 percent of the amount of the Employee's Elective Deferrals that
   exceed three percent of the Employee's Compensation but that do not exceed
   five percent of the Employee's Compensation ("Basic Matching
   Contributions"). Not withstanding the foregoing, if the Adopting Employer so
   provides in the Adoption Agreement, the ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions
   will be made to the defined contribution plan indicated in the Adoption
   Agreement. However, such contributions will be made to this Plan unless (i)
   each Eligible Employee under this Plan is also eligible under the other plan
   and (ii) the other plan has the same Plan Year as this Plan. In addition,
   such contributions cannot be made with regard to permitted disparity under
   Section 401(1) of the Code.
B. ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions In addition to the ADP Test Safe
   Harbor Contributions described in the Definition Section of the Plan, the
   Employer will make the ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, if any,
   indicated in the Adoption Agreement for the Plan Year.

SECTION FOUR: VESTING AND FORFEITURES

4.01 DISTRIBUTIONS TO PARTICIPANTS
A. Determining the Vested Portion - In determining the Vested portion of a
   Participant's Individual Account, the following rules apply.
   1. Employer Contributions and Forfeitures - The Vested portion of a
      Participant's Individual Account derived from Employer Contributions and
      Forfeitures is determined by applying the vesting schedule selected in
      the Adoption Agreement (or the vesting schedule described in Section
      4.01(B) of the Plan if the Plan is a Top-
                                                                             37
      Heavy Plan). In the event that there is not a vesting schedule option
      provided in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant shall be fully Vested
      in his or her Individual Account at all times.
   2. Other Contributions - A Participant is fully Vested in his or her
      rollover contributions and transfer contributions, Deductible Employee
      Contributions and Nondeductible Employee Contributions and any earnings
      thereon. No Forfeiture will occur solely as a result of an Employee's
      withdrawal of such contributions.
   3. Fully Vested Under Certain Circumstances - A Participant is fully Vested
      in his or her Individual Account if any of the following occurs:
      a. the Participant reaches Normal Retirement Age;
      b. the Plan is terminated or partially terminated as defined by rules
         promulgated by the IRS; or
      c. there exists a complete discontinuance of contributions under the
         Plan. Further, unless otherwise indicated in the Adoption Agreement, a
<PAGE>
         Participant is fully Vested if the Participant dies, incurs a
         Disability, or satisfies the conditions for Early Retirement Age
         (if applicable). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the portion of a
         Participant's Individual Account attributable to Employer Profit
         Sharing Contributions, Employer Money Purchase Pension Contributions
         or Employer Target Benefit Pension Contributions which are made based
         on his or her imputed Compensation on account of incurring a
         Disability shall be fully Vested at all times. In the case of a
         partial termination, only those Participants who are affected by the
         partial termination of the Plan shall become fully Vested.
   4. Participants in a Prior Plan - If a Participant was a participant in a
      Prior Plan on the Effective Date, his or her Vested percentage shall not
      be less than it would have been under such Prior Plan as computed on the
      Effective Date.
   5. SIMPLE 401(k) Exception Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the
      contrary, all benefits attributable to contributions described in Section
      3.06(F) and 3.07 of the Plan are nonforfeitable at all times, and all
      previous contributions made under the Plan are nonforfeitable as of the
      beginning of the Year in which the SIMPLE 401(k) Plan is adopted.
   6. ADP Test Safe Harbor Contribution Exception Notwithstanding anything in
      this Plan to the contrary, all benefits attributable to ADP Test Safe
      Harbor Contributions shall be nonforfeitable at all times.
   7. ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions Notwithstanding anything in
      this Plan to the contrary, ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions will be
      Vested as indicated in the Adoption Agreement, but, in any event, such
      contributions shall be fully Vested at Normal Retirement Age, upon the
      complete or partial termination of the Plan, or upon the complete
      discontinuance of Employer Contributions. Forfeitures of non-Vested ACP
      Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions will be used to reduce the
      Employer's Contribution.
   8. Government Contract Contributions - Notwithstanding anything in this Plan
      to the contrary, contributions made by an Employer pursuant to Section
      3.01(B)(3) of the Plan shall be nonforfeitable at all times.
      A Participant shall not be fully Vested in his or her individual Account
      solely on account of a transaction described in Section 414(l) of the
      Code except as otherwise provided therein.
B. Minimum Vesting Schedule for Top-Heavy Plans - The following vesting
   provisions apply for any Plan Year in which this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan.
   Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 4.01 of the Plan or the
   non-top heavy vesting schedule selected (either affirmatively or by default)
   in the Adoption Agreement (unless those provisions or that schedule provide
   for more rapid vesting), unless elected otherwise in the Adoption Agreement,
   a Participant's Vested portion of his or her Individual Account attributable
   to Employer Contributions and Forfeitures shall be determined in accordance
   with the vesting schedule described below, provided that if the Adopting
   Employer elected a graded nontop-heavy vesting schedule in the Adoption
   Agreement, the six year graded schedule described below shall apply, and if
   the Adopting Employer elected a cliff non-top-heavy vesting schedule in the
   Adoption Agreement, the three year cliff schedule described below shall
   apply.
                                                                             38
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX YEAR GRADED THREE YEAR CLIFF

      Years of                      Years Of
   Vesting  Service Vested    Percentage Vesting   Service Vested Percentage
          <S>            <C>           <C>                  <C>
          1                0           1                      0
          2               20           2                      0
          3               40           3                    100
          4               60
          5               80
          6              100
</TABLE>
   This minimum vesting schedule applies to all benefits within the meaning of
   Section 411(a)(7) of the Code, except those attributable to Nondeductible
   Employee Contributions including benefits accrued before the effective date
   of Section 416 of the Code and benefits accrued before the Plan became a
   Top-Heavy Plan. Further, no decrease in a Participant's Vested percentage
   may occur in the event the Plan's status as a Top-Heavy Plan changes for any
   Plan Year. However, this Section 4.01(B) of the Plan does not apply to the
   Individual Account of any Employee who does not have an Hour of Service
   after the Plan has initially become a Top-Heavy Plan and such Employee's
   Individual Account attributable to Employer Contributions and Forfeitures
   will be determined without regard to this Section 4.01(B) of the Plan.
   If this Plan ceases to be a Top-Heavy Plan, then in accordance with the
   above restrictions, the vesting schedule as selected in the Adoption
   Agreement will govern. If the vesting schedule under the Plan shifts in or
   out of top-heavy status, such shift is an amendment to the vesting schedule
   and the election in Section 7.06(D) of the Plan applies.
C. Termination of Employment - If a Participant incurs a Termination of
   Employment, any portion of his or her Individual Account which is not Vested
   shall be held in a suspense account. Such suspense account shall share in
   any increase or decrease in the fair market value of the assets of the Fund
   in accordance with Section 7.02(B) of the Plan. The disposition of such
   suspense account shall be as follows.
   1. Cash-out of Certain Terminated Participants - If the value of the Vested
      portion of such terminated Participant's Individual Account does not
      exceed $5,000, the Participant shall receive a distribution of the entire
      Vested portion of such Individual Account. For Plan Years beginning on or
      before August 5, 1997, $3,500 shall be substituted for $5,000 in the
      preceding sentence. The portion which is not Vested shall be treated as a
      Forfeiture and applied in accordance with Section 3.01(C) of the Plan.
      For purposes of this Section, if the value of the Vested portion of a
      Participant's Individual Account is zero, the Participant shall be deemed
      to have received a distribution of such Vested Individual Account. A
      Participant's Vested Individual Account balance shall not include
      accumulated deductible employee contributions within the meaning of
      Section 72(0)(5) (B) of the Code for Plan Years beginning prior to
      January 1, 1989.
   2. Terminated Participants Who Elect to Receive Distributions - If such
      terminated Participant elects to receive a distribution of the Vested
      portion of his or her Individual Account in accordance with Section
      5.02(B) of the Plan, the portion which is not Vested shall be treated
      as a Forfeiture. Such Forfeiture shall be applied in accordance with
      Section 3.01(C) of the Plan.
<PAGE>
   3. Re-employed Participants Who Received Distributions - If such Participant
      receives or is deemed to receive a distribution pursuant to Section
      4.01(C)(1) or (2) of the Plan and the Participant subsequently resumes
      employment, the Participant's Employer-derived Individual Account balance
      will be restored to the amount on the date of distribution if the
      Participant repays to the Plan the full amount of the distribution
      attributable to Employer Contributions before the earlier of
      (a)five years after the first date on which the Participant is
         subsequently re-employed by the Employer, or
      (b)the date the Participant incurs five consecutive Breaks in Vesting
         Service following the date of the distribution. Any restoration of a
         Participant's Individual Account pursuant to Section 4.01(C)(3) of the
         Plan shall be made from other Forfeitures, income or gain to the Fund
         or contributions made by the Employer.
   4. Re-employed Participants Who Did Not Receive Distributions - If such
      Participant neither receives nor is deemed to receive a distribution
      pursuant to Section 4.01(C)(1) nor (2) of the Plan and the Participant
      returns to
                                                                             39
      the service of the Employer before incurring five consecutive
      Breaks in Vesting Service, there shall be no Forfeiture. Rather, the
      Amount in such suspense account shall be recredited to such Participant's
      Individual Account.
D. Forfeitures Following Five Consecutive Breaks in Vesting Service - If a
   Participant who has neither received a distribution nor has been deemed to
   receive a distribution incurs five consecutive Breaks in Vesting Service,
   the portion of the Participant's Individual Account which is not Vested
   shall be treated as a Forfeiture and applied in accordance with Section
   3.01(C) of the Plan.
E. Distribution Prior to Full Vesting
   If a distribution is made to a Participant who was not then fully Vested in
   his or her Individual Account derived from Employer Contributions and the
   Participant may increase his or her Vested percentage in his or her
   Individual Account, then the following rules shall apply:
   1. a separate account will be established for the Participant's interest in
      the Plan as of the time of the distribution, and
   2. at any relevant time, the Participant's Vested portion of the separate
      account will be equal to an amount ("X'') determined in accordance with
      the standard formula described below unless the Employer chooses, in a
      uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, to apply the alternative formula.
      Standard Formula: X=P (AB + (R x D)) - (R x D)
      Alternative Formula: X= P(AB+D) - D
      For purposes of the standard and alternative formulas described above,
      "P" is the Vested percentage at the relevant time; "AB" is the separate
      account balance at the relevant time; "D" is the amount of the
      distribution; and "R" is the ratio of the separate account balance at the
      relevant time to the separate account balance after distribution.

4.02 100 PERCENT VESTING OF CERTAIN CONTRIBUTIONS
The Participant's accrued benefit derived from Elective Deferrals, Qualified
Nonelective Contributions, Nondeductible Employee Contributions, and Qualified
Matching Contributions is nonforfeitable. Separate accounts for Elective
Deferrals, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Nondeductible Employee
Contributions, Matching Contributions, and Qualified Matching Contributions
will be maintained for each Participant. Each account will be credited with the
applicable contributions and earnings thereon.
<PAGE>
4.03 FORFEITURES AND VESTING OF MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
Matching Contributions shall be Vested in accordance with the vesting schedule
for Matching Contributions in the Adoption Agreement. In any event, Matching
Contributions shall be fully Vested at Normal Retirement Age, upon the complete
or partial termination of the Plan, or upon the complete discontinuance of
Employer Contributions. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan,
Matching Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions must be forfeited if
the contributions to which they relate are Excess Elective Deferrals, Excess
Contributions, Excess Aggregate Contributions or Excess Annual Additions which
are distributed pursuant to Section 3.12(A)(4)(c) of the Plan. Such Forfeitures
shall be allocated in accordance with Section 3.01(C) of the Plan.
When a Participant incurs a Termination of Employment, whether a Forfeiture
arises with respect to Matching Contributions shall be determined in accordance
with Section 4.01(C) of the Plan.

SECTION FIVE: DISTRIBUTIONS AND LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS

5.01 DISTRIBUTIONS
A. Distributable Events
   1. Entitlement to Distribution - The Vested portion of a Participant's
      Individual Account attributable to Employer Contributions other than
      those described in Section 5.01(A)(2) Of the Plan shall be distributable
      to the Participant upon (1) the occurrence of any of the distributable
      events specified in the Adoption Agreement; (2) the Participant's
      Termination of Employment after attaining Normal Retirement Age; (3) the
      termination of the Plan; and (4) the Participant's Termination of
      Employment after satisfying any Early Retirement Age conditions. If a
      Participant separates from service before satisfying the Early Retirement
      Age requirement, but
                                                                             40
      has satisfied the service requirement, the Participant will be entitled
      to elect an early retirement benefit upon satisfaction of such age
      requirement. With respect to item (1) above, if the Adoption Agreement
      does not allow an Employer to specify distributable events, the Vested
      portion of a Participant's Individual Account shall be distributable to
      the Participant upon the Participant's Termination of Employment; the
      Participant's attainment of Normal Retirement Age; the Participant's
      Disability; or the termination of the Plan.
      Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following rules shall apply with
      respect to entitlement to distribution of rollover and transfer
      contributions and Nondeductible Employee Contributions. Except as
      otherwise provided in the Adoption Agreement, rollover and transfer
      contributions and earnings thereon shall be subject to the Plan's
      provisions governing distributions of either Employer Profit Sharing
      Contributions (if this Plan is a profit sharing plan), Employer Money
      Purchase Pension Contributions (if this Plan is a money purchase pension
      plan) or Employer Target Benefit Pension Contributions (if this Plan is a
      target benefit pension plan). However, to the extent that any optional
      form of benefit under this Plan permits a distribution prior to the
      Employee's retirement, death, Disability, attainment of Normal Retirement
      Age or severance from employment, and prior to Plan termination, the
      optional form of benefit is not available with respect to benefits
      attributable to assets (including the posttransfer earnings thereon)
      and liabilities that are transferred, within the meaning of Section
      414(l) of the Code, to this Plan from a money purchase pension plan or a
      target benefit pension plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code
      (other than any portion of those assets and liabilities attributable
<PAGE>
      to voluntary employee contributions).
    A Participant may, at any time and upon a request (either in writing or in
    any other form permitted under rules promulgated by the IRS and DOL)
    submitted to the Plan Administrator withdraw an amount from his or her
    Individual Account attributable to Nondeductible Employee Contributions
    (including earnings thereon). In the event the portion of a Participant's
    Individual Account attributable to Nondeductible Employee Contributions
    experiences a loss such that the amount remaining in such subaccount is
    less than the amount of Nondeductible Employee Contributions made by the
    Participant, the maximum amount which the Participant may withdraw is an
    amount equal to the remaining Nondeductible Employee Contributions. Subject
    to Section 5.13 of the Plan, Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements (if
    applicable), the Participant may withdraw any part of the Deductible
    Employee Contribution account by delivering an application (either in
    writing or in any other form permitted under rules promulgated by the IRS
    and DOL) to the Plan Administrator.
   2. Special Requirements For Certain 401(k) Contributions Elective Deferrals,
      Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions and
      income allocable to each are not distributable to a Participant or his or
      her Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, in accordance with such Participant's
      or Beneficiary or Beneficiaries' election, earlier than upon separation
      from service, death or disability. Such amounts may also be distributed
      upon.
      a. termination of the Plan without the establishment of another defined
         contribution plan, other than an employee stock ownership plan (as
         defined in Section 4975(e) or Section 409 of the Code), a simplified
         employee pension plan (as defined in Section 408(k) of the Code), or a
         SIMPLE IRA Plan (as defined in Section 408(p) of the Code);
      b. the disposition by a corporation to an unrelated corporation of
         substantially all of the assets (within the meaning of Section
         409(d)(2) of the Code) used in a trade or business of such
         corporation if such corporation continues to maintain this Plan
         after the disposition, but only with respect to Employees who
         continue employment with the corporation acquiring such assets;
      c. the disposition by a corporation to an unrelated entity of such
         corporation's interest in a subsidiary (within the meaning of Section
         409(d)(3) of the Code) if such corporation continues to maintain this
         Plan, but only with respect to Employees who continue employment with
         such subsidiary;
      d. the attainment of age 59  1/2 in the case of a profit sharing plan if
         so permitted in the Adoption Agreement; or
      e. if the Adopting Employer has so elected in the Adoption Agreement, the
         hardship of the Participant as described in Section 5.01(A)(6) of the
         Plan. All distributions that may be made pursuant to one or more of
         the foregoing distributable events are subject to the spousal and
         Participant consent requirements (if applicable) contained in Section
         401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code. In addition, distributions after March
         31, 1988, which are triggered by either a, b or c above must be made
         in a lump sum.
                                                                             41
         Notwithstanding the foregoing, ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions may
         not be distributed earlier than separation from service, death,
         Disability, an event described in Section 401(k)(10) of the Code, or,
         in the case of a profit sharing plan, the attainment of age 59  1/2.
   3. Withdrawal Request: When Distributed -A Participant entitled to a
      distribution who wishes to receive a distribution must submit a request
<PAGE>
     (either in writing or in any other form permitted under rules promulgated
      by the IRS and DOL) to the Plan Administrator. If required in writing,
      such request shall be made upon a form provided by the Plan
      Administrator. Upon a valid request, the Plan Administrator shall direct
      the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) to commence distribution no
      later than the time specified in the Adoption Agreement for this purpose
      and, if not specified in the Adoption Agreement, then no later than go
      days following the later of
      a. the close of the Plan Year within which the event occurs which
         entities the Participant to a distribution; or
      b. the close of the Plan Year in which the request is received.
         Distributions will be made based on the value of the Vested portion of
         The Individual Account available at the time of actual distribution.
         To the extent the distribution request is for an amount greater than
         the Individual Account, the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable)
         shall be entitled to distribute the entire Vested portion of the
         Individual Account.
   4. Special Rules for Withdrawals During Service - If this is a profit
      sharing plan, unless the Adoption Agreement provides otherwise, a
      Participant who is not otherwise eligible to receive a distribution of
      his or her Individual Account may elect to receive an in-service
      distribution of at[or part of the Vested portion of his or her Individual
      Account attributable to Employer Contributions other than those described
      in Section 5.01(A)(2) of the Plan, subject to the requirements of Section
      5.13 of the Plan and further subject to the following limits.
      a. Participant for five or more years. An Employee who has been a
      Participant in the Plan for five or more years may withdraw up to the
      entire Vested portion of his or her Individual Account.
      b. Participant for less than five years. Except as otherwise provided in
         the Adoption Agreement, an Employee who has been a Participant in the
         Plan for less than five years may withdraw only the amount which has
         been in his or her Individual Account attributable to Employer
         Contributions for at least two full Plan Years, measured from the date
         such contributions were allocated.
   5. Special Rules for Hardship Withdrawals - If this is a profit sharing plan
      and the Adoption Agreement so provides, then notwithstanding Section
      5.01(A)(4) of the Plan, a Participant may elect to receive a hardship
      distribution of all or part of the Vested portion of his or her
      Individual Account attributable to Employer Contributions other than
      those described in Section 5.01(A) (2) Of the Plan, subject to the
      requirements of Section 5.13 of the Plan.
      For purposes of this Section 5.01(A)(5), hardship is defined as an
      immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant where such
      Participant tacks other available resources. Except as otherwise provided
      in the Adoption Agreement, financial needs considered immediate and heavy
      include, but are not limited to expenses incurred or necessary for
      medical care, described in Section 213(d) of the Code, of the Employee,
      the Employee's Spouse or dependents; the purchase (excluding mortgage
      payments) of a principal residence for the Employee; payment of tuition
      and related educational fees for the next 12 months of post-secondary
      education for the Employee, the Employee's spouse, children or
      dependents; the need to prevent the eviction of the Employee from, or a
      foreclosure on the mortgage of, the Employee's principal residence; or
      funeral expenses of a member of the Participant's family.
      A distribution will be considered as necessary to satisfy an immediate
<PAGE>
      and heavy financial need of the Employee only if
      1)the Employee has obtained all distributions, other than hardship
        distributions, and all nontaxable loans available under all plans
        maintained by the Employer;
      2)the distribution is not in excess of the amount of an immediate and
        heavy financial need (including amounts necessary to pay any federal,
        state or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to
        result from the distribution).
                                                                             42
   6. Hardship Distribution of Elective Deferrals
      a. General - If the Adopting Employer has so elected in the Adoption
         Agreement, distribution of Elective Deferrals including Qualified
         Nonelective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions that
         are treated as Elective Deferrals and any earnings credited to a
         Participant's account as of the later of December 31,1988, and the
         end of the last Plan Year ending before July 1, 1989 may be made to a
         Participant in the event of hardship. For the purposes of this Section
         5.01(A) (6), hardship is defined as an immediate and heavy financial
         need of the Employee where such Employee tacks other available
         resources. Hardship distributions are subject to the spousal consent
         requirements contained in Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code.
      b. Special Rules For purposes of determining whether a Participant has a
         hardship, rules similar to those described in Section 5.01(A)(5) of
         the Plan shall apply except that only the listed financial needs shall
         be considered, other than funeral expenses for a member of the
         Participant's family, which shall not be included. In addition, a
         distribution will be considered as necessary to satisfy an immediate
         and heavy financial need of the Employee only if
        (1)all plans maintained by the Employer provide that the Employee's
           Elective Deferrals (and Nondeductible Employee Contributions) will
           be suspended for 12 months after the receipt of the hardship
           distribution;
        (2)all plans maintained by the Employer provide that the Employee may
           not make Elective Deferrals for the Employee's taxable year
           immediately following the taxable year of the hardship distribution
           in excess of the applicable limit under Section 402(g) of the Code
           for such taxable year less the amount of such Employee's Elective
           Deferrals for the taxable year of the hardship distribution.
   7. One-Time In-Service Withdrawal Option - If this is a profit sharing plan
      and the Adopting Employer has elected the one-time in-service withdrawal
      option in the Adoption Agreement, then a Participant will be permitted
      only one in-service withdrawal during the course of such Participant's
      employment with the Employer. The amount which the Participant can
      withdraw will be limited to the lesser of the amount determined under
      the limits set forth in Section 5.01(A)(4) of the Plan or the percentage
      of the Participant's Individual Account specified by the Adopting
      Employer in the Adoption Agreement. Distributions under this Section
      5.01(A)(7) will be subject to the requirements of Section 5.13 of the
      Plan.
   8. Commencement of Benefits - Notwithstanding any other provision, unless
      the Participant elects otherwise, distribution of benefits will begin no
      later than the 60th day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in
      which
      a. the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age;
      b. occurs the 10th anniversary of the year in which the Participant
         commenced participation in the Plan; or
<PAGE>
      c. the Participant incurs a Termination of Employment. Notwithstanding
         the  foregoing, the failure of a Participant and Spouse, if
         applicable, to consent to a distribution while a benefit is
         immediately distributable, within the meaning of Section 5.02(B) of
         the Plan, shall be deemed to be an election to defer commencement of
         payment of any benefit sufficient to satisfy this Section 5.01(A)(8)
         of the Plan.

5.02 FORM OF DISTRIBUTION TO A PARTICIPANT
A. Value of Individual Account Does Not Exceed $5,000 - If the value of the
   Vested portion of a Participant's Individual Account does not qualify as an
   Eligible Rollover Distribution, distribution from the Plan shall be made to
   the Participant in a single lump sum in lieu of all other forms of
   distribution from the Plan as soon as administratively feasible. Except as
   otherwise provided in the Adoption Agreement, if the value of the Vested
   portion of a Participant's Individual Account qualifies as an Eligible
   Rollover Distribution, exceeds $1,000 but does not exceed $5,000, and the
   Participant fails to elect to receive his or her distribution from the Plan
   in either a single lump sum or a Direct Rollover to an Eligible Retirement
   Plan, payment shall be made in the form of a Direct Rollover to an
   individual retirement account within the meaning of either Section 408(a) or
   Section 408(b) of the Code. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the Plan
   Administrator will select an IRA trustee, custodian or issuer that is
   unrelated to the Employer, establish the individual retirement account with
   such trustee in accordance with rules promulgated by the IRS and make the
   initial investment choices for the such account. Notwithstanding the
   foregoing, if the Participant is re-employed by the Employer prior to the
   occurrence of the distribution, no distribution will be made under this
   paragraph.
                                                                             43
B. Value of Individual Account Exceeds $5,000
   1. If distribution in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is
      required with respect to a Participant, either the value of the
      Participant's Vested Individual Account exceeds $5,000 or there are
      remaining payments to be made with respect to a particular distribution
      option that previously commenced, and the Individual Account is
      immediately distributable, the Participant must consent to any
      distribution of such Individual Account.
      If distribution in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is
      not required with respect to a Participant, the value of such
      Participant's Vested Individual Account exceeds $5,000, and the
      Individual Account is immediately distributable, the Participant and
      the Participant's Spouse (or where either the Participant or the Spouse
      has died, the survivor) must consent to any distribution of such
      Individual Account. The consent of the Participant and the Participant's
      Spouse shall be obtained (either in writing or in any other form
      permitted under rules promulgated by the IRS and DOL) within the go-day
      period ending on the Annuity Starting Date. The Plan Administrator shall
      notify the Participant and the Participant's Spouse of the right to defer
      any distribution until the Participant's Individual Account is no longer
      immediately distributable. Such notification shall include a general
      description of the material features, and an explanation of the relative
      values of, the optional forms of benefit available under the Plan in a
      manner that would satisfy the notice requirements of Section 417(a)(3) of
      the Code, and shall be provided no less than 30 days and no more than go
      days prior to the Annuity Starting Date.
<PAGE>
      If a distribution is one to which Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 Of the Code
      do not apply, such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the
      notice required under Section 1.411(a)11(c) of the Income Tax Regulations
      is given, provided that:
      a. the Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the
         Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after
         receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to
         elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution
         option), and
      b. the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a
         distribution.
      Notwithstanding the foregoing, only the Participant need consent to the
      commencement of a distribution which is either made in the form of a
      Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or is made from a Plan which meets
      the Retirement Equity Act safe harbor rules of Section 5.13(E) of the
      Plan, while the Individual Account is immediately distributable. Neither
      the consent of the Participant nor the Participant's Spouse shall be
      required to the extent that a distribution is required to satisfy Section
      401(a)(9) or Section 415 of the Code. In addition, upon termination of
      this Plan, if the Plan does not offer an annuity option (purchased from a
      commercial provider), the Participant's Individual Account may, without
      the Participant's consent, be distributed to the Participant or
      transferred to another defined contribution plan (other than an employee
      stock ownership plan as defined in Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code) within
      the same controlled group.
      An Individual Account is immediately distributable if any part of the
      Individual Account could be distributed to the Participant (or surviving
      Spouse) before the Participant attains or would have attained (if not
      deceased) the later of Normal Retirement Age or age 62.
   2. For purposes of determining the applicability of the foregoing consent
      requirements to distributions made before the first day of the first Plan
      Year beginning after December 31, 1988, the Vested portion of a
      Participant's Individual Account shall not include amounts attributable
      to accumulated deductible employee contributions within the meaning of
      Section 72(o)(5)(B) of the Code.
   3. General Rule -This Section 5.02(B)(3) provides transitional rules with
      regard to the cash out limits for distributions made prior to the 90th
      day after publication of the Income Tax Regulations in the Federal
      Register.
      a. Distributions Subject to Section 417 of the Code. If distribution in
         the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is required with
         regard to a Participant, the rule in this paragraph (a) is substituted
         for the rule in the first sentence of Section 5.02(B)(1). if the value
         of a Participant's Vested Individual Account exceeds (or at the time
         of any prior distribution (1) in Plan Years beginning before August 6,
         1997, exceeded $3,500 or (2) in Plan Years beginning after August 5,
         1997, exceeded) $5,000, and the Individual Account is immediately
         distributable, the Participant and the Participant's Spouse (or where
         either the Participant or the Spouse has died, the survivor) must
         consent to any distribution of such Individual Account.
                                                                             44
      b. Distributions not subject to Section 417 of the Code. If distribution
         in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is not required
         with respect to a Participant, the rule in this paragraph (b) is
         substituted for the rule in the second sentence of Section 5.02(B)(1).
         If the value of a Participant's Vested Individual Account:
<PAGE>
        (1) for Plan Years beginning before August 6, 1997, exceeds $3,500 (or
            exceeded $3,500 at the time of any prior distribution),
        (2) for Plan Years beginning after August 5, 1997, and for a
            distribution made prior to March 22, 1999, exceeds $5,000 (or
            exceeded $5,000, at the time of any prior distribution),
        (3) and for Plan Years beginning after August 5, 1997 and for a
            distribution made after March 21, 1999, that either exceeds $5,000
            or is a remaining payment under a selected optional form of payment
            that exceeded $5,000 at the time the selected payment began, and
            the Individual Account is immediately distributable, the
            Participant and the Participant's Spouse (or where either the
            Participant or the Spouse has died, the survivor) must consent to
            any distribution of such Individual Account.
C. Other Forms of Distribution to Participant - If the value of the Vested
   portion of a Participant's Individual Account exceeds $5,000, and the
   Participant has property waived the Qualified joint and Survivor Annuity, as
   described in Section 5.13 of the Plan, the Participant may request (either
   in writing or in any other form permitted under rules promulgated by the IRS
   and DOL) that the Vested portion of his or her Individual Account be paid to
   him or her in one or more of the following forms of payment unless specified
   otherwise in the Adoption Agreement: (1) in a lump sum; (2) in installment
   payments over a period not to exceed the Life Expectancy of the Participant
   or the joint and last survivor Life Expectancy of the Participant and his or
   her designated Beneficiary; or (3) applied to the purchase of an annuity
   contract. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5.02 of the Plan to the
   contrary, a Participant cannot elect payments in the form of a life annuity
   if the Retirement Equity Act safe harbor rules of Section 5.13(E) of the
   Plan apply.

5.03 DISTRIBUTIONS UPON THE DEATH OF A PARTICIPANT
A. Designation of Beneficiary - Spousal Consent - Each Participant may
   designate, upon a form provided by and delivered to the Plan Administrator,
   one or more primary and contingent Beneficiaries to receive all or a
   specified portion of the Participant's Individual Account in the event of
   his or her death. A Participant may change or revoke such Beneficiary
   designation from time to time by completing and delivering the proper form
   to the Plan Administrator.
   In the event that a Participant wishes to designate a primary Beneficiary
   who is not his or her Spouse, his or her Spouse must consent (either in
   writing or in any other form permitted under rules promulgated by the IRS
   and DOL) to such designation, and the Spouse's consent must acknowledge the
   effect of such designation and be witnessed by a notary public or plan
   representative. Notwithstanding this consent requirement, if the Participant
   establishes to the satisfaction of the Plan Administrator that such consent
   may not be obtained because there is no Spouse or the Spouse cannot be
   located, no consent shall be required. In addition, if the Spouse is legally
   incompetent to give consent, the Spouse's legal guardian, even if the
   guardian is the Participant, may give consent. If the Participant is legally
   separated or the Participant has been abandoned (within the meaning of local
   law) and the Participant has a court order to such effect, spousal consent
   is not required unless a Qualified Domestic Relations Order provides
   otherwise. Any change of Beneficiary will require a new spousal consent.
B. Payment to Beneficiary - If a Participant dies before the Participant's
   entire Individual Account has been paid to him or her, such deceased
   Participant's Individual Account shall be payable to any surviving
   Beneficiary designated by the Participant, or, if no Beneficiary survives
<PAGE>
   the Participant, to the Participant's Spouse, or, where no Spouse exists, to
   the Participant's estate. If the Beneficiary is a minor, distribution will
   be deemed to have been made to such Beneficiary if the portion of the
   Participant's Individual Account to which the Beneficiary is entitled is
   paid to his or her legal guardian or, if applicable, to his or her custodian
   under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act or the Uniform Transfers to Minors
   Act.
C. Withdrawal Request: When Distributed -A Beneficiary of a deceased
   Participant entitled to a distribution who wishes to receive a distribution
   must submit a request (either in writing or in any other form permitted
   under rules promulgated by the IRS and DOL) to the Plan Administrator. If
   required in writing, such request shall be made upon a form provided by the
   Plan Administrator. Upon a valid request, the Plan Administrator shall
   direct the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) to commence distribution no
   later than the time specified in the Adoption
                                                                             45
 Agreement for this purpose and
   if not specified in the Adoption Agreement, then no later than go days
   following the later of
   1. the close of the Plan Year within which the Participant dies; or
   2. the close of the Plan Year in which the request is received.

5.04 FORM OF DISTRIBUTION TO BENEFICIARIES
A. Value of Individual Account Does Not Exceed $5,000 - If the value of the
   Vested portion of a Participant's Individual Account does not qualify as an
   Eligible Rollover Distribution, the Plan Administrator shall direct the
   Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) to make a distribution to the
   Beneficiary in a single lump sum in lieu of at[ other forms of distribution
   from the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the Adoption Agreement, if
   the value of the Vested portion of a Participant's Individual Account
   qualifies as an Eligible Rollover Distribution, exceeds $1,000 but does not
   exceed $5,000, and the Beneficiary(ies) fails to elect to receive his or her
   distribution from the Plan in either a single lump sum or a Direct Rollover
   to an Eligible Retirement Plan, payment shall be made in the form of a
   Direct Rollover to an individual retirement account within the meaning of
   either Section 408(a) or Section 408(b) of the Code if the Beneficiary
   qualifies as a Recipient under the Plan. For purposes of the preceding
   sentence, the Plan Administrator will select an IRA trustee, custodian or
   issuer that is unrelated to the Employer, establish the individual
   retirement account with such trustee in accordance with rules promulgated by
   the IRS and make the initial investment choices for the such account.
B. Value of Individual Account Exceeds $5,000 - If the value of the Vested
   portion of a Participant's Individual Account exceeds $5,000, the
   preretirement survivor annuity requirements of Section 5.13 of the Plan
   shall apply unless waived in accordance with that Section 5.13 of the Plan
   or unless the Retirement Equity Act safe harbor rules of Section 5.13(E) of
   the Plan apply. However, a surviving Spouse Beneficiary may elect any form
   of payment allowable under the Plan in lieu of the preretirement survivor
   annuity. Any such payment to the surviving Spouse must meet the requirements
   of Section 5.05 of the Plan.
C. Other Forms of Distribution to Beneficiary - If the value of a Participant's
   Individual Account exceeds $5,000 and the Participant has property waived
   the preretirement survivor annuity, as described in Section 5.13 of the Plan
   (if applicable), or if the Beneficiary is the Participant's surviving
   Spouse, the Beneficiary may, subject to the requirements of Section 5.05 of
   the Plan, request (either in writing or in any other form permitted under
<PAGE>
   rules promulgated by the IRS and DOL) that the Participant's Individual
   Account be paid in any form of distribution permitted to be taken by the
   Participant under this Plan other than applying the Individual Account
   toward the purchase of an annuity contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
   installment payments to a Beneficiary cannot be made over a period exceeding
   the Life Expectancy of such Beneficiary.

5.05 DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS
A. General Rules
   1. Subject to Section 5.13 of the Plan, the requirements of this Section
      shall apply to any distribution of a Participant's interest and will take
      precedence over any inconsistent provisions of this Plan. Unless
      otherwise specified, the provisions of Section 5.13 of the Plan apply to
      calendar years beginning after December 31,1984.
   2. All distributions required under this Section 5.05 of the Plan shall be
      determined and made in accordance with the Proposed Income Tax
      Regulations under Section 1.401(a)(9), including the minimum distribution
      incidental benefit requirement of Section 1.401(a)(g)-2 of such
      regulations. "Unless indicated otherwise in the Adoption Agreement with
      respect to distributions under the Plan made in calendar years beginning
      on or after January 1, 2001, the Plan will apply the minimum distribution
      requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code in accordance with the
      regulations under Section 401(a)(9) that were proposed in January 2001,
      notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary. The January 1,
      2001 proposed regulations shall continue in effect until the end of the
      last calendar year beginning before the effective date of final
      regulations under Section 401(a) (9) or such other date specified in
      guidance published by the Internal Revenue Service."
B. Required Beginning Date -The entire interest of a Participant must be
   distributed or begin to be distributed no later than the Participant's
   Required Beginning Date.
C. Limits on Distribution Periods - As of the first Distribution Calendar Year,
   distributions, if not made in a single sum, may only be made over one of the
   following periods (or a combination thereof):
                                                                             46
   1. the life of the Participant,
   2. the life of the Participant and a designated Beneficiary,
   3. a period certain not extending beyond the Life Expectancy of the
      Participant, or
   4. a period certain not extending beyond the joint and last survivor
      expectancy of the Participant and a designated Beneficiary.
D. Determination of Amount to be Distributed Each Year - If the Participant's
   interest is to be distributed in other than a single sum, the following
   minimum distribution rules shall apply on or after the Required Beginning
   Date;
   1. Individual Account
      a. If a Participant's benefit is to be distributed over (i) a period not
         extending beyond the Life Expectancy of the Participant or the joint
         life and last survivor expectancy of the Participant and the
         Participant's designated Beneficiary or (2) a period not extending
         beyond the Life Expectancy of the designated Beneficiary, the amount
         required to be distributed for each calendar year, beginning with
         distributions for the first Distribution Calendar Year, must at least
         equal the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's benefit by
         the Applicable Life Expectancy.
      b. For calendar years beginning before January 1, 1989, if the
<PAGE>
         Participant's Spouse is not the designated Beneficiary, the method
         of distribution selected must assure that at least 50 percent of the
         Present Value of the amount available for distribution is paid within
         the Life Expectancy of the Participant.
      c. For calendar years beginning after December 31, 1988, the amount to be
         distributed each year, beginning with distributions for the first
         Distribution Calendar Year shall not be less than the quotient
         obtained by dividing the Participant's benefit by the lesser of (1)
         the Applicable Life Expectancy or (2) if the Participant's Spouse is
         not the designated Beneficiary, the applicable divisor determined from
         the table set forth in Q&A-4 of Section 1.401(a)(9)-2 Of the Proposed
         Income Tax Regulations. Distributions after the death of the
         Participant shall be distributed using the Applicable Life Expectancy
         in Section 5.05(D)(1)(a) of the Plan above as the relevant divisor
         without regard to Section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the Proposed Income Tax
         Regulations.
      d. The minimum distribution required for the Participant's first
         Distribution Calendar Year must be made on or before the Participant's
         Required Beginning Date. The minimum distribution for other calendar
         years, including the minimum distribution for the Distribution
         Calendar Year in which the Employee's Required Beginning Date occurs,
         must be made on or before December 31 of that Distribution Calendar
         Year.
   2. Other Forms - If the Participant's benefit is distributed in the form of
      an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder
      shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of
      the Code and the regulations thereunder.
E. Death Distribution Provisions
   1. Distribution Beginning Before Death - If the Participant dies after
      distribution of his or her interest has begun, the remaining portion of
      such interest wilt continue to be distributed at least as rapidly as
      under the method of distribution being used prior to the Participant's
      death.
   2. Distribution Beginning After Death - If the Participant dies before
      distribution of his or her interest begins, distribution of the
      Participant's entire interest shall be completed by December 31 of the
      calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death
      except to the extent that an election is made to receive distributions in
      accordance with (a) or (b) below
      a. If any portion of the Participant's interest is payable to a
         designated Beneficiary, distributions may be made over the life or
         over a period certain not greater than the Life Expectancy of the
         designated Beneficiary commencing on or before December 31 of the
         calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the
         Participant died.
      b. If the designated Beneficiary is the Participant's Surviving Spouse,
         the date distributions are required to begin in accordance with (a)
         above shall not be earlier than the later of (1) December 31 of the
         calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the
         Participant dies or (2) December 31 of the calendar year in which the
         Participant would have attained age 70  1/2. If the Participant has
         not made an election pursuant to this Section 5.05(E)(2) of the Plan
         by the time of his or her death, the Participant's designated
         Beneficiary must elect the method of distribution no later than the
         earlier of (1) December 31 of the calendar
                                                                             47
<PAGE>
         year in which distributions would be required to begin under
         this Section 5.05(E)(2) Of the Plan, or (2) December 31 of the
         calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary of the date of
         death of the Participant. If the Participant has no designated
         Beneficiary, or if the designated Beneficiary does not elect a method
         of distribution, distribution of the Participant's entire interest
         must be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the
         fifth anniversary of the Participant's death.
   3. For purposes of Section 5.05(E)(2) of the Plan above, if the surviving
      Spouse dies after the Participant, but before payments to such Spouse
      begin, the provisions of Section 5.05 (E) (2) of the Plan, with the
      exception of paragraph (b) therein, shall be applied as if the surviving
      Spouse were the Participant.
   4. For purposes of this Section 5.05 (E) of the Plan, any amount paid to a
      child of the Participant will be treated as if it had been paid to the
      surviving Spouse if the amount becomes payable to the surviving Spouse
      when the child reaches the age of majority.
   5. For purposes of this Section 5.05 (E) of the Plan, distribution of a
      Participant's interest is considered to begin on the Participant's
      Required Beginning Date (or, if Section 5.05(E)(3) of the Plan above is
      applicable, the date distribution is required to begin to the surviving
      Spouse pursuant to Section 5.05(E)(2) of the Plan above). If
      distribution in the form of an annuity irrevocably commences to the
      Participant before the Required Beginning Date, the date distribution is
      considered to begin is the date distribution actually commences.
F. Transitional Rule
   1. Notwithstanding the other requirements of this Section 5.05 Of the Plan
      and subject to the requirements of Section 5.13 of the Plan, Joint and
      Survivor Annuity Requirements, distribution on behalf of any Employee,
      including a five-percent owner, may be made in accordance with all of the
      following requirements (regardless of when such distribution commences).
      a. The distribution by the Fund is one which would not have qualified
         such Fund under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code as in effect prior to
         amendment by the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984.
      b. The distribution is in accordance with a method of distribution
         designated by the Employee whose interest in the Fund is being
         distributed or, if the Employee is deceased, by a Beneficiary of such
         Employee.
      c. Such designation was in writing, was signed by the Employee or the
         Beneficiary, and was made before January 1, 1984.
      d. The Employee had accrued a benefit under the Plan as of December
         31,1983.
      e. The method of distribution designated by the Employee or the
         Beneficiary specifies the time at which distribution wilt commence,
         the period over which distributions will be made, and in the case of
         any distribution upon the Employee's death, the Beneficiaries of the
         Employee listed in order of priority.
   2. A distribution upon death will not be covered by this transitional rule
      unless the information in the designation contains the required
      information described above with respect to the distributions to be made
      upon the death of the Employee.
   3. For any distribution which commences before January 1, 1984, but
      continues after December 31, 1983, the Employee, or the
      Beneficiary, to whom such distribution is being made, will be presumed
      to have designated the method of distribution under which the
      distribution is being made if the method of distribution was specified in
<PAGE>
      writing and the distribution satisfies the requirements in Sections
      5.05(F)(1)(a) and (e) of the Plan.
   4. If a designation is revoked, any subsequent distribution must satisfy the
      requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the regulations
      thereunder. If a designation is revoked subsequent to the date
      distributions are required to begin, the Plan must distribute, by the end
      of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the revocation
      occurs the total amount not yet distributed which would have been
      required to have been distributed to satisfy Section 401(a)(9) of the
      Code and the regulations thereunder, but for an election made under
      Section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act Of
      1982. For calendar years beginning after December 31, 1988, such
      distributions must meet the minimum distribution incidental benefit
      requirements in Section 1.401(a)(g)-2 of the Proposed Income Tax
      Regulations. Any changes in the designation will be considered to be a
      revocation of the designation. However, the mere substitution or
      addition of another Beneficiary (one not named in the designation under
      the designation will not be considered to be a revocation of the
      designation, so long as such substitution or addition does not alter
      the period over which distributions are to be made under the designation,
      directly or indirectly (for example, by altering the relevant measuring
      life). In
                                                                             48
      the case in which an amount is transferred or rotted over from
      one plan to another plan, the rules in Section 1.401(a)(9), Q&A J-2 and
      Q&A J-3 of the Proposed Income Tax Regulations shall apply.

5.06 ANNUITY CONTRACTS
Any annuity contract distributed under the Plan (if permitted or required by
this Section Five) must be nontransferable. The terms of any annuity contract
purchased and distributed by the Plan Ito a Participant or Spouse shall comply
with the requirements of the Plan.

5.07 DISTRIBUTIONS IN KIND
The Plan Administrator may, but need not, cause any distribution under this
Plan to be made either in a form actually held in the Fund, or in cash by
converting assets other than cash into cash, or in any combination of the two
foregoing ways.

5.08 DIRECT ROLLOVERS OF ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTIONS
Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise
limit a Recipient's election under this Section 5.08 of the Plan, a Recipient
may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator,
to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution that is equal to at
least $500 (or such lesser amount if the Plan Administrator permits in a
uniform and nondiscriminatory manner) paid directly to an Eligible Retirement
Plan (including an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) or
408(b) of the Code provided by the Prototype Sponsor) specified by the
Recipient in a Direct Rollover.

5.09 PROCEDURE FOR MISSING PARTICIPANTS OR BENEFICIARIES
If a benefit is forfeited because the Participant or Beneficiary cannot be
found, such benefit will be reinstated if a claim is made by the Participant or
Beneficiary.
In the event the Plan is terminated, payments must be made in a manner that
protects the benefit rights of a Participant or Beneficiary. Benefit rights
<PAGE>
shall be deemed to be protected if the amount in a Participant's or
Beneficiary's Individual Account is placed into an individual retirement
account, used to purchase an annuity contract, or transferred to another
qualified retirement plan. Benefit rights need not, however, be protected if an
Individual Account becomes subject to state escheat laws or if a payment is
made to satisfy Section 401(a)(9) of the Code.

5.10 FILING A CLAIM FOR PLAN DISTRIBUTIONS
A Participant or Beneficiary who desires to make a claim for the Vested portion
of the Participant's Individual Account shall file a request (either in writing
or in any other form permitted under rules promulgated by the IRS and DOL and
acceptable to the Plan Administrator) with the Plan Administrator. If such
request is required in writing, such request must be made on a form furnished
to him or her by the Plan Administrator for such purpose. The request shall set
forth the basis of the claim. The Plan Administrator is authorized to conduct
such examinations as may be necessary to facilitate the payment of any benefits
to which the Participant or Beneficiary may be entitled under the terms of the
Plan.

5.11 DENIAL OF A CLAIM
Whenever a claim for a Plan distribution by any Participant or Beneficiary has
been wholly or partially denied, the Plan Administrator must furnish such
Participant or Beneficiary notice (either in writing or in any other form
permitted under rules promulgated by the IRS and DOL) of the denial within go
days of the date the original claim was filed. This notice shall set forth the
specific reasons for the denial, specific reference to pertinent Plan
provisions on which the denial is based, a description of any additional
information or material needed to perfect the claim, an explanation of why such
additional information or material is necessary and an explanation of the
procedures for appeal.

5.12 REMEDIES AVAILABLE
The Participant or Beneficiary shall have 60 days from receipt of the denial
notice in which to make written application for review by the Plan
Administrator. The Participant or Beneficiary may request that the review be in
the nature of a hearing. The Participant or Beneficiary shall have the right to
representation, to review pertinent documents and to submit comments in writing
(or in any other form permitted by the IRS or DOL). The Plan Administrator
shall issue a decision on such review within 60 days after receipt of an
application for review as provided for in Section 5.11 of the
                                                                             49
Plan. Upon a decision unfavorable to the Participant or Beneficiary, such
Participant or Beneficiary shall be entitled to bring such actions in law or
equity as may be necessary or appropriate to protect or clarify his or her
right to benefits under this Plan.

5.13 JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS
A.  The provisions of this Section shall apply to any Participant who is
    credited with at least one Hour of Service with the Employer on or after
    August 23, 1984, and such other Participants as provided in Section 5.13(F)
    of the Plan.
B.  Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity Unless an optional form of benefit is
    selected pursuant to a Qualified Election within the 90-day period ending
    on the Annuity Starting Date, a married Participant's Vested Account
    Balance will be paid in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity
    and an unmarried Participant's Vested Account Balance will be paid in the
<PAGE>
    form of a life annuity. The Participant may elect to have such annuity
    distributed upon attainment of the Earliest Retirement Age under the Plan.
C.  Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity - Unless an optional form of
    benefit has been selected within the Election Period pursuant to a
    Qualified Election, if a Participant dies before the Annuity Starting Date
    then the Participant's Vested Account Balance shall be applied toward the
    purchase of an annuity for the life of the surviving Spouse. The surviving
    Spouse may elect to have such annuity distributed within a reasonable
    period after the Participant's death.
D. Notice Requirements
   1. In the case of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, the Plan
      Administrator shall no less than 30 days and not more than go days prior
      to the Annuity Starting Date provide each Participant an explanation
     (either in writing or in any other form permitted under rules promulgated
      by the IRS and DOL) of (a) the terms and conditions of a Qualified Joint
      and Survivor Annuity; (b) the Participant's right to make and the effect
      of an election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form of
      benefit; (c) the rights of a Participant's Spouse; and (d) the right to
      make, and the effect of, a revocation of a previous election to waive the
      Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. Effective for distributions made on
      or after January 1, 1997, the Annuity Starting Date for a distribution in
      a form other than a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity may be less than
      30 days after receipt of the explanation described in the preceding
      paragraph provided (a) the Participant has been provided with information
      that clearly indicates that the Participant has at least 30 days to
      consider whether to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and
      elect (with spousal consent) a form of distribution other than a
      Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity; (b) the Participant is permitted to
      revoke any affirmative distribution election at least until the annuity
      starting date or, if later, at any time prior to the expiration of the
      seven-day period that begins the day after the explanation of the
      Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is provided to the Participant;
      and (c) the annuity starting date is a date after the date that the
      explanation was provided to the Participant.
   2. In the case of a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity as described in
      Section 5.13 (C) of the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall provide each
      Participant within the applicable period for such Participant an
      explanation (either in writing or in any other form permitted under rules
      promulgated by the IRS and DOL) of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor
      Annuity in such terms and in such manner as would be comparable to the
      explanation provided for meeting the requirements of Section 5.13(D)(1)
      of the Plan applicable to a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. The
      applicable period for a Participant is whichever of the following periods
      ends last: (a) the period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year
      in which the Participant attains age 32 and ending with the close of the
      Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age
      35; (b) a reasonable period ending after the individual becomes a
      Participant; (c) a reasonable period ending after Section 5.13(D)(3) of
      the Plan ceases to apply to the Participant; and (d) a reasonable period
      ending after this Section 5.13 of the Plan first applies to the
      Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, notice must be provided
      within a reasonable period ending after separation from service in the
      case of a Participant who separates from service before attaining age 35.
      For purposes of applying the preceding paragraph, a reasonable period
      ending after the enumerated events described in (b), (c) and (d) is the
      end of the two-year period beginning one year prior to the date the
<PAGE>
      applicable event occurs, and ending one year after that date. In the case
      of a Participant who separates from service before the Plan Year in which
      age 35 is attained, notice shall be provided within the two-year period
      beginning one
                                                                             50
      year prior to separation and ending one year after separation. If such
      a Participant thereafter returns to employment with the Employer, the
      applicable period for such Participant shall be redetermined.
   3. Notwithstanding the other requirements of this Section 5.13(D) of the
      Plan, the respective notices prescribed by this Section 5.13(D) of the
      Plan, need not be given to a Participant if (a) the Plan "fully
      subsidizes" the costs of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or
      Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity, and (b) the Plan does not
      allow the Participant to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity
      or Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity and does not allow a married
      Participant to designate a non-Spouse Beneficiary.
      For purposes of this Section 5.13(D)(3) of the Plan, a plan fully
      subsidizes the costs of a benefit if no increase in cost, or decrease in
      benefits to the Participant may result from the Participant's failure to
      elect another benefit.
E. Retirement Equity Act Safe Harbor Rules
   1. Except as provided otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, the safe harbor
      provisions of this Section 5.13(E) shall apply to a Participant in a
      profit sharing plan, and shall always apply to any distribution, made on
      or after the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after December
      31, 1988, from or under a separate account attributable solely to
      accumulated deductible employee contributions, as defined in Section
      72(0)(5)(B) of the Code, and maintained on behalf of a Participant in a
      money purchase pension plan, (including a target benefit pension plan) if
      the following conditions are satisfied:
    a. the Participant does not or cannot elect payments in the form of a life
       annuity; and
    b. on the death of a Participant, the Participant's Vested Account Balance
       will be paid to the Participant's surviving Spouse, but if there is no
       surviving Spouse, or if the surviving Spouse has consented in a manner
       conforming to a Qualified Election, then to the Participant's designated
       Beneficiary. The surviving Spouse may elect to have distribution of the
       Vested Account Balance commence within the go-day period following the
       date of the Participant's death. The Account balance shall be adjusted
       for gains or losses occurring after the Participant's death in
       accordance with the provisions of the Plan governing the adjustment of
       account balances for other types of distributions. This Section 5.13(E)
       of the Plan shall not be operative with respect to a Participant in a
       profit sharing plan if the plan is a direct or indirect transferee of a
       defined benefit plan, money purchase pension plan, a target benefit
       pension plan, stock bonus, or profit sharing plan which is subject to
       the survivor annuity requirements of Section 401(a)(11) and Section 417
       of the Code. If this Section 5.13(E) of the Plan is operative, then the
       provisions of this Section 5.13 of the Plan other than Section 5.13(F)
       of the Plan shall be inoperative.
   2. The Participant may waive the spousal death benefit described in this
      Section 5.13(E) of the Plan at any time provided that no such waiver
      shall be effective unless it satisfies the conditions of Section 5.13
      (D)(3) (other than the notification requirement referred to therein) that
      would apply to the Participant's waiver of the Qualified Preretirement
      Survivor Annuity.
<PAGE>
   3. For purposes of this Section 5.13(E) of the Plan, Vested Account Balance
      shall mean, in the case of a money purchase pension plan or a target
      benefit pension plan, the Participant's separate account balance
      attributable solely to accumulated deductible employee contributions
      within the meaning of Section 72(0)(5)(B) of the Code. In the case of a
      profit sharing plan, Vested Account Balance shall have the same meaning
      as provided in the Definitions Section of this Plan.
   4. In the event this Plan is a direct or indirect transferee of or a
      restatement of a plan previously subject to the survivor annuity
      requirements of Section 401(a)(11) and 401(a)(17) of the Code and the
      Employer has selected to have this Section 5.13(E) of the Plan apply, the
      provisions of this Section 5.13(E) of the Plan shall not apply to any
      benefits accrued (including subsequent adjustments for earnings and
      losses) prior to the adoption of these provisions. Such amounts shall be
      separately accounted for in a manner consistent with Section 7.02 of the
      Plan and administered in accordance with the general survivor annuity
      requirements of Section 5.13 of the Plan.
F. Transitional Rules
   1. Any living Participant not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984, who
      would otherwise not receive the benefits prescribed by the previous
      subsections of this Section 5.13 of the Plan must be given the
      opportunity to elect to have the prior subsections of this Section 5.13
      of the Plan apply if such Participant is credited with at least one Hour
      of Service under this Plan or a predecessor plan in a Plan Year beginning
      on or after January 1, 1976, and such Participant had at least 10 Years
      of Vesting Service when he or she separated from service.
                                                                             51
   2. Any living Participant not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984, who was
      credited with at least one Hour of Service under this Plan or a
      predecessor plan on or after September 2, 1974, and who is not otherwise
      credited with any service in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1,
      1976, must be given the opportunity to have his or her benefits paid in
      accordance with Section 5.13(F)(4) of the Plan.
   3. The respective opportunities to elect (as described in Section 5.13(F)(1)
      and (2) of the Plan above) must be afforded to the appropriate
      Participants during the period commencing on August 23, 1984, and ending
      on the date benefits would otherwise commence to said Participants.
   4. Any Participant who has elected pursuant to Section 5.13(F)(2) of the
      Plan and any Participant who does not elect under Section 5.13(F)(1) of
      the Plan or who meets the requirements of Section 5.13(F)(1) of the Plan
      except that such Participant does not have at least 10 Years of Vesting
      Service when he or she separates from service, shall have his or her
      benefits distributed in accordance with all of the following requirements
      if benefits would have been payable in the form of a life annuity.
      a. Automatic Joint and Survivor Annuity - If benefits in the form of a
         life annuity become payable to a married Participant who
         (1)begins to receive payments under the Plan on or after Normal
            Retirement Age; or
         (2)dies on or after Normal Retirement Age while still working for the
            Employer; or
         (3)begins to receive payments on or after the qualified early
            retirement age; or
         (4)separates from service on or after attaining Normal Retirement Age
           (or the qualified early retirement age) and after satisfying the
           eligibility requirements for the payment of benefits under the Plan
           and thereafter dies before beginning to receive such benefits; then
<PAGE>
           such benefits will be received under this Plan in the form of a
           Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, unless the Participant has
           elected otherwise during the Election Period. The Election Period
           must begin at least six months before the Participant attains
           qualified early retirement age and ends not more than go days before
           the commencement of benefits. Any election hereunder will be in
           writing (or any other form permitted by the IRS and DOL) and may be
           changed by the Participant at any time.
      b. Election of Early Survivor Annuity - A Participant who is employed
         after attaining the qualified early retirement age will be given the
         opportunity to elect, during the Election Period, to have a survivor
         annuity payable on death. If the Participant elects the survivor
         annuity, payments under such annuity must not be less than the
         payments which would have been made to the Spouse under the Qualified
         Joint and Survivor Annuity if the Participant had retired on the day
         before his or her death. Any election under this provision will be in
         writing (or any other form permitted by the IRS and DOL) and may be
         changed by the Participant at any time. The Election Period begins on
         the later of (1) the 90th day before the Participant attains the
         qualified early retirement age, or (2) the date on which participation
         begins, and ends on the date the Participant terminates employment.
      c. For purposes of Section 5.13(F)(4) of the Plan,
        (1)qualified early retirement age is the latest of
          (a)the earliest date, under the Plan, on which the Participant may
             elect to receive retirement benefits,
          (b)the first day of the 120th month beginning before the Participant
             reaches Normal Retirement Age, or
          (c)the date the Participant begins participation.
        (2)Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is an annuity for the life of
           the Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the Spouse
           as described in  the Definitions Section of this Plan.
   The provisions of this Section 5.13 of the Plan shall apply to a Participant
   who is Vested in amounts attributable to Employer Contributions,
   Nondeductible Employee Contributions (or both) at the time of death or
   distribution.

5.14 LIABILITY FOR WITHHOLDING ON DISTRIBUTIONS
The Plan Administrator shall be responsible for withholding federal income
taxes from distributions from the Plan, unless the Participant (or Beneficiary,
where applicable) elects not to have such taxes withheld. The Trustee (or
Custodian, if applicable) or other payor may act as agent for the Plan
Administrator to withhold such taxes and to make
                                                                             52
the appropriate distribution reports, if the Plan Administrator furnishes all
the information to the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) or other payor
such payor may need to do withholding and reporting.

5.15 DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS ELECTIVE DEFERRALS
A. General Rule - A Participant may assign to this Plan any Excess Elective
   Deferrals made during a taxable year of the Participant by notifying the
   Plan Administrator of the amount of the Excess Elective Deferrals to be
   assigned to the Plan. Unless specified otherwise in the Adoption Agreement,
   Participants who claim Excess Elective Deferrals for the preceding calendar
   year must submit their claims (either in writing or in any other form
   permitted under rules promulgated by the IRS and DOL) to the Plan
   Administrator by March 1. A Participant is deemed to notify the Plan
<PAGE>
   Administrator of any Excess Elective Deferrals that arise by taking into
   account only those Elective Deferrals made to this Plan and any other plans
   of the Employer. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, Excess
   Elective Deferrals, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto,
   shall be distributed no later than April 15th to any Participant to whose
   Individual Account Excess Elective Deferrals were assigned for the preceding
   year and who claims Excess Elective Deferrals for such taxable year.
B. Determination of Income or Loss - Excess Elective Deferrals shall be
   adjusted for any income or loss up to the last day of the Plan Year. The
   income or loss allocable to Excess Elective Deferrals is equal to the income
   or loss allocable to the Participant's Elective Deferral account for the
   taxable year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is such
   Participant's Excess Elective Deferrals for the year and the denominator is
   the Participant's Individual Account balance attributable to Elective
   Deferrals without regard to any income or loss occurring during such taxable
   year. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Plan Administrator may
   compute the income or loss allocable to Excess Elective Deferrals in the
   manner described in Section 7.02 (B) of the Plan (i.e., the usual manner
   used by the Plan for allocating income or loss to Participants' Individual
   Accounts or any reasonable method), provided such method is used
   consistently for all Participants and for all corrective distributions under
   the Plan for the Plan Year.

5.16 DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS
A. General Rule - Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, Excess
   Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall
   be distributed no later than the last day of each Plan Year to Participants
   to whose Individual Accounts such Excess Contributions were allocated for
   the preceding Plan Year. Excess Contributions are allocated to the Highly
   Compensated Employees with the largest amounts of Employer Contributions
   taken into account in calculating the ADP test for the year in which the
   excess arose, beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee with the
   largest amount of such Employer Contributions and continuing in descending
   order until all the Excess Contributions have been allocated. For purposes
   of the preceding sentence, the "largest amount" is determined after
   distribution of any Excess Deferrals. If such Excess Contributions are
   distributed more than 2  1/2 months after the last day of the Plan Year in
   which such Contributions arose, a 10 percent excise tax will be imposed on
   the Employer maintaining the Plan with respect to such amounts.
B. Determination of Income or Loss - Excess Contributions shall be adjusted for
   any income or loss up to the last day of the Plan Year. The income or loss
   allocable to Excess Contributions allocated to each Participant is equal to
   the income or loss allocable to Participant's Elective Deferral account
   (and, if applicable, the Qualified Nonelective Contribution account or the
   Qualified Matching Contributions account or both) for the Plan Year
   multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is such Participant's
   Excess Contributions for the year and the denominator is the Participant's
   Individual Account balance attributable to Elective Deferrals (and Qualified
   Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, if
   any of such contributions are included in the ADP test) without regard to
   any income or loss occurring during such Plan Year. Notwithstanding the
   preceding sentence, the Plan Administrator may compute the income or loss
   allocable to Excess Contributions in the manner described in Section 7.02(B)
   of the Plan (i.e., the usual manner used by the Plan for allocating income
   or loss to Participants' Individual Accounts or any reasonable method),
   provided such method is used consistently for all Participants and for all
<PAGE>

   corrective distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year.
C. Accounting for Excess Contributions - Excess Contributions allocated to a
   Participant shall be distributed from the Participant's Elective Deferral
   account and Qualified Matching Contribution account (if applicable) in
   proportion to the Participant's Elective Deferrals and Qualified Matching
   Contributions (to the extent used in the ADP test) for the Plan Year. Excess
   Contributions shall be distributed from the Participant's Qualified
   Nonelective Contribution
                                                                             53
   account only to the extent that such Excess Contributions exceed the balance
   in the Participant's Elective Deferral account and Qualified Matching
   Contribution account.

5.17 DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS
A. General Rule - Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, Excess
   Aggregate Contributions, plus any income and minus any toss allocable
   thereto, shall be forfeited, if forfeitable, or if not forfeitable,
   distributed no later than the last day of each Plan Year to Participants to
   whose accounts such Excess Aggregate Contributions were allocated for the
   preceding Plan Year. Excess Aggregate Contributions are allocated to the
   Highly Compensated Employee with the largest Contribution Percentage Amounts
   taken into account in calculating the ACP test for the year in which the
   excess arose, beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee with the
   largest amount of such Contribution Percentage Amounts and continuing in
   descending order until all the Excess Aggregate Contributions have been
   allocated. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the "largest amount" is
   determined after distribution of any Excess Aggregate Contributions. If such
   Excess Aggregate Contributions are distributed more than 2  1/2 months after
   the last day of the Plan Year in which such Excess Aggregate Contributions
   arose, a 10 percent excise tax will be imposed on the Employer maintaining
   the Plan with respect to those amounts.
B. Determination of Income or Loss - Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be
   adjusted for any income or loss up to the last day of the Plan Year. The
   income or loss allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions allocated to each
   Participant is equal to the income or loss allocable to the Participant's
   Nondeductible Employee Contribution account, Matching Contribution account
   (if any, and if all amounts therein are not used in the ADP test) and, if
   applicable Qualified Nonelective Contribution account and Elective Deferral
   account for the Plan Year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which
   is such Participant's Excess Aggregate Contributions for the year and the
   denominator is the Participant's Individual Account balance(s) attributable
   to Contribution Percentage Amounts without regard to any income or loss
   occurring during such Plan Year. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the
   Plan Administrator may compute the income or loss allocable to Excess
   Aggregate Contributions in the manner described in Section 7.02(B) of the
   Plan (i.e., the usual manner used by the Plan for allocating income or loss
   to Participants' Individual Accounts or any reasonable method), provided
   such method is used consistently for all Participants and for all corrective
   distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year.
C. Accounting for Excess Aggregate Contributions - Excess Aggregate
   Contributions allocated to a Participant shall be forfeited, if forfeitable
   or distributed on a pro rata basis from the Participant's Nondeductible
   Employee Contribution account, Matching Contribution account, and Qualified
   Matching Contribution account (and, if applicable, the Participant's
   Qualified Nonelective Contribution account or Elective Deferral account, or
   both).
<PAGE>
5.18 RECHARACTERIZATION
Provided the Plan allows Participants to make Nondeductible Employee
Contributions, a Participant may elect to treat all or a portion of an Excess
Contribution allocated to him or her as an amount distributed to the
Participant and then contributed by the Participant to the Plan.
Recharacterized amounts will remain nonforfeitable and subject to the same
distribution requirements as Elective Deferrals. Amounts may not be
recharacterized by a Highly Compensated Employee to the extent that such amount
in combination with other Nondeductible Employee Contributions made by that
Employee would exceed any stated limit under the Plan on Nondeductible Employee
Contributions.
Recharacterization must occur no later than 2  1/2 months after the last day of
the Plan Year in which such Excess Contributions arose and is deemed to occur
no earlier than the date the last Highly Compensated Employee is informed
(either in writing or in any other form permitted under rules promulgated by
the IRS and DOL) of the amount recharacterized and the consequences thereof.
Recharacterized amounts will be taxable to the Participant for the
Participant's tax year in which the Participant would have received them in
cash.

5.19 LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS
If the Adoption Agreement so indicates, a Participant may receive a loan from
   the Fund, subject to the following rules
A. Loans shall be made available to all Participants on a reasonably equivalent
   basis. Notwithstanding the foregoing, loans shall not be available to
   Participants who cease to be employed by the Employer, unless such
   Participants are parties-in-interest as defined under Section 3(14) of
   ERISA.
B. Loans shall not be made available to Highly Compensated Employees in an
   amount greater than the amount made available to other Employees.
                                                                             54
C. Loans must be adequately secured and bear a reasonable interest rate.
D. No Participant loan shall exceed 50 percent of the Present Value of the
   Vested portion of a Participant's Individual Account.
E. A Participant must obtain the consent of his or her Spouse, if any, to the
   use of the Individual Account as security for the loan. Spousal consent
   shall be obtained no earlier than the beginning of the go day period that
   ends on the date on which the loan is to be so secured. The consent must be
   in writing (or any other form permitted by the IRS and DOL), must
   acknowledge the effect of the loan, and must be witnessed by a plan
   representative or notary public. Such consent shall thereafter be binding
   with respect to the consenting Spouse or any subsequent Spouse with respect
   to that loan. A new consent shall be required if the Individual Account is
   used for renegotiation, extension, renewal, or other revision of the loan.
   Notwithstanding the foregoing, no spousal consent is necessary if, at the
   time the loan is secured, no consent would be required for a distribution
   under Section 417(a)(2)(B) of the Code. In addition, spousal consent is not
   required if the Plan or the Participant is not subject to Section 401(a)
   (ii) of the Code at the time the Individual Account is used as security, or
   if the total Individual Account subject to the security is less than or
   equal to $5,000.
F. In the event of default, foreclosure on the note and attachment of security
   will not occur until a distributable event occurs in the Plan.
G. No loans wilt be made to any shareholder-employee or Owner Employee. For
   purposes of this requirement, a shareholder employee means an employee or
   officer of an electing small business (Subchapter S) corporation who owns
<PAGE>
   (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Section 318(a)(1) of the
   Code), on any day during the taxable year of such corporation, more than
   five percent of the outstanding stock of the corporation. If a valid spousal
   consent has been obtained in accordance with Section 5.13(E) of the Plan,
   then, notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan, the portion of the
   Participant's Vested Individual Account used as a security interest held by
   the Plan by reason of a loan out standing to the Participant shall be taken
   into account for purposes of determining the amount of the Individual
   Account payable at the time of death or distribution, but only if the
   reduction is used as repayment of the loan. If less than 100 percent of the
   Participant's Vested Individual Account (determined without regard to the
   preceding sentence) is payable to the surviving Spouse, then the Individual
   Account shall be adjusted by first reducing the Vested Individual Account by
   the amount of the security used as repayment of the loan, and then
   determining the benefit payable to the surviving Spouse.
   To avoid taxation to the Participant, no loan to any Participant can be made
   to the extent that such loan when added to the outstanding balance of all
   other loans to the Participant would exceed the lesser of (a) $50,000
   reduced by the excess (if any) of the highest outstanding balance of loans
   during the one year period ending on the day before the loan is made, over
   the outstanding balance of loans from the Plan on the date the loan is made,
   or (b) 50 percent of the Present Value of the nonforfeitable Individual
   Account of the Participant. For the purpose of the above limitation, all
   loans from all plans of the Employer and other members of a group of
   employers described in Sections 414(b), 414(c), and 414(m) of the Code are
   aggregated. Furthermore, any loan shall by its terms require that repayment
   (principal and interest) be amortized in level payments, not less frequently
   than quarterly, over a period not extending beyond five years from the date
   of the loan, unless such loan is used to acquire a dwelling unit which,
   within a reasonable time (determined at the time the loan is made), will be
   used as the principal residence of the Participant. Notwithstanding the
   foregoing, a Participant will suspend his or her loan repayments under this
   Plan as permitted under Section 414(U)(4) of the Code. An assignment or
   pledge of any portion of the Participant's interest in the Plan and a loan,
   pledge, or assignment with respect to any insurance contract purchased under
   the Plan, will be treated as a loan under this paragraph.
   The Plan Administrator shall administer the loan program in accordance with
   specific rules that are documented either in writing or in such other format
   as permitted by the IRS and the DOL. Such rules shall include, at a minimum,
   the following 1. the identity of the person or positions authorized to
   administer the Participant loan program; 2. the procedure for applying for
   loans; 3. the basis on which loans wilt be approved or denied; 4.
   limitations (if any) on the types and amounts of loans offered; 5. the
   procedure under the program for determining a reasonable rate of interest;
   6. the types of collateral which may secure a Participant loan; and 7. the
   events constituting default and the steps that will be taken to preserve
   Plan assets in the event of such default.
                                                                             55
SECTION SIX: DEFINITIONS

Unless modified in Section Six of the Adoption Agreement, words and phrases
used in the Plan with initial capital letters shall, for the purpose of this
Plan, have the meanings set forth in the portion of the Basic Plan Document
titled "Definitions" unless the context indicates that other meanings are
intended.
<PAGE>
SECTION SEVEN: MISCELLANEOUS

7.01 THE FUND
A. Establishment and Maintenance
   By adopting this Plan, the Employer establishes the Fund which shall consist
   of the assets of the Plan held by the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable)
   pursuant to Section Eight. Assets within the Fund may be pooled on behalf of
   all Participants, earmarked on behalf of each Participant or be a
   combination of pooled and earmarked assets. To the extent that assets are
   earmarked for a particular Participant, they wilt be held in a Separate Fund
   for that Participant.
   No part of the corpus or income of the Fund may be used for, or diverted to,
   purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Participants or their
   Beneficiaries. The Fund will be valued each Valuation Date at fair market
   value.
B. Division Of Fund Into Investment Funds
   The Employer may direct the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) to divide
   and redivide the Fund into one or more Investment Funds. Such Investment
   Funds may include, but not be limited to, Investment Funds representing the
   assets under the control of an investment manager pursuant to Section
   7.22(C) of the Plan and Investment Funds representing investment options
   available for individual direction by Participants pursuant to Section
   7.22(B) Of the Plan. Upon each division or redivision, the Employer may
   specify the part of the Fund to be allocated to each such Investment Fund
   and the terms and conditions, if any, under which the assets in such
   Investment Fund shall be invested.

7.02 INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS
A. Establishment and Maintenance
   The Plan Administrator shall establish and maintain an Individual Account in
   the name of each Participant to reflect the total value of his or her
   interest in the Fund (including but not limited to Employer Contributions
   and earnings thereon). Each Individual Account established hereunder shall
   consist of such subaccounts as may be needed for each Participant,
   including:
   1.a subaccount to reflect Employer Contributions and Forfeitures allocated
     on behalf of a Participant;
   2.a subaccount to reflect a Participant's rollover contributions;
   3.a subaccount to reflect a Participant's transfer contributions;
   4.a subaccount to reflect a Participant's Nondeductible Employee
     Contributions; and
   5.a subaccount to reflect a Participant's Elective Deferrals. The Plan
     Administrator may establish additional accounts as it may deem necessary
     for the proper administration of the Plan, including, but not limited to,
     a suspense account for Forfeitures as required pursuant to Section 4.01(C)
     or (D) of the Plan. If this Plan is funded by individual contracts that
     provide a Participant's benefit under the Plan, such individual contracts
     shall constitute the Participant's Individual Account. If this Plan is
     funded by group contracts, under the group annuity or group insurance
     contract, premiums or other consideration received by the insurance
     company must be allocated to Participants' Individual Accounts under
     the Plan.
B. Valuation Of Individual Accounts
   1. Where all or a portion of the assets of a Participant's Individual
      Account are invested in a Separate Fund for the Participant, then the
      value of that portion of such Participant's Individual Account at any
<PAGE>

      relevant time equals the sum of the fair market values of the assets in
      such Separate Fund, less any applicable charges or penalties.
   2. The fair market value of the remainder of each Individual Account is
      determined in the following manner:
      a. Separate Fund - First, the portion of the Individual Account invested
         in each Investment Fund as of the previous Valuation Date is
         determined. Each such portion is reduced by any withdrawal made
         from the
                                                                             56
         applicable Investment Fund to or for the benefit of a Participant or
         the Participant's Beneficiary, further reduced by any amounts
         forfeited by the Participant pursuant to Section 4.01(C) or (D) of the
         Plan, and further reduced by any transfer to another Investment Fund
         since the previous Valuation Date, and is increased by any amount
         transferred from another Investment Fund since the previous Valuation
         Date. The resulting amounts are the net Individual Account portions
         invested in the Investment Funds.
      b. No Separate Fund - Second, the net Individual Account portions
         invested in each Investment Fund are adjusted upwards or downwards,
         pro rata (i.e., ratio of each net Individual Account portion to the
         sum of all net Individual Account portions) so that the sum of all the
         net Individual Account portions invested in an Investment Fund will
         equal the then fair market value of the Investment Fund.
         Notwithstanding the previous sentence, for the first Plan Year only,
         the net Individual Account portions shall be the sum of all
         contributions made to each Participant's Individual Account during
         the first Plan Year.
      c. Allocations -Third, any contributions to the Plan and Forfeitures are
         allocated in accordance with the appropriate allocation provisions of
         Section Three of the Plan. For purposes of Section Seven of the Plan,
         contributions made by the Employer for any Plan Year but after that
         Plan Year will be considered to have been made on the last day of that
         Plan Year regardless of when paid to the Trustee (or Custodian, if
         applicable).
         Amounts contributed between Valuation Dates will not be credited with
         investment gains or losses until the next following Valuation Date.
      d. Aggregation of Portions - Finally, the portions of the Individual
         Account invested in each Investment Fund (determined in accordance
         with (a), (b) and (c) above) are added together.
C. Modification Of Method For Valuing Individual Accounts - If necessary or
   appropriate, the Plan Administrator may establish different or additional
   procedures (which shall be uniform and nondiscriminatory) for determining
   the fair market value of the Individual Accounts including, but not limited
   to, valuation on a daily basis pursuant to the number of shares of each
   permissible investment held on behalf of a Participant.

7.03 POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE PLAN ADMINISTRATOR
A. The Plan Administrator may, by appointment, allocate the duties of the Plan
   Administrator among several individuals or entities. Such appointments shall
   not be effective until the party designated accepts such appointment in
   writing.
B. The Plan Administrator shall have the authority to control and manage the
   operation and administration of the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall
   administer the Plan for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their
   Beneficiaries in accordance with the specific terms of the Plan.
C. The Plan Administrator shall be charged with the duties of the general
<PAGE>
   administration of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the following:
   1. To determine all questions of interpretation or policy in a manner
      consistent with the Plan's documents and the Plan Administrator's
      construction or determination in good faith shall be conclusive and
      binding on all persons except as otherwise provided herein or by law. Any
      interpretation or construction shall be done in a nondiscriminatory
      manner and shall be consistent with the intent that the Plan shall
      continue to be deemed a qualified plan under the terms of Section 401(a)
      of the Code, as amended from time-to-time, and shall comply with the
      terms of ERISA, as amended from time-to-time;
   2. To determine all questions relating to the eligibility of Employees to
      become or remain Participants hereunder;
   3. To compute the amounts necessary or desirable to be contributed to the
      Plan;
   4. To compute the amount and kind of benefits to which a Participant or
      Beneficiary shall be entitled under the Plan and to direct the Trustee
      (or Custodian, if applicable) with respect to all disbursements under the
      Plan, and, when requested by the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable),
      to furnish the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) with instructions,
      in writing, on matters pertaining to the Plan and the Trustee (or
      Custodian, if applicable) may rely and act thereon;
   5. To maintain all records necessary for the administration of the Plan;
   6. To be responsible for preparing and filing such disclosures and tax forms
      as may be required from time-to-time by the Secretary of Labor or the
      Secretary of the Treasury;
                                                                             57
   7. To furnish each Employee, Participant or Beneficiary such notices,
      information and reports under such circumstances as may be required by
      law;
   8. To periodically review the performance of each Fiduciary and all other
      relevant parties to ensure such individuals' obligations under the Plan
      are performed in a manner that is acceptable under the Plan and
      applicable law; and
   9. To furnish a statement to each Participant or Beneficiary no later than
      270 days after the close of each Plan Year, indicating the Individual
      Account balances of such Participant as of the last Valuation Date in
      such Plan Year.
D. The Plan Administrator shall have all of the powers necessary or appropriate
   to accomplish his or her duties under the Plan, including, but not limited
   to, the following:
   1. To appoint and retain such persons as may be necessary to carry out the
      functions of the Plan Administrator;
   2. To appoint and retain counsel, specialists or other persons as the Plan
      Administrator deems necessary or advisable in the administration of the
      Plan;
   3. To resolve all questions of administration of the Plan;
   4. To establish such uniform and nondiscriminatory rules which it deems
      necessary to carry out the terms of the Plan;
   5. To make any adjustments in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner which
      it deems necessary to correct any arithmetical or accounting errors which
      may have been made for any Plan Year; and
   6. To correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency
      in such manner and to such extent as shall be deemed necessary or
      advisable to carry out the purpose of the Plan.
   7. If the Plan permits a form of distribution other than a lump sum, and a
      Participant elects such form of distribution, the Plan Administrator may
<PAGE>
      place that Participant's Individual Account into a segregated Investment
      Fund for the purpose of maintaining the necessary liquidity to provide
      benefit installments on a periodic basis.

7.04 EXPENSES AND COMPENSATION
All reasonable expenses of administration including, but not limited to, those
involved in retaining necessary professional assistance may be paid from the
assets of the Fund. Alternatively, the Employer may, in its discretion, pay any
or all such expenses. Pursuant to uniform and nondiscriminatory rules that the
Plan Administrator may establish from time-to-time, administrative expenses and
expenses unique to a particular Participant may be charged to a Participant's
Individual Account (subject to rules promulgated by the IRS and the DOL) or the
Plan Administrator may allow Participants to pay such fees outside of the Plan.
The Employer shall furnish the Plan Administrator with such clerical and other
assistance as the Plan Administrator may need in the performance of his or her
duties.

7.05 INFORMATION FROM EMPLOYER
To enable the Plan Administrator to perform his or her duties, the Employer
shall supply complete, accurate and timely information to the Plan
Administrator (or his or her designated agents) on all matters relating to the
Compensation of all Participants; their regular employment; retirement, death,
Disability or Termination of Employment; and such other pertinent facts as the
Plan Administrator (or his or her agents) may require. The Plan Administrator
shall advise the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) of such of the foregoing
facts as may be pertinent to the Trustee's (or Custodian's) duties under the
Plan. The Plan Administrator (or his or her agents) is entitled to rely on such
information as is supplied by the Employer and shall have no duty or
responsibility to verify such information.

7.06 PLAN AMENDMENTS
A. Right Of Prototype Sponsor To Amend The Plan Or Terminate Sponsorship
   1. The Employer, by adopting the Plan, expressly delegates to the Prototype
      Sponsor the power, but not the duty, to amend the Plan without any
      further action or consent of the Employer as the Prototype Sponsor deems
      either necessary for the purpose of adjusting the Plan to comply with all
      laws and regulations governing pension or profit sharing plans or
      desirable to the extent consistent with such laws and regulations.
      Specifically, it is understood that the amendments may be made
      unilaterally by the Prototype Sponsor. However, it shall be understood
      that the Prototype Sponsor shall be under no obligation to amend the Plan
      documents and the
                                                                             58
      Employer expressly waives any rights or claims against the Prototype
      Sponsor for not exercising this power to amend. For purposes of Prototype
      Sponsor amendments, the mass submitter shall be recognized as the agent
      of the Prototype Sponsor. If the Prototype Sponsor does not adopt the
      amendments made by the mass submitter, it will no longer be identical to
      or a minor modifier of the mass submitter plan and will be considered an
      individually designed plan.
   2. An amendment by the Prototype Sponsor shall be accomplished by giving
      notice (either in writing or in any other form permitted under rules
      promulgated by the IRS and DOL) to the Adopting Employer of the amendment
      to be made. The notice shall set forth the text of such amendment and the
      date such amendment is to be effective. Such amendment shall take effect
      unless within the 30 day period after such notice is provided, or within
<PAGE>
      such shorter period as the notice may specify, the Adopting Employer
      gives the Prototype Sponsor written notice of refusal to consent to the
      amendment. Such written notice of refusal shall have the effect of
      withdrawing the Plan as a prototype plan and shall cause the Plan to be
      considered an individually designed plan. The right of the Prototype
      Sponsor to cause the Plan to be amended shall terminate should the Plan
      cease to conform as a prototype plan as provided in this or any other
      section.
   3. In addition to the amendment rights described above, the Prototype
      Sponsor shall have the right to terminate its sponsorship of this Plan
      by providing notice (either in writing or in any other form permitted
      under rules promulgated by the IRS and DOL) to the Adopting Employer of
      such termination. Such termination of sponsorship shall have the effect
      of withdrawing the Plan as a prototype plan and shall cause the Plan to
      be considered an individually designed plan. The Prototype Sponsor shall
      have the right to terminate its sponsorship of this Plan regardless of
      whether the Prototype Sponsor has terminated sponsorship with respect to
      other employers adopting its prototype Plan.
B. Right Of Adopting Employer To Amend The Plan - The Adopting Employer may 1.
   change options previously selected in the Adoption Agreement; 2. add
   overriding language in the Adoption Agreement when such language is
   necessary to satisfy Section 415 or Section 416 of the Code because of the
   required aggregation of multiple plans; and 3. add certain model. amendments
   published by the IRS which specifically provide that their adoption will not
   cause the Plan to be treated as individually designed. An Adopting Employer
   that amends the Plan for any other reason, including a waiver of the minimum
   funding requirement under Section 412(d) of the Code, will no longer
   participate in this prototype plan and will be considered to have an
   individually designed plan. An Adopting Employer who wishes to amend the
   Plan shall document the amendment in writing, executed by a duty authorized
   officer of the Adopting Employer. If the amendment is in the form of a
   restated Adoption Agreement, the amendment shall become effective on the
   date provided on the Adoption Agreement. Any other amendment shall become
   effective as described therein upon execution by the Adopting Employer and,
   if appropriate, the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable). A copy of a
   restated Adoption Agreement or other amendment must be provided to the
   Prototype Sponsor and the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) prior to the
   effective date of the amendment. The Adopting Employer further reserves the
   right to replace the Plan in its entirety by adopting another retirement
   plan which the Adopting Employer designates as a replacement plan.
C. Limitation On Power To Amend - No amendment to the Plan shall be effective
   to the extent that it has the effect of decreasing a Participant's accrued
   benefit. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a Participant's Individual
   Account may be reduced to the extent permitted under Section 412(C)(8) of
   the Code. For purposes of this paragraph, a plan amendment which has the
   effect of decreasing a Participant's Individual Account with respect to
   benefits attributable to service before the amendment shall be treated as
   reducing an accrued benefit. Where this Plan document is being adopted to
   amend another plan that contains a protected benefit not provided for in
   this document, the Employer may attach a supplement to the Adoption
   Agreement that describes such protected benefit which shall become part of
   the Plan. No amendment to the Plan shall be effective to eliminate or
   restrict an optional form of benefit. The preceding sentence shall not apply
   to a Plan amendment that eliminates or restricts the ability of a
   Participant to receive payment of his or her Individual Account under a
   particular optional form of benefit if the amendment satisfies the
<PAGE>
   conditions in (1) and (2) below:
   (1)The amendment provides a single-sum distribution form that is otherwise
      identical to the optional form of benefit eliminated or restricted. For
      purposes of this condition (1), a single-sum distribution form is
      otherwise identical only if it is identical in all respects to the
      eliminated or restricted optional form of benefit (or would be identical
      except that it provides greater rights to the Participant) except with
      respect to the timing of payments after commencement.
                                                                             59
   (2)The amendment is not effective unless the amendment provides that the
      amendment shall not apply to any distribution with an annuity starting
      date earlier than the earlier of; (i) the 90th day after the date the
      Participant receiving the distribution has been furnished a summary that
      reflects the amendment and that satisfies the ERISA requirements at
      Section 2520.104b-3 of the DOL Regulations relating a summary of material
      modifications or (ii) the first day of the second Plan Year following the
      Plan Year in which the amendment is adopted.
D. Amendment Of Vesting Schedule - If the vesting schedule of the Plan is
   amended, in the case of an Employee who is a Participant as of the later of
   the date such amendment is adopted or the date it becomes effective, the
   Vested percentage (determined as of such date) of such Employee's Individual
   Account derived from Employer Contributions will not be less than the
   percentage computed under the Plan as of that date without regard to such
   amendment. Furthermore, if the Plan's vesting schedule is amended, or the
   Plan is amended in any way that directly or indirectly affects the
   computation of the Participant's Vested percentage, or if the Plan is deemed
   amended by an automatic change to or from a top-heavy vesting schedule, each
   Participant with at least three Years of Vesting Service with the Employer
   may elect, within the time set forth below, to have the Vested percentage
   computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment.
   For Participants who do not have at least one Hour of Service in any Plan
   Year beginning after December 31, 1988, the preceding sentence shall be
   applied by substituting "Five Years of Vesting Service" for "three Years of
   Vesting Service" where such language appears. The period during which the
   election may be made shall commence with the date the amendment is adopted
   or deemed to be made and shall end the later of
   1.60 days after the amendment is adopted;
   2.60 days after the amendment becomes effective; or
   3.60 days after the Participant is issued a notice (either in writing or in
     any other form permitted under rules promulgated by the IRS and DOL) of
     the amendment by the Employer or Plan Administrator.
E. Amendment of Trust Provisions - Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the
   contrary, the trust provisions of this Plan may be amended in accordance
   with Section 5.11 of IRS Revenue Procedure 2000-20 or any subsequent
   guidance provided by the IRS, so as not to be considered an individually
   designed plan. Amendments to the trust provisions shall be agreed upon, in
   writing, by the Trustee and the Adopting Employer.

7.07 PLAN MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION
In the case of any merger or consolidation of the Plan with, or transfer of
assets or liabilities of such Plan to, any other plan, each Participant shall
be entitled to receive benefits immediately after the merger, consolidation, or
transfer (if the Plan had then terminated) which are equal to or greater than
the benefits he or she would have been entitled to receive immediately before
the merger, consolidation, or transfer (if the Plan had then terminated). The
Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) has the authority to enter into merger
<PAGE>
agreements or agreements to directly transfer the assets of this Plan but only
if such agreements are made with trustees or custodians of other retirement
plans described in Section 401(a) of the Code or such other plans permitted by
laws or regulations.

7.08 PERMANENCY
The Employer expects to continue this Plan and make the necessary contributions
thereto indefinitely, but such continuance and payment is not assumed as a
contractual obligation. Neither the Adoption Agreement nor the Plan nor any
amendment or modification thereof nor the making of contributions hereunder
shall be construed as giving any Participant or any person whomsoever any legal
or equitable right against the Employer, the Trustee (or Custodian, if
applicable), the Plan Administrator or the Prototype Sponsor except as
specifically provided herein, or as provided by law.

7.09 METHOD AND PROCEDURE FOR TERMINATION
The Plan may be terminated by the Adopting Employer at any time by appropriate
action of its managing body. Such termination shall be effective on the date
specified by the Adopting Employer. The Plan shall terminate, if required by
either the IRS or the DOL, if the Adopting Employer shall be dissolved or
terminated. Written notice of the termination and effective date thereof shall
be given to the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable), Plan Administrator,
Prototype Sponsor, Participants and Beneficiaries of deceased Participants, and
the required filings (such as the Form 5500 series and others) must be made
with the IRS and any other regulatory body as required by current laws and
regulations. Until
                                                                             60
all of the assets have been distributed from the Fund, the
Adopting Employer must keep the Plan in compliance with current laws and
regulations by (a) making appropriate amendments to the Plan and (b) taking
such other measures as may be required.

7.10 CONTINUANCE OF PLAN BY SUCCESSOR EMPLOYER
Notwithstanding the preceding Section 7.09 of the Plan, a successor of the
Adopting Employer may continue the Plan and be substituted in the place of the
present Adopting Employer. The successor and the present Adopting Employer (or,
if deceased, the executor of the estate of a deceased Self-Employed Individual
who was the Adopting Employer) must execute a written instrument authorizing
such substitution and the successor shall amend the Plan in accordance with
Section 7.06 of the Plan.

7.11 FAILURE OF PLAN QUALIFICATION
If the Plan fails to retain its qualified status, the Plan wilt no longer be
considered to be part of a prototype plan, and such Employer can no longer
participate under this prototype. In such event, the Plan will be considered an
individually designed plan.

7.12 GOVERNING LAWS AND PROVISIONS
To the extent such taws are not preempted by federal taw, the terms and
conditions of this Plan shall be governed by the laws of the state in which the
Prototype Sponsor is located, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the
Prototype Sponsor and the Employer. In the event of any conflict between the
provisions of this Basic Plan Document and provisions of the Adoption
Agreement, the summary plan description, or any related documents, the Basic
Plan Document will control.
<PAGE>
7.13 STATE COMMUNITY PROPERTY LAWS
The terms and conditions of this Plan shall be applicable without regard to the
community property laws of any state.

7.14 HEADINGS
The headings of the Plan have been inserted for convenience of reference only
and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions hereof.

7.15 GENDER AND NUMBER
Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine gender they shall be
construed as though they were also used in the feminine gender in all cases
where they would so apply, and whenever any words are used herein in the
singular form they shall be construed as though they were also used in the
plural form in all cases where they would so apply.

7.16 STANDARD OF FIDUCIARY CONDUCT
The Employer, Plan Administrator, Trustee and any other Fiduciary under this
Plan shall discharge their duties with respect to this Plan solely in the
interests of Participants and their Beneficiaries, and with the care, skill,
prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent
man acting in like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the
conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims. No Fiduciary
shall cause the Plan to engage in any transaction known as a "prohibited
transaction" under either the Code or ERISA.

7.17 GENERAL UNDERTAKING OF ALL PARTIES
All parties to this Plan and all persons claiming any interest whatsoever
hereunder agree to perform any and all acts and execute any and all documents
and papers which may be necessary or desirable for the carrying out of this
Plan and any of its provisions.

7.18 AGREEMENT BINDS HEIRS, ETC.
This Plan shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators,
successors and assigns, as those terms shall apply to any and all parties
hereto, present and future.
                                                                             61
7.19 DETERMINATION OF TOP-HEAVY STATUS
A. In General
   Except as provided in Section 7.19(B) of the Plan, for any Plan Year
   beginning after December 31,1983, this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan if any of
   the following conditions exist:
   1. If the top-heavy ratio for this Plan exceeds 60 percent and this Plan is
      not part of any Required Aggregation Group or Permissive Aggregation
      Group of plans;
   2. If this Plan is part of a Required Aggregation Group of plans but not
      part of a Permissive Aggregation Group and the top-heavy ratio for the
      group of plans exceeds 60 percent;
   3. If this Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group and part of a
      Permissive Aggregation Group of plans and the top-heavy ratio for the
      Permissive Aggregation Group exceeds 60 percent.
B. Top-Heavy Ratio
   1. If the Employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans
     (including any simplified employee pension plan) and the Employer has not
      maintained any defined benefit plan which during the five-year period
      ending on the Determination Date(s) has or has had accrued benefits, the
      top-heavy ratio for this Plan alone or for the Required or Permissive
<PAGE>
      Aggregation Group as appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which is
      the sum of the account balances of all Key Employees as of the
      Determination Date(s) (including any part of any account balance
      distributed in the five-year period ending on the Determination Date(s)),
      and the denominator of which is the sum of all account balances
      (including any part of any account balance distributed in the five-year
      period ending on the Determination Date(s)), both computed in accordance
      with Section 416 of the Code and the regulations thereunder. Both the
      numerator and the denominator of the top-heavy ratio are increased to
      reflect any contribution not actually made as of the Determination Date,
      but which is required to be taken into account on that date under Section
      416 of the Code and the regulations thereunder.
   2. If the Employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans
      (including any simplified employee pension plan) and the Employer
      maintains or has maintained one or more defined benefit plans which
      during the five-year period ending on the Determination Date(s) has or
      has had any accrued benefits, the top-heavy ratio for any Required or
      Permissive Aggregation Group, as appropriate, is a fraction, the
      numerator of which is the sum of account balances under the aggregated
      defined contribution plan or plans for all Key Employees, determined in
      accordance with 1. above, and the Present Value of accrued benefits under
      the aggregated defined benefit plan or plans for all Key Employees as of
      the Determination Date(s), and the denominator of which is the sum of the
      account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans
      for all Participants, determined in accordance with 1. above, and the
      Present Value of accrued benefits under the defined benefit plan or plans
      for all Participants as of the Determination Date(s), all determined in
      accordance with Section 416 of the Code and the regulations thereunder.
      The accrued benefits under a defined benefit plan in both the numerator
      and denominator of the top-heavy ratio are increased for any distribution
      of an accrued benefit made in the five-year period ending on the
      Determination Date.
   3. For purposes of 1. and 2. above, the value of account balances and the
      Present Value of accrued benefits will be determined as of the most
      recent Valuation Date that falls within or ends with the 12-month period
      ending on the Determination Date, except as provided in Section 416 of
      the Code and the regulations thereunder for the first and second plan
      years of a defined benefit plan. The account balances and accrued
      benefits of a Participant (a) who is not a Key Employee but who was a Key
      Employee in a Prior Year, or (b) who has not been credited with at least
      one Hour of Service with any employer maintaining the plan at any time
      during the five-year period ending on the Determination Date will be
      disregarded. The calculation of the top-heavy ratio, and the extent to
      which distributions, rollovers, and transfers are taken into account will
      be made in accordance with Section 416 of the Code and the regulations
      thereunder. Deductible employee contributions will not be taken into
      account for purposes of computing the top-heavy ratio. When aggregating
      plans the value of account balances and accrued benefits will be
      calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that fall within
      the same calendar year. The accrued benefit of a Participant other than a
      Key Employee shall be determined under (a) the method, if any, that
      uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans
      maintained by the Employer, or (b) if there is no such method, as if such
      benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted
      under the fractional rule of Section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code.
                                                                             62
<PAGE>
C. SIMPLE 401(k) PI an Exception
   Notwithstanding Section 7.19(A) of the Plan above, the Plan is not treated as
   a Top-Heavy Plan under Section 416 of the Code for any Year for which an
   Eligible Employer maintains this Plan as a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan.

7.20 INALIENABILITY OF BENEFITS
No benefit or interest available hereunder will be subject to assignment or
alienation, either voluntarily or involuntarily. The preceding sentence shall
not apply to judgements and settlements described in Section 401(a)(13) (C) of
the Code and Section 206(d)(4) of ERISA. Such sentence shall apply to the
creation, assignment, or recognition of a right to any benefit payable with
respect to a Participant pursuant to a Domestic Relations Order, unless such
order is determined to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, as defined in
the Definitions Section of the Plan.
Generally, a Domestic Relations Order cannot be a Qualified Domestic Relations
Order until January 1, 1985. However, in the case of a Domestic Relations Order
entered before such date, the Plan Administrator:
   (1)shall treat such order as a Qualified Domestic Relations Order if such
      Plan Administrator is paying benefits pursuant to such order on such
      date, and
   (2)may treat any other such order entered before such date as a Qualified
      Domestic Relations Order even if such order does not meet the
      requirements of Section 414(p) of the Code. Notwithstanding any provision
      of the Plan to the contrary, a distribution to an Alternate Payee under a
      Qualified Domestic Relations Order shall be permitted even if the
      Participant affected by such order is not otherwise entitled to a
      distribution, and even if such Participant has not attained the earliest
      retirement age as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code.

7.21 BONDING
Every Fiduciary and every person who handles funds or other property of the
Plan shall be bonded in accordance with Section 412 of ERISA and the
regulations thereunder for purposes of protecting the Plan against loss by
reason of acts of fraud or dishonesty on the part of the person, group or
class, alone or in connivance with others, to be covered by such bond. The
amount of the bond shall be fixed at the beginning of each Plan Year and shall
not be less than 10 percent of the amount of funds handled. The amount of funds
handled shall be determined by the funds handled the previous Plan Year or, if
none, the amount of funds estimated, in accordance with rules provided by the
Secretary of Labor, to be handled during the current Plan Year. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, no bond shall be less than $1,000 nor more than $500,000 except
that the Secretary of Labor shall have the right to prescribe an amount in
excess of $500,000.

7.22 INVESTMENT AUTHORITY
A. Plan Investments
   Except as provided in Section 7.22(B) of the Plan (relating to individual
   direction of investments by Participants), the Adopting Employer, not the
   Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable), shall have exclusive management and
   control over the investment of the Fund into any permitted investment. The
   Adopting Employer shall be responsible for establishing a funding policy
   statement on behalf of the Plan and shall provide a copy of such funding
   policy statement to the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable).
   Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Trustee is designated as a
   Discretionary Trustee on the Adoption Agreement, the Trustee may enter into
   an agreement with the Adopting Employer whereby the Trustee will manage the
<PAGE>
   investment of all or a portion of the Fund. Any such agreement shall be in
   writing and set forth such matters as the Discretionary Trustee deems
   necessary or desirable.
B. Direction Of Investments By Participants Unless otherwise indicated in the
   Adoption Agreement, each Participant shall have the responsibility for
   directing the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) regarding the investment
   of all or part of his or her Individual Account. If all of the requirements
   of Section 404 of ERISA are satisfied, then to the extent so directed, the
   Adopting Employer, Plan Administrator, Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable)
   and all other Fiduciaries are relieved of their Fiduciary responsibility
   under Section 404 of ERISA, provided that it shall be the Adopting
   Employer's responsibility to direct the Trustee (or Custodian, if
   applicable) as to permissible investments into which Participants may direct
   their individual investments. The Plan Administrator shall direct that a
   Separate Fund be established in the name of each Participant who directs the
   investment of part or all of his or her Individual Account. Each Separate
   Fund shall be charged or credited (as appropriate) with the earnings, gains,
   losses or expenses attributable to such Separate Fund. No Fiduciary shall be
   liable for any loss that results
                                                                             63
   from a Participant's individual direction.
   The assets subject to individual direction shall not be invested in
   collectibles as that term is defined in Section 408(m) of the Code.
   The Plan Administrator shall establish such uniform and nondiscriminatory
   rules relating to individual direction as it deems necessary or advisable
   including, but not limited to, rules describing (1) which portions of
   Participants' Individual Accounts can be individually directed; (2) the
   frequency of investment changes; (3) the forms and procedures for making
   investment changes; and (4) the effect of a Participant's failure to make a
   valid direction.
   The Plan Administrator may, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, limit
   the available investments for Participants' individual direction to certain
   specified investment options (including, but not limited to, certain mutual
   funds, investment contracts, deposit accounts and group trusts). The Plan
   Administrator may permit, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, a
   Beneficiary of a deceased Participant or the Alternate Payee under a
   Qualified Domestic Relations Order to individually direct in accordance with
   this Section 7.22(B) of the Plan.
C. Investment Managers
   1. Definition of Investment Manager -The Adopting Employer may appoint one
      or more investment managers to make investment decisions with respect to
      all or a portion of the Fund. The investment manager shall be any firm or
      individual registered as an investment adviser under the Investment
      Advisers Act of 1940, a bank as defined in said Act or an insurance
      company qualified under the laws of more than one state to perform
      services consisting of the management, acquisition or disposition of any
      assets of the Plan.
   2. Investment Manager's Authority - A separate Investment Fund shall be
      established representing the assets of the Fund invested at the direction
      of the investment manager. The investment manager so appointed shall
      direct the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable ) with respect to the
      investment of such Investment Fund. The investments which may be acquired
      at the direction of the investment manager are those described in Section
      7.22(D) of the Plan.
   3. Written Agreement - The appointment of any investment manager shall be by
      written agreement between the Adopting Employer and the investment
<PAGE>
      manager and a copy of such agreement (and any modification or termination
      thereof) must be given to the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable). The
      agreement shall set forth, among other matters, the effective date of the
      investment manager's appointment and an acknowledgment by the investment
      manager that it is a Fiduciary of the Plan under ERISA.
   4. Concerning the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) - Written notice of
      each appointment of an investment manager shall be given to the Trustee
      (or Custodian, if applicable) in advance of the effective date of such
      appointment. Such notice shall specify which portion of the Fund will
      constitute the Investment Fund subject to the investment manager's
      direction. The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) shall comply with
      the investment direction given to it by the investment manager and will
      not be liable for any loss which may result by reason of any action (or
      inaction) it takes at the direction of the investment manager.
D. Permissible Investments
   The Trustee or Custodian may, subject to the funding policy statement
   provided by the Adopting Employer, invest the assets of the Plan in property
   of any character, real or personal, including, but not limited to the
   following: stocks, including shares of open-end investment companies (mutual
   funds); bonds; notes; debentures; options; limited partnership interests;
   mortgages; real estate or any interests therein; unit investment trusts;
   Treasury Bills, and other U.S. Government obligations; common trust funds,
   combined investment trusts, collective trust funds or commingled funds
   maintained by a bank or similar financial organization (whether or not the
   Trustee hereunder); savings accounts, certificates of deposit, demand or
   time deposits or money market accounts of a bank or similar financial
   organization (whether or not the Trustee hereunder); annuity contracts; life
   insurance policies; or in such other investments as is deemed proper without
   regard to investments authorized by statute or rule of law governing the
   investment of trust funds but with regard to ERISA and this Plan.
   Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Prototype Sponsor may, as a
   condition of making the Plan available to the Adopting Employer, limit the
   types of property in which the assets of the Plan may be invested. The list
   of permissible investment options shall be further limited in accordance
   with any applicable law, regulations or other restrictions applicable to the
   Trustee or Custodian. If the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) invests
   all or any portion of the Fund pursuant to written instructions provided by
   the Adopting Employer (including an investment manager appointed by the
   Adopting Employer pursuant to Section 7.22(C) of the Plan) or any
   Participant pursuant to Section 7.22(B) of the Plan, the
                                                                             64
Trustee (or
   Custodian, if applicable) will be deemed to have invested pursuant to the
   Adopting Employer's funding policy statement.
E. Matters Relating To Insurance
   1. Unless prohibited by the Plan Sponsor pursuant to Section 7.22(D) of the
      Plan, a life insurance contract may be purchased on behalf of a
      Participant. No life insurance contract may be purchased unless the
      insured under the contract is the Participant or, where this Plan is a
      profit sharing or 401(k) plan, the Participant's Spouse or another
      individual in whom the Participant has an insurable interest. If a life
      insurance contract is to be purchased for a Participant, the aggregate
      premium for certain life insurance for each Participant must be less than
      a certain percentage of the aggregate Employer Contributions and
      Forfeitures allocated to a Participant's Individual Account at any
      particular time as follows.
<PAGE>
      a. Ordinary Life Insurance - For purposes of these incidental insurance
         provisions, ordinary life insurance contracts are contracts with both
         nondecreasing death benefits and nonincreasing premiums. If such
         contracts are purchased, less than 50 percent of the aggregate
         Employer Contributions and Forfeitures allocated to any Participant's
         Individual Account will be used to pay the premiums attributable to
         them.
      b. Term and Universal Life Insurance - No more than 25 percent of the
         aggregate Employer Contributions and Forfeitures allocated to any
         Participant's Individual Account will be used to pay the premiums on
         term life insurance contracts, universal life insurance contracts, and
         all other life insurance contracts which are not ordinary life.
      c. Combination -The sum of 50 percent of the ordinary life insurance
         premiums and all other life insurance premiums will not exceed 25
         percent of the aggregate Employer Contributions and Forfeitures
         allocated to any Participant's Individual Account. If this Plan is a
         profit sharing plan, the above incidental benefits limits do not apply
         to life insurance contracts purchased by an Employee who has been a
         Participant in the Plan for five or more years or purchased with
         Employer Contributions and Forfeitures that have been in the
         Participant's Individual Account for at least two full Plan Years,
         measured from the date such contributions were allocated. For purposes
         of this Section 7.22(E)(1) of the Plan, rollover and transfer
         contributions shall be considered Employer Contributions, and
         therefore may be used to pay contract premiums. No part of the
         Deductible Employee Contribution account will be used to purchase life
         insurance.
   2. Any dividends or credits earned on insurance contracts for a Participant
      shall be allocated to such Participant's Individual Account derived from
      Employer Contributions for whose benefit the contract is held.
   3. Subject to Section 5.13 of the Plan, the contracts on a Participant's
      life will be converted to cash or an annuity or distributed to the
      Participant upon separation from service with the Employer. In addition,
      contracts on the joint lives of a Participant and another person may not
      be maintained under this Plan if such Participant ceases to have an
      insurable interest in such other person.
   4. The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) shall apply for and will be the
      owner of any insurance contract(s) purchased under the terms of this
      Plan. The insurance contract(s) must provide that proceeds will be
      payable to the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable). However, the
      Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) shall be required to pay over
      all proceeds of the contract(s) to the Participant's designated
      Beneficiary in accordance with the distribution provisions of this
      Plan. A Participant's Spouse will be the designated Beneficiary of the
      proceeds in all circumstances unless a Qualified Election has been made
      in accordance with Section 5.13 of the Plan. Under no circumstances shall
      the Fund retain any part of the proceeds. In the event of any conflict
      between the terms of this Plan and the terms of any insurance contract
      purchased hereunder, the Plan provisions shall control.
   5. The Plan Administrator may direct the Trustee (or Custodian, if
      applicable) to sell and distribute insurance or annuity contracts to a
      Participant (or other party as may be permitted) in accordance with
      applicable law or regulations.
   6. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, and except as may be
      otherwise provided by ERISA, the Employer shall indemnify and hold
      harmless the insurer, its officers, directors, employees, agents, heirs,
      executors, successors and assigns, from and against any and all
<PAGE>
      liabilities, damages, judgments, settlements, losses, costs, charges, or
      expenses (including legal expenses) at any time arising out of or
      incurred in connection with any action taken by such parties in the
      performance of their duties with respect to this Plan, unless there has
      been a final adjudication of gross negligence or willful misconduct in
      the performance of such duties. Further, except as may be otherwise
      provided by ERISA, the Employer will indemnify the insurer from any
      liability, claim or
                                                                             65
      expense (including legal expense) which the insurer shall incur by
      reason of or which results, in whole or in part, from the reliance of the
      insurer on the facts and other directions and elections the Employer
      communicates or fails to communicate.

7.23 PROCEDURES AND OTHER MATTERS REGARDING DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS
A. To the extent provided in any Qualified Domestic Relations Order, the former
   Spouse of a Participant shall be treated as a surviving Spouse of such
   Participant for purposes of any benefit payable in the form of either a
   Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or Qualified Preretirement Survivor
   Annuity.
B. The Plan shall not be treated as failing to meet the requirements of the
   Code which prohibit payment of benefits before the Participant's Termination
   of Employment with the Employer solely by reason of payments to an Alternate
   Payee pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order.
C. In the case of any Domestic Relations Order received by the Plan
   1. the Plan Administrator shall promptly notify the Participant and any
      other Alternate Payee of the receipt of such order and the Plan's
      procedure for determining the qualified status of Domestic Relations
      Orders, and
   2. within a reasonable period after receipt of such order, the Plan
      Administrator shall determine whether such order is a Qualified Domestic
      Relations Order and notify the Participant and each Alternate Payee of
      such determination.
   The Plan Administrator shall establish reasonable procedures to determine
   the qualified status of Domestic Relations Orders and to administer
   distributions under such qualified orders.
D. During any period in which the issue of whether a Domestic Relations Order
   is a Qualified Domestic Relations Order is being determined by the Plan
   Administrator, by a court of competent jurisdiction, or otherwise, the Plan
   Administrator shall segregate in a separate account in the Plan or in an
   escrow account the amounts which would have been payable to the Alternate
   Payee during such period if the order had been determined to be a Qualified
   Domestic Relations Order. If within 18 months the order or modification
   thereof is determined to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, the Plan
   Administrator shall pay the segregated amounts (plus any interest thereon)
   to the person or persons entitled thereto. If within 18 months either 1. it
   is determined that the order is not a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, or
   2. the issue as to whether such order is a Qualified Domestic Relations
   Order is not resolved, then the Plan Administrator shall pay the segregated
   amounts (plus any interest thereon) to the person or persons who would have
   been entitled to such amounts if there had been no order. Any determination
   that an order is a Qualified Domestic Relations Order which is made after
   the close of the 18-month period shall be applied prospectively only.

7.24 INDEMNIFICATION OF PROTOTYPE SPONSOR
Notwithstanding any other provision herein, and except as may be otherwise
<PAGE>
provided by ERISA, the Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Prototype
Sponsor, its officers, directors, employees, agents, heirs, executors,
successors and assigns, from and against any and all liabilities, damages,
judgments, settlements, losses, costs, charges, or expenses (including legal
expenses) at any time arising out of or incurred in connection with any action
taken by such parties in the performance of their duties with respect to this
Plan, unless there has been a final adjudication of gross negligence or willful
misconduct in the performance of such duties. Further, except as may be
otherwise provided by ERISA, the Employer will indemnify the Prototype Sponsor
from any liability, claim or expense (including legal expense) which the
Prototype Sponsor shall incur by reason of or which results, in whole or in
part, from the reliance of the Prototype Sponsor on the facts and other
directions and elections the Employer communicates or fails to communicate.

7.25 MILITARY SERVICE
Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions,
benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be
provided in accordance with Section 414(U) Of the Code effective December 12,
1994.
                                                                             66
SECTION EIGHT: TRUSTEE AND CUSTODIAN

8.01 FINANCIAL ORGANIZATION AS CUSTODIAN
This Section 8.01 applies where a financial organization has indicated in the
Adoption Agreement that it will serve, with respect to this Plan, as Custodian.
The Custodian shall have no discretionary authority with respect to the
management of the Plan or the Fund but wilt act only as directed by the entity
or individual who has such authority.
A. Responsibilities of the Custodian - The responsibilities of the Custodian
   shall be limited to the following. The Custodian's responsibilities may be
   further limited by the Plan Trustee(s), if applicable.
   1. To receive Plan contributions and to hold, invest and reinvest the Fund
      as authorized by the Adopting Employer or its designee without
      distinction between principal and interest; provided, however, that
      nothing in this Plan shall require the Custodian to maintain physical
      custody of stock certificates (or other indicia of ownership of any type
      of asset) representing assets within the Fund;
   2. To maintain accurate records of contributions, earnings, withdrawals and
      other information the Custodian deems relevant with respect to the Plan;
   3. To make disbursements from the Fund to Participants or Beneficiaries upon
      the proper authorization of the Plan Administrator; and
   4. To furnish to the Plan Administrator a statement which reflects the value
      of the investments in the custody of the Custodian as of the end of each
      Plan Year and as of any other times as the Custodian and Plan
      Administrator may agree.
B. Powers of the Custodian Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, the
   Custodian shall have the power, but not the duty, to take any action with
   respect to the Fund which it deems necessary or advisable to discharge its
   responsibilities under this Plan including, but not limited to, the
   following powers:
   1. To invest all or a portion of the Fund (including idle cash balances) in
      time deposits, savings accounts, money market accounts or similar
      investments bearing a reasonable rate of interest in the Custodian's own
      savings department or the savings department of another financial
      organization;
   2. To vote upon any stocks, bonds, or other securities; to give general or
<PAGE>
      special proxies or powers of attorney with or without power of
      substitution; to exercise any conversion privileges or subscription
      rights and to make any payments incidental thereto; to oppose, or to
      consent to, or otherwise participate in, corporate reorganizations or
      other changes affecting corporate securities, and to pay any assessment
      or charges in connection therewith; and generally to exercise any of the
      powers of an owner with respect to stocks, bonds, securities or other
      property;
   3. To hold securities or other property of the Fund in its own name, in the
      name of its nominee or in bearer form; and
   4. To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all documents of
      transfer and conveyance and any and all other instruments that may be
      necessary or appropriate to carry out the powers herein granted.

8.02 TRUSTEE
This Section 8.02 applies where either a financial organization or one or more
individuals has indicated in the Adoption Agreement that it will serve as
Trustee with respect to all or a portion of the assets of the Fund.
A. Responsibilities of the Trustee - The responsibilities of the Trustee shall
   be limited to the following duties:
   1. To receive Plan contributions and to hold, invest and reinvest the
       portion of the Fund for which it serves as Trustee, as authorized by
       the Employer or its designee, without distinction between principal and
        interest; provided, however, that nothing in this Plan shall require
        the Trustee to maintain physical custody of stock certificates (or
        other indicia of ownership) representing assets within the Fund;
   2. To maintain accurate records of contributions, earnings, withdrawals and
      other information the Trustee deems relevant with respect to the Plan;
   3. To make disbursements from the portion of the Fund for which it serves as
      Trustee to Participants or Beneficiaries upon the proper authorization of
      the Plan Administrator; and
   4. To furnish to the Plan Administrator a statement which reflects the value
      of the investments in the custody of the Trustee as of the end of each
      Plan Year and as of any other times as the Trustee and Plan Administrator
      may agree.
                                                                             67
B. Powers of the Trustee Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, the Trustee
   shall have the power, but not the duty, to take any action with respect to
   the portion of the Fund for which it serves as Trustee which it deems
   necessary or advisable to discharge its responsibilities under this Plan
   including, but not limited to, the following powers:
   1. To hold any securities or other property of the Fund in its own name, in
      the name of its nominee or in bearer form;
   2. To purchase or subscribe for securities issued, or real property owned,
      by the Employer or any trade or business under common control with the
      Employer but only if the prudent investment and diversification
      requirements of ERISA are satisfied;
   3. To sell, exchange, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of any
      securities or other property held by the Trustee, by private contract
      or at public auction. No person dealing with the Trustee shall be bound
      to see to the application of the purchase money or to inquire into the
      validity, expediency, or propriety of any such sale or other disposition,
      with or without advertisement;
   4. To vote upon any stocks, bonds, or other securities; to give general or
      special proxies or powers of attorney with or without power of
      substitution; to exercise any conversion privileges or subscription
      rights and to make any payments incidental thereto; to oppose, or to
<PAGE>
      consent to, or otherwise participate in, corporate reorganizations or
      other changes affecting corporate securities, and to delegate
      discretionary powers, and to pay any assessments or charges in connection
      therewith; and generally to exercise any of the powers of an owner with
      respect to stocks, bonds, securities or other property;
   5. To invest any part or all of the Fund (including idle cash balances) in
      certificates of deposit, demand or time deposits, savings accounts, money
      market accounts or similar investments of the Trustee (if the Trustee is
      a bank or similar financial organization), the Prototype Sponsor or any
      affiliate of such Trustee or Prototype Sponsor, which bear a reasonable
      rate of interest;
   6. To provide sweep services without the receipt by the Trustee of
      additional compensation or other consideration (other than reimbursement
      of direct expenses property and actually incurred in the performance of
      such services);
   7. To hold in the form of cash for distribution or investment such portion
      of the Fund as, at any time and from time-to-time, the Trustee shall deem
      prudent and deposit such cash in interest bearing or noninterest bearing
      accounts;
   8. To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all documents of
      transfer and conveyance and any and all other instruments that may be
      necessary or appropriate to carry out the powers herein granted;
   9. To settle, compromise, or submit to arbitration any claims, debts, or
      damages due or owing to or from the Plan, to commence or defend suits or
      legal or administrative proceedings, and to represent the Plan in all
      suits and legal and administrative proceedings;
   10. To employ suitable agents and counsel, to contract with agents to
       perform administrative and recordkeeping duties and to pay their
       reasonable expenses, fees and compensation, and such agent or counsel
       may or may not be agent or counsel for the Employer;
   11. To cause any part or all of the Fund, without limitation as to amount,
       to be commingled with the funds of other trusts (including trusts for
       qualified employee benefit plans) by causing such money to be invested
       as a part of any pooled, common, collective or commingled trust fund
       (including any such fund described in the Adoption Agreement) heretofore
       or hereafter created by any Trustee (if the Trustee is a bank), by the
       Prototype Sponsor, by any affiliate bank of such a Trustee or by such a
       Trustee or the Prototype Sponsor, or by such an affiliate in
       participation with others; the instrument or instruments establishing
       such trust fund or funds, as amended, being made part of this Plan and
       trust so long as any portion of the Fund shall be invested through the
       medium thereof; and
   12. Generally to do all such acts, execute all such instruments, initiate
       such proceedings, and exercise all such rights and privileges with
       relation to property constituting the Fund as if the Trustee were the
       absolute owner thereof.

8.03 COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES
The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) shall receive such reasonable
compensation as may be agreed upon by the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable)
and the Adopting Employer. The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) shall be
                                                                             68
entitled to reimbursement by the Employer for all proper expenses incurred in
carrying out his or her duties under this Plan, including reasonable legal,
accounting and actuarial expenses. If not paid by the Employer, such
compensation and expenses may be charged against the Fund. Notwithstanding the
<PAGE>
foregoing, a Participant shall not be entitled to compensation even if he or
she serves in the capacity as a Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable).
All taxes of any kind that may be levied or assessed under existing or future
laws upon, or in respect of, the Fund or the income thereof shall be paid from
the Fund.

8.04 NO OBLIGATION TO QUESTION DATA
The Employer shall furnish the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) and Plan
Administrator the information which each party deems necessary for the
administration of the Plan including, but not limited to, changes in a
Participant's status, eligibility, mailing addresses and other such data as may
be required. The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) and Plan Administrator
shall be entitled to act on such information as is supplied them and shall have
no duty or responsibility to further verify or question such information.

8.05 RESIGNATION
Any person serving as Trustee or Custodian may resign at any time by giving 30
days advance written notice to the Adopting Employer. The resignation shall
become effective 30 days after receipt of such notice unless a shorter period
is agreed upon.
The Adopting Employer may remove any Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) at
any time by giving written notice to such Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable)
and such removal shall be effective 30 days after receipt of such notice unless
a shorter period is agreed upon. The Adopting Employer shall have the power to
appoint a successor Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable). In the event the
Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) is removed, resigns, dies or becomes
incapacitated and the Adopting Employer will not or cannot appoint a successor
Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) within a reasonable period of time
thereafter, a majority of Participants in the Plan shall have the authority to
appoint a successor Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable). If a majority of
Participants either do not appoint a new Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable)
within a reasonable period of time (determined by the Prototype Sponsor in its
complete and sole discretion) or request the Prototype Sponsor to appoint a new
Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable), the Prototype Sponsor shall have the
authority to appoint a successor Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable).
Upon such resignation or removal, if the resigning or removed Trustee (or
Custodian, if applicable) is the sole Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable), he
or she shall transfer all of the assets of the Fund then held by such Trustee
(or Custodian, if applicable) as expeditiously as possible to the successor
Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) after paying or reserving such reasonable
amount as he or she shall deem necessary to provide for the expense in the
settlement of the accounts and the amount of any compensation due him or her
and any sums chargeable against the Fund for which he or she may be liable. If
the Funds as reserved are not sufficient for such purpose, then he or she shall
be entitled to reimbursement from the successor Trustee (or Custodian, if
applicable) out of the assets in the successor Trustee's (or Custodian's, if
applicable) hands under this Plan. If the amount reserved shall be in excess of
the amount actually needed, the former Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable)
shall return such excess to the successor Trustee (or Custodian, if
applicable).
Upon receipt of the transferred assets, the successor Trustee (or Custodian, if
applicable) shall thereupon succeed to all of the powers and responsibilities
given to the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) by this Plan.
The resigning or removed Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) shall render an
accounting to the Employer and unless objected to by the Employer within 30
days of its receipt, the accounting shall be deemed to have been approved and
<PAGE>
the resigning or removed Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable), shall be
released and discharged as to all matters set forth in the accounting. Where a
financial organization is serving as Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) and
it is merged with or bought by another organization (or comes under the control
of any federal or state agency), that organization shall serve as the successor
Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) of this Plan, but only if it is the type
of organization that can so serve under applicable law. Where the Trustee or
Custodian is serving as a nonbank trustee or custodian pursuant to Section
1.408-2(e) of the Income Tax Regulations, the Adopting Employer wilt appoint a
successor Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) upon notification by the
Commissioner of Internal Revenue that such substitution is required because the
Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) has failed to comply with the
requirements of Section 1.408-2(e) of the Income Tax Regulations or is not
keeping such records or making such returns or rendering such statements as are
required by forms or regulations.
                                                                             69
8.06 DEGREE OF CARE - LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY
The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) shall not be liable for any losses
incurred by the Fund by any direction to invest communicated by the Adopting
Employer, Plan Administrator, investment manager appointed pursuant to Section
7.22(C) of the Plan or any Participant or Beneficiary. The Trustee (or
Custodian, if applicable) shall be under no liability for distributions made or
other action taken or not taken at the written direction of the Plan
Administrator. It is specifically understood that the Trustee (or Custodian, if
applicable) shall have no duty or responsibility with respect to the
determination of matters pertaining to the eligibility of any Employee to
become a Participant or remain a Participant hereunder, the amount of benefit
to which a Participant or Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive hereunder,
whether a distribution to Participant or Beneficiary is appropriate under the
terms of the Plan or the size and type of any policy to be purchased from any
insurer for any Participant hereunder or similar matters; it being understood
that all such responsibilities under the Plan are vested in the Plan
Administrator.

8.07 INDEMNIFICATION OF TRUSTEE AND CUSTODIAN
Notwithstanding any other provision herein, and except as may be otherwise
provided by ERISA, the Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless each Trustee
and Custodian and its officers, directors, employees, agents, heirs, executors,
successors and assigns, from and against any and all liabilities, damages,
judgments, settlements, losses, costs, charges, or expenses (including legal
expenses) at any time arising out of or incurred in connection with any action
taken by such parties in the performance of their duties with respect to this
Plan, unless there has been a final adjudication of gross negligence or willful
misconduct in the performance of such duties.
Further, except as may be otherwise provided by ERISA, the Employer will
indemnify each Trustee and Custodian from any liability, claim or expense
(including legal expense) which the Trustee or Custodian shall incur by reason
of or which results, in whole or in part, from the reliance of the Trustee or
Custodian on the facts and other directions and elections the Employer
communicates or fails to communicate.

SECTION NINE: ADOPTING EMPLOYER SIGNATURE

This Section Nine of the Plan Adoption Agreement must contain the signature of
an authorized representative of the Adopting Employer evidencing the Employer's
agreement to be bound by the terms of the Basic Plan Document, Adoption
Agreement and, if applicable, separate trust agreement.
                                                                             70
<PAGE>
                             DELAWARE INVESTMENTS
                              BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT
                                   AMENDMENT

This amendment of the Plan (hereinafter referred to as "the Amendment") is
comprised of this Basic Plan Document Amendment and the corresponding Adoption
Agreement Amendment and is adopted to reflect certain provisions of the
Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 ("EGTRRA"). The
Amendment is intended as good faith compliance with the requirements of EGTRRA
and is to be construed in accordance with EGTRRA and guidance issued
thereunder. Except as otherwise provided, the Amendment shall be effective as
of the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001. The
Amendment shall supersede the provisions of the Plan to the extent those
provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of the Amendment.

Note: Section numbers used below correspond to the Basic Plan Document Sections
to which the Amendment provisions relate.

                                  DEFINITIONS

CATCH-UP CONTRIBUTIONS: Catch-up Contributions means Elective Deferrals made to
the Plan pursuant to Section 3 of the Amendment, Section 414(v) of the Code at
the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued
thereunder. Unless otherwise indicated in the Adoption Agreement Amendment,
Catch-up Contributions shall be subject to the Matching Contribution formula
specified in the Adoption Agreement.

COMPENSATION: The annual Compensation of each Participant taken into account in
determining allocations, shall not exceed $200,000, as adjusted for cost-of-
living increases in accordance with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code. Annual
Compensation means Compensation paid during the Plan Year or such other
consecutive 1-month period over which Compensation is otherwise determined
under the Plan (the Determination Period). The cost-of-living adjustment in
effect for a calendar year applies to annual Compensation for the Determination
Period that begins with or within such calendar year.

Effective Date: This section shall be effective for any Plan Year beginning
after December 31, 2001.

To the extent a plan change in the definition of compensation to exclude Pre-
Entry Date Compensation is considered a cutback in benefits and in violation of
IRC {section}411(d)(6), the change will not be effective until the beginning of
the next plan year.

KEY EMPLOYEE: Key Employee means any Employee or former Employee (including any
deceased Employee) who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the
Determination Date was an officer of the Employer having annual Compensation
greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under Section 416(i)(1) of the Code for Plan
Years beginning after December 31, 2002), a five-percent owner of the Employer,
or a one-percent owner of the Employer having annual Compensation of more than
$ 150,000. For this purpose, annual Compensation means Compensation within the
meaning of Section 415(c)(3) of the Code. The determination of who is a Key
<PAGE>
Employee will be made in accordance with Section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the
applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued
thereunder.

Effective Date: This section shall apply for purposes of determining whether
the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan under Section 416(g) of the Code for Plan Years
beginning after December 31, 2001, and whether the Plan satisfies the minimum
benefit requirements of Section 416(c) of the Code for such years. This section
amends Section 7.19 of the Plan.

ELIGIBLE RETIREMENT PLAN: For purposes of the Direct Rollover provisions of the
Plan, the definition of an Eligible Retirement Plan shall also mean an annuity
contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code and an eligible plan under
Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political
subdivision of a state, any agency or instrumentality of a state or political
subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts
transferred into such plan from this Plan The definition of Eligible Retirement
Plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a Surviving Spouse, or
to a Spouse or former Spouse who is the Alternate Payee under a Qualified
Domestic Relations Order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code.

Effective Date: This section shall apply to distributions made after December
31, 2001.

ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTIONS: For purposes of the Direct Rollover provisions
of the Plan, any amount that is distributed on account of hardship shall not be
included in the definition of an Eligible Rollover Distribution and the
Recipient may not elect to have any portion of such a distribution paid
directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan.

For purposes of the Direct Rollover provisions of the Plan, a portion of a
distribution shall not fail to be an Eligible Rollover Distribution merely
because the portion consists of Nondeductible Employee Contributions which are
not includible in gross income. However, such portion may be transferred only
to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Section 408(a) or
(b) of the Code, or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in
Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code that agrees to separately account for
amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such
distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such
distribution which is not so includible.

Effective Date: This section shall apply to distributions made after December
31, 2001.

SECTION 3: CONTRIBUTIONS

   PART A.  LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS:
            Except to the extent permitted under Section 3 of the Amendment and
            Section 414(v) of the Code, if applicable, the Annual Addition may
            be contributed or allocated to a Participant's Individual Account
            under the Plan for any Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser
            of

            (a)$40,000, as adjusted for increases in the cost-of-living under
               Section 415(d) of the Code, or
            (b)100 percent of the Participant's Compensation, within the
<PAGE>
               meaning of Section 415(c)(3) of the Code, for the Limitation
               Year.

            The compensation limit referred to in (b) shall not apply to any
            contribution for medical benefits after separation from service
            (within meaning of Section 401(h) or Section 419A(f)(2) of the
            Code) which is otherwise treated as an Annual Addition.

            Effective Date: This section shall be effective for Limitation
            Years beginning after December 31, 2001.

   PART B.  ROLLOVERS FROM OTHER PLANS:
            If rollover contributions are otherwise permitted under the Plan,
            the Plan will accept Participant rollover contributions and/or
            Direct Rollovers of distributions made after December 31, 2001,
            from the types of plans specified in the Adoption Agreement
            Amendment.

            Applicability and Effective Date: This section shall apply if
            elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement Amendment and
            shall be effective as specified in the Adoption Agreement
            Amendment.

   PART C.  REPEAL OF MULTIPLE USE TEST:
            The multiple use test described in Treasury Regulation Section
            1.401(m)-2 and Section 3.14(B)(2) of the Plan shall not apply.

            Effective Date: This section shall apply for Plan Years beginning
after December 31, 2001.

   PART D.  ELECTIVE DEFERRALS: GENERAL CONTRIBUTION LIMITATION:
            No Participant shall be permitted to have Elective Deferrals made
            under this Plan, or any other qualified plan maintained by the
            Employer during any taxable year, in excess of the dollar
            limitation contained in Section 402(g) of the Code in effect for
            such taxable year, except to the extent permitted under Section 3
            of the Amendment and Section 414(v) of the Code, if applicable.

   PART E.  SIMPLE 401(K) ELECTIVE DEFERRALS: CONTRIBUTION LIMITATION:
            Except to the extent permitted under Section 3, Part F of the
            Adoption Agreement Amendment and Section 414(v) of the Code, if
            applicable the maximum Elective Deferral contribution that can be
            made to this Plan is the amount determined under Section
            408(p)(2)(A)(ii) of the Code for the Year.

   PART F.  CATCH-UP CONTRIBUTIONS:
            All Employees who are eligible to make Elective Deferrals under
            this Plan and who have attained age 50 before the close of the
            Calendar Year shall be eligible to make Catch-up Contributions in
            accordance with, and subject to the limitations of, Section 414(v)
            of the Code. Such Catch-up Contributions shall not be taken into
            account for purposes of the provisions of the Plan implementing the
            required limitations of Sections 402(g) and 415 of the Code. The
            Plan shall not be treated as failing to satisfy the provisions of
            the Plan implementing the requirements of Section 401(k)(3),
            401(k)(11), 401(k)(12), 410(b), or 416 of the Code, as applicable,
<PAGE>
            by reason of the making of such Catch-up Contributions.

            Applicability and Effective Date: This section shall apply if
            elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement Amendment and
            shall be effective as specified in the Adoption Agreement
            Amendment.

   PART G.  SUSPENSION PERIOD FOLLOWING HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTION:
            A Participant who receives a distribution of Elective Deferrals
            after December 31, 2001, on account of hardship shall be prohibited
            from making Elective Deferrals and Nondeductible Employee
            Contributions under this and all other plans of the Employer for
            six months after receipt of the distribution. A Participant who
            receives a distribution of Elective Deferrals in calendar year 2001
            on account of hardship shall be prohibited from making Elective
            Deferrals and Nondeductible Employee Contributions under this and
            all other plans of the Employer for the period specified by the
            Employer in the Adoption Agreement Amendment.

SECTION 4: VESTING AND FORFEITURES

   PART A.  VESTING OF MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS:
            A Participant's Individual Account derived from Matching
            Contributions shall vest as provided by the Employer in the
            Adoption Agreement Amendment. If the vesting schedule for Matching
            Contributions in either Option two or Option four of the Adoption
            Agreement Amendment is elected, the election in Section 7.06(D) of
            the Plan shall apply.

            Effective Date: This section shall apply to Participants with
            accrued benefits derived from Matching Contributions who complete
            an Hour Service under the Plan in a Plan Year beginning after
            December 31, 2001. If elected by the Employer in the Adoption
            Agreement Amendment, this section shall also apply to all other
            Participants with accrued benefits derived from Employer Matching
            Contributions.

            To the extent a change in the use of forfeitures from Allocation to
            Participants or Qualifying Participants to reduce Employer
            Contribution is considered a cutback in benefits in violation of
            IRC {section}411(d)(6), the change will not be effective until the
            beginning of the next plan year.

   PART B.  ROLLOVERS DISREGARDED IN INVOLUNTARY CASH-OUTS:
            For purposes of Section 4.01(C) of the Plan, the value of a
            Participant's Vested Individual Account shall be determined without
            regard to the portion of the Individual Account that is
            attributable to rollover contributions (and earnings allocable
            thereto) within the meaning of Section 402(c), 403(a)(4),
            403(b)(8), 408(d)(3)(A)(ii), and 457(e)(16) of the Code. If the
            value of the Participant's Vested Individual Account as so
            determined is $5,000 or less, the Plan shall immediately distribute
            the Participant's entire Vested Individual Account.

            Applicability and Effective Date: This section shall apply if
            elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement Amendment and
<PAGE>
            shall be effective as specified in the Adoption Agreement
            Amendment.

SECTION 5: DISTRIBUTIONS AND LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS

   PART A.  PLAN LOANS FOR OWNER-EMPLOYEES AND SHAREHOLDER-EMPLOYEES:
            Plan provisions prohibiting loans to any Owner-Employee or
            shareholder-employee shall cease to apply.

            Effective Date: This section shall be effective for Plan loans made
            after December 31, 2001.

   PART B.  DISTRIBUTION UPON SEVERANCE FROM EMPLOYMENT:
            A Participant's Elective Deferrals, Qualified Nonelective
            Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, and earnings
            attributable to the contributions shall be distributed on account
            of the Participant's severance from employment. However, such a
            distribution shall be subject to the other provisions of the Plan
            regarding distributions, other than provisions that require a
            separation from service before such amounts shall be distributed.

            Applicability and Effective Date: This section shall apply if
            elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement Amendment and
            shall apply for distributions and severances from employment
            occurring after the dates specified in the Adoption Agreement
            Amendment.

SECTION 7: MISCELLANEOUS

   PART A.  TOP-HEAVY RULES: PRESENT VALUE
            This paragraph shall apply for purposes of determining the Present
            Values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of
            Employees as of the Determination Date. The Present Values of
            accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of an Employee
            as the Determination Date shall be increased by the distributions
            made with respect to the Employee under the Plan and any plan
            aggregated with the Plan under Section 416(g)(2) of the Code during
            the one-year period ending on the Determination Date. The preceding
            sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan
            which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with
            the Plan under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In the case of
            a distribution made for a reason other than separation from
            service, death, or Disability this provision shall be applied by
            substituting "five-year period" for "one-year period." The accrued
            benefits and accounts of any individual who has not performed
            services for the Employer during the one-year period ending on the
            Determination Date shall not be taken into account.

            Matching Contributions shall be taken into account for purposes of
            satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of Section
            416(c)(2) of the Code and the Plan. The preceding sentence shall
            apply with respect to Matching Contributions under the Plan or, if
            the Plan provides that the minimum contribution requirement shall
            be met in another plan, such other plan. Matching Contributions
            that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements
            shall be treated as Matching Contributions for purposes of the
<PAGE>
            Average Contribution Percentage test and other requirements of
            Section 401(m) of the Code.

            The Employer may provide in the Adoption Agreement that the minimum
            benefit requirement shall be met in another plan (including another
            plan that consists solely of a cash or deferred arrangement which
            meets the requirements of Section 401(k)(12) of the Code and
            Matching Contributions with respect to which the requirements of
            Section 401(m)(11) of the Code are met.

            Effective Date: This section shall apply for purposes of
            determining whether the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan under Section
            416(g) of the Code for Plan Years beginning after December 31,
            2001, and whether the Plan satisfies the minimum benefit
            requirements of Section 416(c) of the Code for such years. This
            section amends Section 7.19 of the Plan.

   PART B.  TOP-HEAVY RULES: SAFE HARBOR CODA
            The top-heavy requirements of Section 416 of the Code and Section
            7.19 of the Plan shall not apply in any year in which the Plan
            consists solely of a cash or deferred arrangement which meets the
            requirements of Section 401(k)(12) of the Code and Matching
            Contributions with respect to which the requirements of Section
            401(m)(11) of the Code are met.

            Effective Date: This section shall apply for years beginning after
            December 31, 2001.

           ECONOMIC GROWTH AND TAX RELIEF RECONCILIATION ACT OF 2001
                                   (EGTRRA)
                       SUMMARY OF MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS

Name of Adopting Employer:    Peoples State Bank
Name of Plan:                 Peoples State Bank Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan
Plan Sequence Number:         002

The purpose of this document is to update your Summary Plan Description (SPD)
regarding several provisions. This document is very important and should be
maintained with your SPD. Unless otherwise noted, the effective date of the
amendment is the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31,
2001.

The following definitions shall be added to the SPD:

CATCH-UP CONTRIBUTIONS
Additional Elective Deferrals, not to exceed the applicable dollar amount for a
given year, made under this Plan by Participants who attain age 50 before the
close of the Plan Year.

DIRECT ROLLOVER
A way of rolling over an Eligible Rollover Distribution from a qualified plan
directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan thereby avoiding federal income tax
withholding.

ELIGIBLE RETIREMENT PLAN
An eligible 457(b) plan maintained by a state governmental entity, a
<PAGE>
Traditional IRA, a qualified retirement plan, a qualified annuity plan and a
403(b) plan.

ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTION
Any distribution to your credit that does not include the following: any
distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments;
required minimum distributions; and hardship distributions. In addition, an
Eligible Rollover Distribution includes a Direct Rollover of Nondeductible
Employee Contributions made to a Traditional IRA or qualified retirement plan,
if those amounts are separately accounted for in the receiving plan.

In addition to the above definitions, your SPD shall be amended to include the
following:

                            ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS

Your plan will accept direct and indirect rollovers of Eligible Rollover
Distributions from the following:

      1. *  A qualified plan described in Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code,
         including Nondeductible Employee Contributions.
      2. *  An annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code,
         excluding Nondeductible Employee Contributions.
      3. *  An eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code which is
         maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency
         or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state.

                            CATCH-UP CONTRIBUTIONS

All Employees who are eligible to make Elective Deferrals under your Plan and
who have attained age 50 before the end of the calendar year are eligible to
make Catch-up contributions, not to exceed the applicable dollar amount for the
year ($1,000 for 2002, $2,000 for 2003, $3,000 for 2004, $4,000 for 2005,
$5,000 for 2006). In addition, certain limits, as required by law, must be met
prior to being eligible to make a Catch-up contribution. See your Plan
Administrator for additional information.

               MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS AND CATCH-UP CONTRIBUTIONS

Your plan may provide for Employer Matching contributions. If so, Catch-up
contributions will be matched.

                    DISTRIBUTIONS DUE TO FINANCIAL HARDSHIP

Your plan may allow you to take Elective Deferrals out of the Plan if you have
a financial hardship. Your Elective Deferrals (and Nondeductible Employee
Contributions, if applicable) will be suspended for 6 months after receipt of a
hardship distribution. If you receive a hardship distribution of Elective
Deferrals in calendar year 2001, you are prohibited from making Elective
Deferrals (and Nondeductible Employee Contributions, if applicable) for 6
months after receipt of the hardship distribution or until January 1, 2002, if
later.
<PAGE>
                               BOARD RESOLUTION

A meeting of the Board of Directors of Peoples State Bank, herein referenced to
as "Corporation," was held on the 18th day of August , 2001 in accordance with
the Corporation's bylaws. The Directors approved the amendment and restatement
of the Peoples State Bank Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan (the "Plan") for the
benefit of the Corporation's employees.

The following resolutions were offered, seconded and unanimously adopted.

BE IT RESOLVED that the Corporation amended and restated the Plan effective
October 1, 2003;

BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that the officers of the Corporation be authorized and
directed to execute any and all documents and do any and all acts which may be
necessary in connection with the adoption, amendment, restatement maintenance
and/or ongoing funding of the Plan;

BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that, effective October 1, 2003, Dave Kopperud, Dave
Svacina, and Todd Toppen shall be removed as trustees under the Plan and the
directed trustee under the Plan shall be the following: Delaware Management
Trust Company; and

BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that the officers of the Corporation be authorized and
directed to retain any service providers they believe are necessary or
desirable in connection with the Plan.

CERTIFICATION

I, the undersigned, Exec. Vice President (title) of the Corporation do certify
that the foregoing is true, exact, and correct copy of a resolution adopted at
lawfully held meeting of the Corporation's Board of Directors on the 18th day
of August, 2003.

(Signed)    DAVID A. SVACINA
            David A. Svacina

(Title)     Executive Vice President
<PAGE>

                                DELAWARE INVESTMENTS
                            ADOPTION AGREEMENT AMENDMENT

This amendment of the Plan  (hereinafter referred to as "the Amendment") is
comprised of this Adoption Agreement Amendment and the corresponding Basic Plan
Document Amendment and is adopted to reflect certain provisions of the Economic
Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 ("EGTRRA"). The Amendment is
intended as good faith compliance with the requirements of EGTRRA and is to be
construed in accordance with EGTRRA and guidance issued thereunder. Except as
otherwise provided, the Amendment shall be effective as of the first day of the
first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001.  The Amendment shall
supersede the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are
inconsistent with the provisions of the Amendment.

                             Employer Information

Name of Adopting Employer: Peoples State Bank

Name of Plan: Peoples State Bank Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan

Plan Sequence Number: 002

NOTE:  Section numbers used below correspond to the Adoption Agreement sections
to which the Amendment provisions relate.

                         SECTION THREE:  CONTRIBUTIONS
                            PART A. DIRECT ROLLOVERS
      The Plan will accept Direct Rollovers of Eligible Rollover Distributions
      from (select any that apply)
      1.   A qualified plan described in Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code,
           excluding Nondeductible Employee Contributions.
      2.X  A qualified plan described in Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code,
           including Nondeductible Employee Contributions.
      3.X  An annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code,
           excluding Nondeductible Employee Contributions.
      4.X   An eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code which is
            maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any
            agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a
            state.

                           PART B. INDIRECT ROLLOVERS
      The Plan will accept indirect rollovers of Eligible Rollover
      Distributions from (select any that apply)
      1.X   A qualified plan described in Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code.
      2.X   An annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code.
      3.X   An eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code which is
            maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any
            agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a
            state.

                    PART C. ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS FROM IRAS
      Will the Plan accept rollover contributions of the portion of a
      distribution from an individual retirement account or annuity described
      in Section 408(a) or 408(b) of the Code that is eligible to be rolled
      over and would otherwise be includible in gross income (select one)?
      OPTION 1:X Yes.
      OPTION 2:  No.
      NOTE:  If no option is selected, Option 1 shall be deemed to be selected.
<PAGE>
   PART D. EFFECTIVE DATE OF DIRECT ROLLOVER, INDIRECT ROLLOVER, AND ROLLOVER
           CONTRIBUTIONS FROM IRAS (complete if one or more boxes are selected
           in either Parts A or B above or if Option 1 is selected in Part C
           above)
      Section 3, Part B of the Basic Plan Document Amendment shall be effective
      1/1/2002 (enter a date no earlier than January 1, 2002.)

                    PART E. MODIFICATION OF TOP-HEAVY RULES
      THE MINIMUM BENEFITS FOR EMPLOYEES ALSO COVERED UNDER ANOTHER PLAN
      The Employer should describe below the extent, if any, to which the top-
      heavy minimum benefit requirement of Section 416(c) of the Code and
      Section 3.01(E) of the Plan shall be met in another plan. This should
      include the name of the other plan, the minimum benefit that will be
      provided under such other plan, and the Employees who will receive the
      minimum benefit under such other plan.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

                         PART F. CATCH-UP CONTRIBUTIONS
      Will Employees be permitted to make catch-up contributions pursuant to
      Section 3, Part F of the Basic Plan Document Amendment (select one)?
      OPTION 1.X Yes, after 12/31/2001 (enter December 31, 2001 or a later
                 date)
      OPTION 2.  No.
      NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 shall be deemed to be selected.
                  PART G. MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS AND CATCH-UP CONTRIBUTIONS
      Will Matching Contributions be made, in accordance with the Matching
      Contribution formula specified in the Adoption Agreement, with regard to
      Catch-up Contributions (select one)?
      OPTION 1: X Yes.
      OPTION 2:   No.
      NOTE:  If no option is selected, Option 1 shall be deemed to be selected.

      PART H. SUSPENSION OF ELECTIVE DEFERRALS FOLLOWING HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTION
      The following transition rule shall apply to Participants who received
      distributions of Elective Deferrals during the 2001 calendar year (select
      one).
      OPTION 1: X A Participant who receives a distribution of Elective
                  Deferrals in calendar year 2001 on account of hardship
                  shall be prohibited from making Elective Deferrals and
                  Nondeductible Employee Contributions under this and all other
                  plans of the Employer for six months after receipt of the
                  distribution or until January 1, 2002, if later.
      OPTION 2:   A Participant who receives a distribution of Elective
                  Deferrals in calendar year 2001 on account of hardship shall
                  be prohibited from making Elective Deferrals and
                  Nondeductible Employee Contributions under this and all other
                  plans of the Employer for the period specified in the
                  provisions of the Plan relating to suspension of Elective
                  Deferrals that were in effect prior to this Amendment.
      NOTE:  If no option is selected, Option 1 shall be deemed to be selected.

                           SECTION FOUR:  VESTING AND FORFEITURES
<PAGE>
                PART A. PARTICIPANTS SUBJECT TO EGTRRA VESTING SCHEDULES
      The provisions of Section Four of the Basic Plan Document Amendment shall
      apply to
      OPTION 1:  The Vesting Schedule for Matching Contributions described in
                  Part B below will apply only to Matching Contributions made
                  for Plan Years beginning on or after December 31, 2001.  The
                  Vesting Schedule chosen in Section Four of the Adoption
                  Agreement shall continue to apply to Matching Contributions
                  made for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 2002.
      OPTION 2: X Not applicable.  The vesting schedule in the Adoption
                  Agreement complies with EGTRRA.  (Do not complete the
                  remainder of Section Four.  Go to Section Five.)

   PART B. VESTING SCHEDULE FOR MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS AND/OR PROFIT SHARING
                                 CONTRIBUTIONS
        (Select one vesting schedule according to Part A of this section, if
                                    applicable.)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    YEARS OF                                    VESTED PERCENTAGE
  VESTING SERVICE
               Option 1  Option 2   Option 3   Option 4       (Complete if Chosen)
 <S>            <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
 Less than One    0%        0%       100%       _________ %
       1          0%        0%       100%       _________ %
       2          0%       20%       100%       _________ %  (not less than 20%)
       3        100%       40%       100%       _________ %  (not less than 40%)
       4        100%       60%       100%       _________ %  (not less than 60%)
       5        100%       80%       100%       _________ %  (not less than 80%)
       6        100%      100%       100%       _________ %  (not less than 100%)
       7        100%      100%       100%       _________ %  (not less than 100%)
  NOTE:  If no option is selected, Option 3 shall be deemed to be selected.
</TABLE>
                    SECTION FIVE:  DISTRIBUTIONS AND LOANS

PART A. ROLLOVERS DISREGARDED IN INVOLUNTARY CASH-OUTS.
      Will rollover contributions be included in determining the value of a
      Participant's Vested Individual Account for purposes of the Plan's
      involuntary cash-out rules (select one)?
      OPTION 1: X Yes
      OPTION 2:   No
      If the Employer selected Option 2, the election shall apply with respect
      to distributions made after ____________ (ENTER A DATE NO EARLIER THAN
      DECEMBER 31, 2001) with respect to Participants who separated from
      service after ____________ (ENTER A DATE (MAY BE EARLIER THAN DECEMBER
      31, 2001.))
      NOTE:  If no option is selected, Option 2 shall be deemed to be selected

              PART B. DISTRIBUTION UPON SEVERANCE FROM EMPLOYMENT.
      Will Section 5, Part B of the Basic Plan Document Amendment apply?
      OPTION 1: X Yes, regardless of when the severance from employment
                  occurred.
      OPTION 2:   Yes, for severances from employment occurring (enter date.)
                  after _________.
<PAGE>
      OPTION 3:   No.
      If either Option 1 or Option 2 is selected, such provisions shall apply
      to distributions occurring after 12/31/2001 (ENTER A DATE NO EARLIER THAN
      DECEMBER 31, 2001.)
      NOTE:  IF NO OPTION IS SELECTED, OPTION 1 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE SELECTED.

SIGNATURE OF TRUSTEE(S)

      Name of Trustee: Delaware Management Trust Company
      Address: 2005 Market Street,  5th Floor, Philadelphia, PA 19103
      Telephone: 800-362-7500
      Signature _________________________   Title Trust Officer________________

      Name of Trustee__________________________________________________________
      Address__________________________________________________________________
      Telephone________________________________________________________________
      Signature _____________________________________   Title__________________

                             SIGNATURE OF EMPLOYER

1.    I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT I HAVE RELIED UPON MY OWN ADVISORS REGARDING THE
      COMPLETION OF THIS AMENDMENT AND THE LEGAL AND TAX IMPLICATIONS OF
      AMENDING THIS PLAN;
2.    I UNDERSTAND THAT MY FAILURE TO PROPERLY COMPLETE THIS AMENDMENT MAY
      RESULT IN DISQUALIFICATION OF THE PLAN; AND
3.    I HAVE RECEIVED A COPY OF THIS AMENDMENT.

Signature of Adopting Employer______________________   Date Signed_____________
Type Name __________________________________________   Title __________________

NOTE:  In order to obtain reliance with respect to plan qualification, the
Employer may be required to apply to the Employee Plans Determinations of the
Internal Revenue Service for a determination letter.
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE 401(K) PLAN
NONSTANDARDIZED SAFE HARBOR ADOPTION AGREEMENT

                             EMPLOYER INFORMATION

NAME OF ADOPTING EMPLOYER:  Peoples State Bank

ADDRESS:  1905 W. Stewart Avenue, P.O. Box 1686

CITY:  Wausau     STATE:  WI  ZIP:  54401

TELEPHONE: 715-842-2191  ADOPTING EMPLOYER'S FEDERAL TAX IDENTIFICATION NUMBER:
                         39-0987942

NAME OF PLAN:  Peoples State Bank Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan

PLAN SEQUENCE:  Number 002 ADOPTING EMPLOYER'S FISCAL YEAR END (SPECIFY MONTH
                AND DAY):  12/31

TYPE OF BUSINESS:  C Corporation

                         SECTION ONE: EFFECTIVE DATES
                             Complete Part A or B

PART B. RESTATEMENT DATE
      This is an amendment and restatement of an existing qualified plan (a
      Prior Plan).
      The Prior Plan was initially effective on 10/01/1989
      The Effective Date of this restatement is 10/01/2003

                           SECTION TWO: ELIGIBILITY
                            Complete Parts A and B

PART A. AGE AND YEARS OF ELIGIBILITY SERVICE REQUIREMENT

      1.    EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS
            AGE REQUIREMENT. An Employee will be eligible to become a
            Participant in the Plan for purposes of receiving an allocation of
            any Employer Profit Sharing Contribution made pursuant to Section
            Three of the Adoption Agreement after attaining age 21 (no more
            than 21).
            YEARS OF ELIGIBILITY SERVICE REQUIREMENT. An Employee will be
            eligible to become a Participant in the Plan for purposes of
            receiving an allocation of any Employer Profit Sharing Contribution
            made pursuant to Section Three of the Adoption Agreement after
            completing 1 (enter 0, 1, 2 or any fraction less than 2) Years of
            Eligibility Service.
      2.    ELECTIVE DEFERRALS
            AGE REQUIREMENT. An Employee will be eligible to become a
            Contributing Participant (and thus be eligible to make Elective
            Deferrals) after attaining age 21  (no more than 21).
            YEARS OF ELIGIBILITY SERVICE REQUIREMENT. An Employee will be
            eligible to become a Contributing Participant in the Plan (and thus
            be eligible to make Elective Deferrals) after completing 1 (enter
            0, 1 or any fraction less than 1) Years of Eligibility Service.
<PAGE>
      3.    MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
            AGE REQUIREMENT. If Matching Contributions (or Qualified Matching
            Contributions, if applicable) will be made to the Plan, a
            Contributing Participant will be eligible to receive Matching
            Contributions (or Qualified Matching Contributions, if applicable)
            after attaining age 21 (no more than 21).
            YEARS OF ELIGIBILITY SERVICE REQUIREMENT. If Matching Contributions
            (or Qualified Matching Contributions, if applicable) will be made
            to the Plan, a Contributing Participant will be eligible to

                                                                   Page 2 of 11
            receive Matching Contributions (or Qualified Matching
            Contributions, if applicable) after completing 1 (enter 0, 1, 2 or
            any fraction less than 2) Years of Eligibility Service

PART B. UNIVERSAL ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA
      1.    EMPLOYEES EMPLOYED AS OF EFFECTIVE DATE
            Will an Employee employed as of the Effective Date of this Plan who
            has not otherwise met the requirements of Part A above be
            considered to have met those requirements as of the Effective Date
            (select one)?
            OPTION 2:  No.

      2.    EXCLUSION OF CERTAIN CLASSES OF EMPLOYEES
            An Employee will be eligible to become Participant in the Plan
            unless such Employee is (select any that apply):
            C. Employees who became Employees as the result of a transaction
               under Section 4 1 0(b)(6)(C) of the Code. Such Employees will be
               excluded during the period beginning on the date of the
               transaction and ending on the last day of the first Plan Year
               beginning after the date of die transaction. A transaction under
               Section 410(b)(6)(C) of the Code is an asset or stock
               acquisition,  merger, or similar transaction involving a change
               in the employer of the employees of a trade or business.
            F. Incorrectly determined to be other than an Employee of the
               Employer (i.e., an independent contractor).

      3.    HOURS REQUIRED FOR ELIGIBILITY PURPOSES
            A. 1000 Hours of Service (no more than 1, 000) shall be required to
               constitute a Year of Eligibility Service.
            B. 500 Hours of Service (no more than 500 but less than the number
               specified in item 3(a), above) must be exceeded to avoid a Break
               in Eligibility Service.

      4.    ENTRY DATES
            The Entry Dates for participation shall be (select one):
            OPTION 2: Other (specify) - the first do of the Plan Year and the
                      first day of the fourth, seventh or tenth month of the
                      Plan Year.

                         SECTION THREE: CONTRIBUTIONS
                          Complete Parts A through H

PART A. EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS
      1.    CONTRIBUTION FORMULA (select one)
            OPTION 1: Discretionary Formula. For each Plan Year the Employer
<PAGE>
                     will contribute an amount to be determined from year to
                     year.

      2.    ALLOCATION FORMULA (select one):
            OPTION 1: Pro Raft Formula. Employer Profit Sharing Contributions
                      shall be allocated to the Individual Accounts of
                      Qualifying Participants in the ratio that each Qualifying
                      Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the
                      total Compensation of all Qualifying Participants for the
                      Plan Year.

      3.    QUALIFYING PARTICIPANTS
            A Participant will be a Qualifying Participant and thus entitled to
            share in the Employer Profit Sharing Contribution for any Plan Year
            only if the Participant is a Participant who satisfies all of the
            eligibility requirements in Section Two of the Adoption Agreement
            regarding Employer Profit Sharing Contributions on at least one day
            of such Plan Year and satisfies the following additional conditions
            (select one or more):
                                                                   Page 3 of 11
            OPTION 2: Hours of Service Requirement. The Participant completes
                      At least 1000 (not more than 1000) Hours of Service
                      during the Plan Year. However, this condition will be
                      waived for the following reason(s) (select at least one):
                      The Participant's Death.
                      The Participant's Termination of Employment after having
                            incurred a Disability.
                      The Participant's Termination of Employment after having
                      reached Normal Retirement Age.
            OPTION 3: Last Day Requirement. The Participant is an Employee of
                      the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year. However,
                      this condition will be waived for the following reason(s)
                      (select at least one):
                      The Participants Death.
                      The Participant's Termination of Employment after having
                      incurred a Disability.
                      The Participant's Termination of Employment after having
                      reached Normal Retirement Age.

      4.    CONTRIBUTIONS TO DISABLED PARTICIPANTS
            Will a Participant who has incurred a Disability be entitled to an
            Employer Profit Sharing Contribution pursuant to Section 3.01(B)(1)
            of the Plan (select one)?
            OPTION 2:  No.

      5.    ONE-TIME IRREVOCABLE ELECTIONS
            May an Employee make a one-time irrevocable election, as described
            in Section 3.02 of the Plan, upon first becoming eligible to
            participate in the Plan to have the Employer make Employer Profit
            Sharing Contributions to the Plan on such Employee's behalf (select
            one)?
            OPTION 2:  No.

PART B. ELECTIVE DEFERRALS
      1.    AUTHORIZATION OF ELECTIVE DEFERRALS
            Will Elective Deferrals be permitted under this Plan (select one)?
<PAGE>
            OPTION 1:  Yes.

      2.    LIMITS ON ELECTIVE DEFERRALS
            If Elective Deferrals are permitted under the Plan, a Contributing
            Participant may elect under a salary reduction agreement to have
            his or her Compensation reduced by an amount as described below
            (select one):
            OPTION 1: An amount equal to a percentage of the Contributing
                      Participant's Compensation from 1 percent to 50 percent
                      in increments of 1 percent.

      3.    SEPARATE DEFERRAL ELECTION FOR BONUSES
            Instead of or in addition to making Elective Deferrals through
            payroll deduction, may a Contributing Participant be permitted to
            make a separate deferral election to contribute to the Plan, as an
            Elective Deferral, part or all of a bonus rather than receive such
            bonus in cash (select one)?
            OPTION 2:  No.
      4.    CLAIMING EXCESS ELECTIVE DEFERRALS
            A Participant who claims Excess Elective Deferrals for the
            preceding calendar year must submit his or her claim in writing to
            the Plan Administrator by (select one):
            OPTION 1:  March 1

      5.    AUTOMATIC ELECTIVE DEFERRALS
            A.    AUTHORIZATION OF AUTOMATIC ELECTIVE DEFERRALS
                  If an Employee who has met the eligibility requirements set
                  forth in Section Two, Part B of the Adoption Agreement fails
                  to provide the Employer a salary reduction agreement, will a

                                                                   Page 4 of 11

                  portion of such eligible Employee's Compensation be
                  automatically withheld and contributed to the Plan as an
                  Elective Deferral (select one)?
                  OPTION 2:  No.

PART C. MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
      1.    AUTHORIZATION OF MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
            Will the Employer make Matching Contributions to the Plan on behalf
            of a Qualifying Contributing Participant (select one)?
            OPTION 1:  Yes, but only with respect to a Contributing
            Participant's Elective Deferrals.

      2.    MATCHING CONTRIBUTION FORMULA
            If the Employer will make Matching Contributions, then the amount
            of such Matching Contributions made on behalf of a Qualifying
            Contributing Participant each Plan Year shall be (select one):
            OPTION 1: An amount equal to 50 percent of such Contributing
                      Participant's Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible
                      Employee Contribution, if applicable) which does not
                      exceed 6 percent of the Contributing Participant's
                      Compensation.

      4.    QUALIFYING CONTRIBUTING PARTICIPANTS
            A Contributing Participant who satisfies the eligibility
<PAGE>
            requirements described in Section Two of the Adoption Agreement
            regarding Elective Deferrals and Matching Contributions will be a
            Qualifying Contributing Participant and thus entitled to share in
            Matching Contributions for any Plan Year only if the Participant is
            a Contributing Participant and satisfies the following additional
            conditions (select one or more):
            OPTION 1:  No Additional Conditions.

PART D. QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS
      1.    QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION FORMULA
            For each Plan Year, the Employer may contribute an amount to be
            determined from year to year.

      2.    ALLOCATION OF QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS
            Allocation of Qualified Nonelective Contributions to Participants
            entitled thereto shall be made (select one):
            OPTION 1: In the ratio which each non-Highly Compensated Employee
                      Participant's Compensation for the applicable Plan Year
                      bears to the total Compensation of all non-Highly
                      Compensated Employee Participants for such Plan Year.

PART F. SAFE HARBOR CODA CONTRIBUTIONS
      A Plan intending to satisfy the requirements of Sections 401(k)(12) and
      401(m)(11) of the Code generally must satisfy such requirements,
      including the notice requirement, for the entire Plan Year. See Notice
      98-52, 1998-46 I.R.B. 16, Notice 2000-3, 2000-4 I.R.B. 413, and Rev.
      Proc. 2000-20, 2000-6 I.R.B. 553, for more information.
      1.    APPLICATION OF SAFE HARBOR CODA
            Will the safe harbor CODA provisions of Section 3.15 of the Plan
            apply (select one)?
            OPTION 2:  No.

PART G. OTHER CONTRIBUTIONS
      1.    ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS
            May an Employee make rollover contributions to the Plan pursuant to
            Section 3.03 of the Plan (select one)?
            OPTION 3:  Yes, but only after becoming a Participant.

                                                                   Page 5 of 11

      2.    TRANSFER CONTRIBUTIONS
            May an Employee make transfer contributions to the Plan pursuant to
            Section 3.04 of the Plan (select one)?
            OPTION 3:  Yes, but only after becoming a Participant.

      3.    NONDEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS
            May an Employee make Nondeductible Employee Contributions pursuant
            to Section 3.08 of the Plan (select one)?
            OPTION 2:  No.

      4.    PARTICIPANTS ENTITLED TO RECEIVE MINIMUM ALLOCATION
            Any minimum allocation required pursuant to Section 3.01 (E) of the
            Plan shall be allocated to the Individual Accounts of (select one):
            OPTION 1:  Participants who are non-Key Employees.
<PAGE>
      5.    TOP-HEAVY RATIO
            For purposes of establishing the Present Value of benefits under a
            defined benefit plan to compute the top-heavy ratio as described in
            Section 7.19(B) of the Plan, any benefit shall be discounted only
            for mortality and interest based on the following (select one):
            OPTION 1:  Not applicable because the Employer has not maintained a
            defined benefit plan.

      6.    MINIMUM ALLOCATION OR BENEFIT
            For any Plan Year with respect to which this Plan is a Top-Heavy
            Plan, any minimum allocation required pursuant to Section 3.01(E)
            of the Plan shall be made (select one):
            OPTION 1:  To this Plan.

PART H. ADP AND ACP TESTING ALTERNATIVES
      CURRENT YEAR TESTING METHOD
      The testing method used for purposes of the ADP and ACP tests under this
      Plan shall be (select one):
      OPTION 1:  Prior Year Testing Method.

                     SECTION FOUR: VESTING AND FORFEITURES
                          Complete Parts A through G

PART A. VESTING SCHEDULE FOR EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS AND MATCHING
CONTRIBUTIONS
      A Participant shall become Vested in his or her Individual Account
      derived from Employer Profit Sharing Contributions and Matching
      Contributions, if applicable, made pursuant to Section Three of the
      Adoption Agreement as follows (select one vesting schedule for Employer
      Profit Sharing Contributions and one vesting schedule for Matching
      Contributions, if applicable).
      1.    CURRENT VESTING SCHEDULE

              YEARS OF
               VESTING     VESTED PERCENTAGE
               SERVICE
            Less than One         0%
                  1               0%
                  2              20%
                  3              40%
                  4              60%
                  5              80%
                  6             100%
                  7             100%

                                                                   Page 6 of 11

PART B. TOP-HEAVY VESTING SCHEDULE
      Pursuant to Section 4.01 (B) of the Plan, the vesting schedule that will
      apply when this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan (unless the Plan's regular
      vesting schedule provides for more rapid vesting) shall be (select one):
      OPTION 1:  6 Year Graded.

PART C. HOURS REQUIRED FOR VESTING PURPOSES
      1.    1000 Hours of Service (no more than 1,000) shall be required to
            constitute a Year of Vesting Service.
<PAGE>
      2.    500 Hours of Service (no more than 500 but less than the number
            specified in this Section Four, Part C, item 1, above) must be
            exceeded to avoid
            a Break in Vesting Service.

PART E. ALLOCATION OF FORFEITURES OF EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS
      Forfeitures shall be (select one):
      OPTION 1: Allocated to the individual Accounts of the Participants
                specified below in the manner described in Section 3.01(B) of
                the Plan (for Employer Profit Sharing Contributions).
                The Participants entitled to receive allocations of such
                      Forfeitures shall be (select one):
              SUBOPTION (A):  Qualifying Participants.

PART F. ALLOCATION OF FORFEITURES OF MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
      Forfeitures of Matching Contributions shall be (select one):
      OPTION 1: Allocated, after all other Forfeitures under the Plan, to each
                Participant's Individual Account in the ratio which each
                Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total
                Compensation of all Participants for such Plan Year.
                The Participants entitled to receive allocations of such
                      Forfeitures shall be (select one):
              SUBOPTION (A):  Qualifying Contributing Participants.

PART G. ALLOCATION OF FORFEITURES OF EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS
      Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be (select one):
      OPTION 2:  Applied to reduce Employer Contributions.

                     SECTION FIVE: DISTRIBUTIONS AND LOANS
                          Complete Parts A through C

PART A. DISTRIBUTABLE EVENTS (Answer each of the following items.)
      1.    TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT BEFORE NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE
            May a Participant who has not reached Normal Retirement Age request
            a distribution from the Plan upon Termination of Employment (select
            one)?
            OPTION 1:  Yes.

      2.    DISABILITY
            May a Participant who has incurred a Disability request a
            distribution from the Plan (select one)?
            OPTION 1:  Yes.

      3.    ATTAINMENT OF NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE
            May a Participant who has attained Normal Retirement Age but has
            not incurred a Termination of Employment request a distribution
            from the Plan (select one)?
            OPTION 1:  Yes.

      4.    ATTAINMENT OF AGE 59%
            May a Participant who has attained age 59 1/2 request a
            distribution from the Plan of that portion of the Participant's
            Individual Account attributable to the following types of
            contributions while still employed by the Employer (select one)?
            Employer Profit Sharing Contributions and Matching Contributions
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 7 of 11

            OPTION 2: Yes, but only with respect to a Participant who is 100
                      percent Vested in his or her Individual Account
                      attributable to the type of contribution that will be
                      withdrawn.
            Elective Deferrals
            OPTION 1: Yes.

      5.    IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS OF EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS AND
            MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
            May a Participant request a distribution from die Plan of that
            portion of the Participant's Individual Account attributable to
            Employer Profit Sharing Contributions and Matching Contributions
            (if applicable) pursuant to Section 5.01(A)(4) of the Plan (select
            one)?
            OPTION 5:  No.

      6.    WITHDRAWALS OF ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS
            May an Employee request a distribution of his or her rollover
            contributions at any time?
            OPTION 1:  Yes.

      7.    WITHDRAWALS OF TRANSFER CONTRIBUTIONS
            May an Employee request a distribution of his Or her transfer
            contributions at any time?
            OPTION 1:  Yes.

      8.    HARDSHIP WITHDRAWALS OF ELECTIVE DEFERRALS
            May a Participant request a distribution of his or her Elective
            Deferrals on account of hardship pursuant to Section 5.01 (A)(6) of
            the Plan?
            OPTION 1:  Yes.

      9.    LOANS
            May a Participant request a loan pursuant to Section 5.19 of the
            Plan?
            OPTION 1:  Yes.

PART B. FORM OF DISTRIBUTION (Answer each of the following items.)
      1.    LUMP SUM
            May a Participant request a distribution of the Vested portion of
            his or her Individual Account in a lump sum, subject to Section
            5.02(C) of the Plan (select one)?
            OPTION 1:  Yes.

      2.    INSTALLMENT PAYMENTS
            May a Participant request a distribution of the Vested portion of
            his or her Individual Account over a period not to exceed the life
            expectancy of the Participant or the joint and last survivor life
            expectancy of the Participant and his or her designated
            Beneficiary, subject to Section 5.02(C) of the Plan (select one)?
            OPTION 1:  Yes.

      3.    ANNUITY CONTRACTS
            May a Participant apply the Vested portion of his or her Individual
<PAGE>
            Account toward the purchase of an annuity contract, subject to
            Section 5.02(C) of the Plan (select one)?
            OPTION 1:  Yes.

      4.    INVOLUNTARY CASHOUTS
            An Eligible Rollover Distribution that exceeds $1,000 but does not
            exceed $5,000 will be paid in the following manner pursuant to
            Sections 5.02 and 5.04 of the Plan (select one):
            OPTION 1:  a single sum.

                                                                   Page 8 of 11

PART C. RETIREMENT EQUITY ACT SAFE HARBOR
      Will the safe harbor provisions of Section 5.13 (E) of die Plan apply
      (select one)?
      OPTION 2:  No.
      SURVIVOR ANNUITY PERCENTAGE (Complete only if Option 2 is selected.)
      The survivor annuity portion of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity
      shall be a percentage equal to 50 percent (at least 50 percent but no
      more than 100 percent) of the amount paid to the Participant prior to his
      or her death.

                           SECTION SIX:  DEFINITIONS
                          Complete Parts A through O

PART A. PLAN YEAR MEANS
      OPTION 2:  The calendar year.

PART B. LIMITATION YEAR MEANS
      OPTION 1:  The Plan Year.

PART C. HOURS OF SERVICE EQUIVALENCIES
      Service will be determined on the basis of (select one):
      OPTION 5: Months worked. An Employee will be credited with 190 Hours of
                Service if under the definition of Hours of Service such
                Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service
                during the month.

PART D. ELAPSED TIME METHOD
      In lieu of tracking Hours of Service of Employees, will the elapsed time
      method described under the definition of Hours of Service be used (select
      one)?
      OPTION 1:  No.

PART E. GENERAL DEFINITION OF COMPENSATION
      Compensation will mean all of each Participant's (select one):
      OPTION 1:  W-2 wages.

PART F. DETERMINATION PERIOD
      Compensation shall be determined over the following applicable period
      (select one):
      OPTION 1:  The Plan Year.

PART G. ELECTIVE DEFERRALS AND COMPENSATION
      Compensation shall include Employer Contributions made pursuant to a
      salary reduction agreement which are not includible in the gross income
<PAGE>
      of the Employee under Sections 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B)
      and 403(b) of the Code (select one):
      OPTION 1:  Yes.

PART H. PRE-ENTRY DATE COMPENSATION
      Unless a different definition of Compensation is required by either the
      Code or ERISA, for the Plan Year in which an Employee enters the Plan,
      the Employee's Compensation which shall be taken into account for
      purposes of the Plan shall be (select one):
      OPTION 1: The Employee's Compensation only from the Entry Date,
                applicable to the particular type of contribution, on which the
                Employee became a Participant in the Plan.

PART J. NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE
      The Normal Retirement Age under the Plan shall be (select and complete
      one):

                                                                   Page 9 of 11

      OPTION 1:  Age 62 (not to exceed 65 or such later age as may be allowed
      under Section 411(a)(8) of the Code).

PART K. EARLY RETIREMENT AGE
      The Early Retirement Age under the Plan shall be (select one):
      OPTION 1:  An Early Retirement Age is not applicable under the Plan.

PART L. VALUATION DATE
      The Plan Valuation Date shall be (select one):
      OPTION 1:  Daily.

PART M. HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE
      1.    TOP PAID GROUP ELECTION
            For purposes of determining who is a Highly Compensated Employee
            under the Plan, the top paid group election shall apply (select
            one).
            OPTION 2:  No.

      2.    CALENDAR YEAR DATA ELECTION:
            For purposes of determining who is a Highly Compensated Employee
            (other than a five percent owner) under the Plan, the calendar year
            data election shall apply (select one).
            OPTION 1:  Yes.

PART N. DISABILITY
      For purposes of this Plan, Disability shall mean (select one):
      OPTION 1: The inability to engage in any substantial, gainful activity by
                reason of any medically determinable physical or mental
                impairment that can be expected to result in death or which has
                lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of
                not less than 12 months.

PART O. ELIGIBILITY COMPUTATION PERIOD
      An Employee's Eligibility Computation Periods subsequent to his or her
      initial Eligibility Computation Period shall be (select one):
      OPTION 2: The Plan Year commencing with the Plan Year beginning during
                his or her initial Eligibility Computation Period.
<PAGE>
                         SECTION SEVEN: MISCELLANEOUS
                            Complete Parts A and B

PART A. PARTICIPANT DIRECTION
       Will Participants be responsible for directing the investment of their
       Plan assets pursuant to Section 7.22(B) of the Plan (select one)?
       OPTION 1:  Yes.

PART B. PERMISSIBLE INVESTMENTS
       The assets of the Plan shall be invested only in those investments
       described below (to be completed by the Prototype Sponsor):  Those
       investments made available to the Plan by the Prototype Sponsor and as
       selected by die Employer from time to time.

                     SECTION EIGHT: TRUSTEE AND CUSTODIAN
                    Complete Parts A and B (as applicable)

PART B. TRUSTEE (This Part B must generally be completed unless the Plan covers
        one or more Self-Employed Individuals or satisfies another exception
        under Section 403(b) of ERISA. Select one)
        OPTION 1:  Financial Organization as Trustee

                                                                  Page 10 of 11

      The Trustee of this Plan shall be a:  Directed Trustee
      NAME OF TRUSTEE:  Delaware Management Trust Company
      ADDRESS:  2005 Market Street, 5th Floor, Philadelphia, PA 19103
      TELEPHONE:  800-362-7500

                       SECTION NINE: EMPLOYER SIGNATURE
                    Important:  Please read before signing

PROTOTYPE SPONSOR
NAME OF PROTOTYPE SPONSOR:  Retirement Financial Services, Inc.
ADDRESS:  2005 Market Street 5th Floor, Philadelphia, PA 19103
TELEPHONE:  800-362-7500
   X  Check here if there is an attachment(s) that applies to this Plan (If the
box is checked, please describe the attachment(s) below.)
EGTRRA Model Amendment; Amendment #1 to the Peoples State Bank Profit Sharing
401(k) Plan

          SECTION TEN:  REMEDIAL AMENDMENT PERIOD PLAN ADMINISTRATION
  Complete Section 10 only if the Plan is being restated to comply with GUST

PART D. REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION
      1.    REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE. Effective the first day of the 1997 (enter
            year) Plan Year, the definition of Required Beginning Date with
            respect to this Plan was amended to (select one):
            OPTION 3: the later of the April I of the calendar year following
                     the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70
                     1/2 or retires except that distributions to a five-percent
                     owner must commence by the April I of the calendar year
                     following the calendar year in which the Participant
                     attains age 70 1/2.
<PAGE>
      2.    TRANSITION RULES. To facilitate the amendment to the definition of
            Required Beginning Date, one or more of the following options must
            be selected if Option 3, item 1, above was selected. Option 3,
            below, must be selected to the extent that there would have been an
            elimination of a preretirement age 70 1/2 distribution option for
            Employees older than those listed in item 1 above.
            OPTION 1: Any Participant who attained age 70 1/2 in years after
                      1995 was permitted to defer distributions until the
                      calendar year following the calendar year in which the
                      Participant retired.
            OPTION 2: Any Participant attaining age 70 1/2 in years prior to
                      1997 was permitted to stop distributions and recommence
                      by the April 1 of the calendar year following the year in
                      which the Participant retires. With respect to such
                      Participants, there is (select one):
                      SUBOPTION (A):a new annuity starting date upon
                               recommencement,
            OPTION 3: The preretirement age 70 1/2 distribution option was only
                      eliminated with respect to Employees who reached age
                      70 1/2 in or after a calendar year that begins after the
                      later of December 31, 1998, or the adoption date of this
                      amendment.

      3.    CALCULATIONS. For purposes of determining a Participant's required
            minimum distribution, in what calendar year did the Employer adopt
            the 2001 proposed regulations under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code?
            2001

PART E. ANNUAL ADDITIONS TESTING
      The 1.0 test described in Section 415(e) of the Code did not apply for
      Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2000. In addition, the Plan
      did not apply the rule requiring adjustment of the $30,000 annual
      additions limit to one-fourth of the defined benefit limit for Plan Years
      beginning on or after January 1, 1995.

                                                                  Page 11 of 11

PART F. FAMILY AGGREGATION
      The family aggregation rules with respect to coverage and
      nondiscrimination tests and allocations of Employer Contributions to the
      Plan did not apply for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1997.

PART G. COMPENSATION
      The definition of Compensation with respect to annual additions testing
      under Section 415 of the Code was amended to gross Compensation for Plan
      Years beginning on or after January 1, 1998.<PAGE>
     -----------------------------------------------------------------------

                          THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

                                     between

                                 ING GROEP N.V.,
                                    as Issuer

                                       and

                              THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
                                   as Trustee

                          Dated as of October 28, 2003

                      to the Subordinated Indenture between

                                 ING GROEP N.V.,
                                    as Issuer

                                       and

                              THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
                                   as Trustee

                            Dated as of July 18, 2002

      $500,000,000 principal amount of 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities

     -----------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            ARTICLE 1
                                           DEFINITIONS
<S>            <C>                                                                           <C>
SECTION 1.01.  Definitions of Terms.............................................................2

                                            ARTICLE 2
                  GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE 6.20% ING PERPETUAL DEBT
                                           SECURITIES

SECTION 2.01.  Designation and Principal Amount................................................13
SECTION 2.02.  Maturity........................................................................13
SECTION 2.03.  Form, Issuance, Registration and Exchange.......................................13
SECTION 2.04.  Payments........................................................................13
SECTION 2.05.  Mandatory Payment Events; Mandatory Partial Payment Events......................17

                                            ARTICLE 3
                     OPTIONAL REDEMPTION AND REDEMPTION UPON CERTAIN EVENTS

SECTION 3.01.  Optional Redemption.............................................................18
SECTION 3.02.  Optional Purchase...............................................................19

                                            ARTICLE 4
                           ALTERNATIVE INTEREST SATISFACTION MECHANISM

SECTION 4.01.  Conditions Precedent............................................................19
SECTION 4.02.  Notices of Exercise of Alternative Interest Satisfaction Mechanism..............19
SECTION 4.03.  Alternative Interest Satisfaction Mechanism.....................................20
SECTION 4.04.  Insufficient Payment Ordinary Shares............................................23
SECTION 4.05.  Market Disruption Event.........................................................24

                                            ARTICLE 5
                                            REMEDIES

SECTION 5.01.  Defaults; Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee.......25
</TABLE>

                                        2
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            ARTICLE 6
                                     COVENANTS OF THE ISSUER
<S>            <C>                                                                           <C>
SECTION 6.01.  Dividend Restrictions for Deferred Interest Payments............................26
SECTION 6.02.  Calculation Agent...............................................................27
SECTION 6.03.  Mandatory Interest Payments.....................................................27
SECTION 6.04.  Deferral of Certain Payments....................................................27
SECTION 6.05.  Sufficiency of Ordinary Shares..................................................27
SECTION 6.06.  Ranking.........................................................................28
SECTION 6.07.  Payment of Proceeds from Sale of Payment Ordinary Shares and Associated Cost
                 Ordinary Shares...............................................................28
SECTION 6.08.  Listing.........................................................................29
SECTION 6.09.  Calculation Agency Agreement....................................................29
SECTION 6.10.  Officer's Certificate on Deferral...............................................29
SECTION 6.11.  Officer's Certificate for Market Disruption Event...............................29

                                            ARTICLE 7
                                          SUBORDINATION

SECTION 7.01.  Agreement to Subordinate........................................................30
SECTION 7.02.  Section 1401 of the Subordinated Indenture......................................30

                                            ARTICLE 8
                           FORM OF 6.20% ING PERPETUAL DEBT SECURITIES

SECTION 8.01.  Form of 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities.....................................31

                                            ARTICLE 9
                      ORIGINAL ISSUE OF 6.20% ING PERPETUAL DEBT SECURITIES

SECTION 9.01.  Original Issue of 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities...........................31

                                           ARTICLE 10
                                           WINDING UP

SECTION 10.01.  Winding Up.....................................................................31

                                           ARTICLE 11
                                   SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

SECTION 11.01.  Satisfaction and Discharge.....................................................32
</TABLE>

                                        3
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           ARTICLE 12
                                          MISCELLANEOUS
<S>             <C>                                                                           <C>
SECTION 12.01.  Issuance of Definitive Securities..............................................32
SECTION 12.02.  Ratification of Subordinated Indenture; Third Supplemental Indenture Controls..33
SECTION 12.03.  Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals...........................................33
SECTION 12.04.  Governing Law..................................................................34
SECTION 12.05.  Severability...................................................................34
SECTION 12.06.  Counterparts...................................................................34

EXHIBIT A         Form of 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities.................................A-1
</TABLE>

                                        i
<PAGE>
      THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE dated as of October 28, 2003 (the "THIRD
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE") between ING Groep N.V., a company incorporated in The
Netherlands (the "COMPANY"), having its statutory seat in Amsterdam and its
principal office at Amstelveenseweg 500, 1081 KL Amsterdam, P.O. Box 810, 1000
AV Amsterdam, The Netherlands, and The Bank of New York, a New York banking
corporation having its Corporate Trust Office at 101 Barclay Street, New York,
New York, 10286, as trustee (the "TRUSTEE") to the Subordinated Indenture, dated
July 18, 2002, between the Company and the Trustee (the "SUBORDINATED
INDENTURE", and together with this Third Supplemental Indenture, the
"INDENTURE"). In addition, The Bank of New York, through its New York and London
branches, has agreed to act as Paying Agent hereunder.

      WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee executed and delivered the
Subordinated Indenture to provide for the future issuance of the Company's
Securities to be issued from time to time in one or more series as might be
determined by the Company under the Subordinated Indenture, in an unlimited
aggregate principal amount, which may be authenticated and delivered as provided
in the Subordinated Indenture;

      WHEREAS, Section 301 of the Subordinated Indenture permits the terms of
any series of Securities to be established pursuant to a Board Resolution or in
one or more indentures supplemental to the Subordinated Indenture;

      WHEREAS, the Company desires to issue a series of Securities, the terms of
which it deems appropriate to set out in this Third Supplemental Indenture;

      WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Subordinated Indenture, the Company
may issue Securities now and additional Securities of the same or different
series at later dates under the Subordinated Indenture, as established by the
Company, and the Company desires to initially issue $500,000,000 aggregate
principal amount of securities, entitled the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
(the "6.20% ING PERPETUAL DEBT SECURITIES"), the form and substance of such
6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities and the terms, provisions and conditions
thereof to be set forth as provided in the Subordinated Indenture as
supplemented by this Third Supplemental Indenture;

      WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 301 of the Subordinated Indenture, the
Company desires to appoint The Bank of New York, through its New York and London
branches, to act as Paying Agent with respect to the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt
Securities and ING Financial Markets LLC, as Calculation Agent with respect to
the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities;
<PAGE>
      WHEREAS, the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities shall be treated as a
separate series of Securities in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and
for all purposes under the Indenture; and

      WHEREAS, the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of
this Third Supplemental Indenture and requested that the Trustee execute and
deliver this Third Supplemental Indenture, and all requirements necessary to
make this Third Supplemental Indenture a valid and binding instrument in
accordance with its terms have been done.

      NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the purchase and acceptance of the
6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities by the Holders thereof, and for the purpose
of setting forth, as provided in the Indenture, the form and substance of the
6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities and the terms, provisions and conditions
thereof, the Company covenants and agrees with the Trustee and the Paying Agent
as follows:

                                    ARTICLE 1
                                   DEFINITIONS

      SECTION 1.01. Definitions of Terms. For all purposes of the Indenture,
except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

            (a) a term defined in the Subordinated Indenture and not otherwise
      defined herein has the same meaning when used in this Third Supplemental
      Indenture;

            (b) unless otherwise specified, a reference to a Section or Article
      is to a Section or Article of this Third Supplemental Indenture;

            (c) headings are for convenience of reference only and do not affect
      interpretation; and

            (d) the following terms have the meanings given to them in this
      Section 1.01(d) and shall have the meaning set forth below for purposes of
      this Third Supplemental Indenture and the Subordinated Indenture as it
      relates to the series of 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities created
      hereunder.

      "ACCRUED INTEREST PAYMENT" means Interest that shall continue to accrue
after an Interest Payment Date in respect of an Elective Deferral Interest
Payment,

                                        2
<PAGE>
the failure to make a payment when due on a date of redemption, certain Payments
which cannot be made due to insufficient Ordinary Shares to satisfy the
Alternative Interest Satisfaction Mechanism and failure to make a Payment more
than 14 days after its due date due to a Market Disruption Event.

      "ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS" has the meaning specified in Section 1006 of the
Subordinated Indenture.

      "ALTERNATIVE INTEREST SATISFACTION MECHANISM" has the meaning specified in
Section 4.03 hereof.

      "ASSETS" means the non-consolidated gross assets of the Company as shown
by the most recently published audited balance sheet of the Company, but
adjusted for contingencies and subsequent events and to such extent as the
directors, external auditors or, as the case may be, the liquidator may
determine to be appropriate.

      "ASSOCIATED COSTS" has the meaning assigned to such term in the
Calculation Agency Agreement.

      "ASSOCIATED COST ORDINARY SHARES" means Ordinary Shares issued by the
Company in accordance with Section 4.03(c)(iii) hereof.

      "BASE REDEMPTION PRICE" in respect of the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt
Securities means a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal
amount, together with any Outstanding Payments accrued to and including the date
fixed for redemption.

      "BUSINESS DAY" means a Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday that
is not a day on which banking institutions in The Netherlands or New York City
generally are authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to
close.

      "CALCULATION AGENCY AGREEMENT" means the calculation agency agreement,
dated as of October 28, 2003, between the Company and the Calculation Agent,
relating to the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities, as the same may be amended
from time to time.

      "CALCULATION AGENT" means ING Financial Markets LLC, as calculation agent
in relation to the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities, or its successor or
successors for the time being appointed under the Calculation Agency Agreement.

                                        3
<PAGE>
      "DEFERRAL INTEREST RATE" means an interest rate equal to the Fixed
Interest Rate.

      "DEFERRAL NOTICE" means a notice to the Trustee, the Holders, the Paying
Agent, if different than the Trustee, and the Calculation Agent that a Payment
will be deferred in accordance with the Indenture.

      "DEFERRED INTEREST PAYMENT" means any Elective Deferral Interest Payment,
or part thereof, which has not subsequently been satisfied, or any Required
Deferral Interest Payment, or part thereof, which has not subsequently been
either (i) satisfied, or (ii) deferred pursuant to Section 2.04(f) hereof.

      "DEFERRED INTEREST SATISFACTION DATE" means the earlier of

            (i) with respect to a Required Deferral Interest Payment, the
      Interest Payment Date following the 19th Business Day after the Required
      Deferral Condition fails to be met;

            (ii) the date on which the Company has resolved to satisfy a
      Deferred Interest Payment as set forth in a notice to the Trustee, the
      Holders, the Paying Agent, if different than the Trustee, and the
      Calculation Agent; or

            (iii) the date on which the Company is required to satisfy all
      Deferred Interest Payments due to the occurrence of a Mandatory Payment
      Event or a Mandatory Partial Payment Event.

      "DTC" means the Depository Trust Company.

      "ELECTIVE DEFERRAL INTEREST PAYMENT" means any Payment on the 6.20% ING
Perpetual Debt Securities that is deferred due to the circumstances set forth in
Section 2.04(f) hereof.

      "FIXED INTEREST RATE" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(b) hereof.

      "INDENTURE" has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Third
Supplemental Indenture.

      "6.20% ING PERPETUAL DEBT SECURITIES" has the meaning set forth in the
recitals of this Third Supplemental Indenture, and shall include, unless the
context otherwise requires, any further 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
which the Company is permitted to issue and which will form a single series with
the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities.

                                        4
<PAGE>
      "INTEREST" means interest payments on the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt
Securities as calculated in accordance with Sections 2.04(b) and (c) hereof and
shall, where appropriate, include Interest Amounts, Deferred Interest Payments
and Accrued Interest Payments.

      "INTEREST AMOUNT" means

            (i) in respect of an Interest Payment, the amount of Interest
      payable on a 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Security for the relevant Interest
      Period; and

            (ii) in the event of redemption due to a Tax Event or Regulatory
      Event, any Interest accrued from (and including) the preceding Interest
      Payment Date (or, if none, the Issue Date) to (but excluding) the due date
      for redemption, if not an Interest Payment Date, as calculated using the
      Interest Calculation Basis.

      "INTEREST CALCULATION BASIS" means the calculation of Interest on the
basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

      "INTEREST PAYMENT" means, in respect of an Interest Payment Date, the
aggregate Interest Amounts for the Interest Period ending on such Interest
Payment Date.

      "INTEREST PAYMENT DATE" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(d)
hereof.

      "INTEREST PERIOD" means the period commencing on (and including) the Issue
Date and ending on (but excluding) the first Interest Payment Date and each
successive period commencing on (and including) an Interest Payment Date and
ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

      "ISSUE DATE" means October 28, 2003.

      "JUNIOR GUARANTEE" means any guarantee, indemnity or other contractual
support arrangement entered into by the Company in respect of securities
(regardless of name or designation) issued by a Subsidiary or Undertaking and
ranking junior to the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities upon a liquidation of
the Company or in respect of distributions or payment of dividends or any other
payment thereon.

      "JUNIOR SECURITIES" means the Ordinary Shares or any other securities of
the Company that rank junior to the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities with

                                        5
<PAGE>
respect to distributions on a return of assets, upon a liquidation of the
Company or in respect of distributions, payments of dividends or any other
payment thereon.

      "LIABILITIES" means the non-consolidated gross liabilities of the Company
as shown by the most recently published audited balance sheet of the Company,
but adjusted for contingencies and for subsequent events and to such extent as
the Company's directors, external auditors or, as the case may be, liquidator
may determine.

      "MANDATORY PARTIAL PAYMENT" payable on any Interest Payment Date means a
payment in respect of each 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Security in an amount that
results in payment of a proportion of a full Interest Payment on the 6.20% ING
Perpetual Debt Security on such Interest Payment Date equal to the proportion of
a full dividend or full interest payment on the relevant Parity Securities
and/or payment on the relevant Parity Guarantee paid on the dividend or payment
date in respect of the relevant Parity Securities and/or Parity Guarantee
immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.

      "MANDATORY PARTIAL PAYMENT EVENT" means the occurrence of any of the
following:

            (i) the Company declares, pays or distributes a dividend or makes a
      payment on any of its Parity Securities or Parity Guarantees; or

            (ii) any Subsidiary or Undertaking declares, pays or distributes a
      dividend on any security issued by it benefitting from a Parity Guarantee
      or makes a payment on any security issued by it benefitting from a Parity
      Guarantee.

      "MANDATORY PAYMENT EVENT" means the occurrence of any of the following:

            (i) the Company declares, pays or distributes a dividend or makes a
      payment (other than a dividend in the form of Ordinary Shares) on any of
      its Junior Securities or makes a payment on a Junior Guarantee;

            (ii) any Subsidiary or Undertaking declares, pays or distributes a
      dividend on any security issued by it benefitting from a Junior Guarantee
      or makes a payment (other than a dividend in the form of ordinary shares)
      on any security issued by it benefitting from a Junior Guarantee;

            (iii) the Company or any Subsidiary or Undertaking redeems,
      purchases or otherwise acquires any of the Company's Junior Securities,

                                        6
<PAGE>
      any Parity Securities or any securities issued by any Subsidiary or
      Undertaking benefitting from a Junior Guarantee or Parity Guarantee, other
      than (1) by conversion into or in exchange for Ordinary Shares, (2) in
      connection with transactions effected by or for the account of customers
      of the Company or any Subsidiary or in connection with the distribution,
      trading or market-making activities in respect of those securities, (3) in
      connection with the satisfaction by the Company or any Subsidiary of its
      obligations under any employee benefit plans or similar arrangements with
      or for the benefit of employees, officers, directors or consultants, (4)
      as a result of a reclassification of the Company or any Subsidiary or the
      exchange or conversion of one class or series of capital stock for another
      class or series of capital stock, or (5) the purchase of the fractional
      interests in shares of the capital stock of the Company or of any
      Subsidiary pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of that
      capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged; or

            (iv) any moneys are paid to or made available for a sinking fund or
      for redemption of any Junior Securities, Parity Securities or any
      securities issued by any Subsidiary or Undertaking benefitting from a
      Junior Guarantee or Parity Guarantee.

      "MARKET DISRUPTION EVENT" means

            (i) the occurrence or existence of any suspension of or limitation
      imposed on trading by reason of movements in price exceeding limits
      permitted by Euronext Amsterdam N.V. or on settlement procedures for
      transactions in the Ordinary Shares on Euronext Amsterdam N.V. if, in any
      such case, that suspension or limitation is, in the determination of the
      Calculation Agent, material in the context of the sale of the Ordinary
      Shares;

            (ii) in the Company's opinion, there has been a substantial
      deterioration in the price and/or value of the Ordinary Shares, or
      circumstances are such as to prevent or, to a material extent, restrict
      the issue or delivery of the Payment Ordinary Shares; or

            (iii) where, pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, moneys are
      required to be converted from one currency into another currency in
      respect of any Payment, but the occurrence of any event that makes it
      impracticable to effect such conversion.

      "NOTIONAL PREFERENCE SHARES" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01
hereof.

                                        7
<PAGE>
      "ORDINARY SHARES" means the Company's ordinary shares or bearer depository
receipts issued in respect of such ordinary shares as the context may require.

      "OUTSTANDING PAYMENT" means:

            (i) in relation to any Interest Payment, Deferred Interest Payment
      or Interest Amount not falling within the definition of Interest Payment,
      that such payment (a) has either become due and payable or would have
      become due and payable except for the non-satisfaction on the relevant
      date due to a Solvency Condition not being satisfied or the deferral,
      postponement or suspension of such payment, due to a Required Deferral
      Condition, an Elective Deferral Interest Payment, insufficient Ordinary
      Shares available to satisfy the Alternative Interest Satisfaction
      Mechanism, or failure to make a payment more than 14 days after its due
      date due to a Market Disruption Event, and (b) in any such case has not
      been satisfied; and

            (ii) in relation to any Accrued Interest Payment, any amount thereof
      which has not been satisfied whether or not payment has become due.

      "PARITY GUARANTEE" means any guarantee, indemnity or other contractual
support arrangements of the Company of securities of any Subsidiary or
Undertaking, under which the holder of such securities as the party who has the
benefit of any such guarantee, indemnity or other contractual support agreement
is entitled, effectively from a financial point of view, to distributions on a
return of assets or on a liquidation, moratorium of payments or bankruptcy of
the Company or to distributions or payments of dividends and/or any other
amounts thereunder by the Company, to the same extent as the most senior class
of preference shares and which (a) are expressed to be similarly subordinated to
Senior Debt as, and accordingly rank pari passu with, the 6.20% ING Perpetual
Debt Securities as regards any such distribution or payment or (b) rank pari
passu as expressed by such 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities' own terms with
the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities.

      Parity Guarantee includes the Company's guarantees (collectively the
"TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES GUARANTEES") of the:

      -     7.70% Non-cumulative Guaranteed Trust Preferred Securities issued by
            ING Capital Funding Trust I;

                                        8
<PAGE>
      -     9.20% Non-cumulative Guaranteed Trust Preferred Securities issued by
            ING Capital Funding Trust II; and

      -     8.439% Non-cumulative Guaranteed Trust Preferred Securities issued
            by ING Capital Funding Trust III.

      "PARITY INTEREST PAYMENT" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.05(a)
hereof.

      "PARITY PERPETUAL SECURITIES" means the Company's 6.50% ING Perpetual
Securities issued on September 28, 2001, the Company's 7.05% ING Perpetual Debt
Securities issued on July 18, 2002, the Company's 7.20% ING Perpetual Debt
Securities issued on December 12, 2002 and the Company's Variable Rate ING
Perpetual Securities issued on June 20 2003.

      "PARITY SECURITIES" means

            (i) the most senior class of preference shares of the Company;

            (ii) any preference shares of the Company of similar rank as the
      most senior class of preference shares of the Company; or

            (iii) other securities of the Company, the holders of which have
      claims that rank, effectively from a financial point of view, pursuant to
      a Parity Guarantee or pursuant to the provisions of such securities, as
      the most senior class of preference shares of the Company, in each case as
      regards distributions on a return of assets or on a liquidation,
      moratorium of payments or bankruptcy of the Company or in respect of
      distributions or payments of dividends and/or any other amounts thereunder
      by the Company and which are expressed to be similarly subordinated to
      Senior Debt as, and accordingly rank pari passu with, the 6.20% ING
      Perpetual Debt Securities as regards any such distributions or payments.

      Parity Securities includes the Parity Perpetual Securities.

      "PAYING AGENT" means The Bank of New York as paying agent in relation to
the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities, or its successor or successors for the
time being appointed in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

      "PAYMENT" means any Interest Payment, Deferred Interest Payment, Accrued
Interest Payment or Interest Amount not falling within the definition of
Interest Payment.

                                        9
<PAGE>
      "PAYMENT DEFAULT" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a) hereof.

      "PAYMENT EVENT" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(b) hereof.

      "PAYMENT ORDINARY SHARES" means Ordinary Shares issued by the Company in
accordance with Section 4.03(c)(ii) hereof.

      "REGULAR RECORD DATE" means the January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1
preceding an Interest Payment Date (whether or not a Business Day).

      "REGULATORY EVENT" means any time after the Company becomes subject to
capital adequacy regulations, the relevant regulator makes a determination that
securities in the nature of the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities can no
longer qualify as Tier 1 capital (or instruments of a similar nature which
qualify as core capital) for purposes of such capital adequacy regulations.

      "RELEVANT DATE" means

            (i) in respect of any payment other than a Winding-Up Claim, the
      date on which such payment first becomes due and payable but, if the full
      amount of the monies payable on such date has not been received by the
      Trustee on or prior to such date, the "Relevant Date" means the date on
      which such monies shall have been so received and notice to that effect
      shall have been given to the Holders in accordance with Section 106 of the
      Subordinated Indenture; and

            (ii) in respect of a Winding-Up Claim, the date which is one day
      prior to the commencement of the winding up.

      "REQUIRED DEFERRAL CONDITION" means a determination by the Company that
the Solvency Conditions (i) are not satisfied on the Relevant Date, or (ii) will
not be satisfied as a result of making the relevant Payment.

      "REQUIRED DEFERRAL INTEREST PAYMENT" has the meaning set forth in Section
2.04(e) hereof.

      "SECURITIES" has the meaning set forth in the Subordinated Indenture.

      "SENIOR DEBT" means

            (i) all claims of unsubordinated creditors of the Company;

                                       10
<PAGE>
            (ii) all claims of creditors whose claims are, or are expressed to
      be, subordinated (whether only in the event of the insolvency of the
      Company or otherwise) only to the claims of unsubordinated creditors of
      the Company; and

            (iii) all claims of all other creditors of the Company except those
      whose claims are, or are expressed to rank, pari passu with, or junior to,
      the claims of the Holders.

      "SOLVENCY CONDITIONS" means

            (i) the Company is able to make payments on its Senior Debt as such
      payments become due; and

            (ii) the Company's Assets exceed the sum of its Liabilities
      (excluding Liabilities not considered Senior Debt).

      "SUBORDINATED INDENTURE" has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph
of this Third Supplemental Indenture.

      "TAX EVENT" means a determination by the Company that on the next Interest
Payment Date:

            (i) the Company would, for reasons outside its control, be unable to
      make the required payment on such date without being required to pay
      Additional Amounts and the Company cannot avoid such requirement or
      circumstance by taking such measures the Company, acting in good faith,
      deems appropriate;

            (ii) payments of amounts in respect of Interest on the 6.20% ING
      Perpetual Debt Securities (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where
      the payment of Interest is to be satisfied by the issue of Ordinary Shares
      pursuant to the Alternative Interest Satisfaction Mechanism), may be
      treated as "distributions" within the meaning of Section II of the
      Dividend Withholding Tax Act 1965 (Wet op de dividendbelasting 1965); or
      such other provision as may from time to time supersede or replace Section
      II of the Dividend Withholding Tax Act of 1965 for the purposes of such
      definition) and the Company cannot avoid such requirement or circumstance
      by taking such measures the Company, acting in good faith, deems
      appropriate; or

            (iii) there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Company will
      not obtain substantially full relief for the purposes of the corporation
      tax of

                                       11
<PAGE>
      The Netherlands for any payment of Interest (including, for the avoidance
      of doubt, where the payment of Interest is to be satisfied by the issue of
      Ordinary Shares pursuant to the Alternative Interest Satisfaction
      Mechanism), due to any proposed change or amendment to the laws of The
      Netherlands, or any proposed change in the application of official or
      generally published interpretation of such laws, or any interpretation or
      pronouncement by any relevant tax authority that provides for a position
      with respect to such laws or regulations that differs from the previously
      generally accepted position in relation to similar transactions or which
      differs from any specific written confirmation given by a tax authority in
      respect of the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities, where such change or
      amendment becomes, or would become, effective, or in the case of a change
      or proposed change in law if such change is enacted (or, in the case of a
      proposed change, is expected to be enacted) by an Act of Parliament or
      made by Statutory Instrument on or after October 17, 2003, and the Company
      cannot avoid this risk by taking such measures the Company, acting in good
      faith, deems appropriate.

      "TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES GUARANTEES" has the meaning given such term in
the definition of Parity Guarantee.

      "TRUSTEE" means the Person named as the "Trustee" in the first paragraph
of this instrument until a successor trustee shall have become such pursuant to
the applicable provisions of the Subordinated Indenture, and thereafter
"Trustee" shall mean the Person who is then the Trustee thereunder, and if at
any time there is more than one such Person, "Trustee" shall mean and include
each such Person.

      "UNDERTAKING" means a corporate body, partnership, limited partnership,
cooperative or an incorporated association carrying on a trade or business with
or without a view to profit in which the Company has direct or indirect
financial, commercial or contractual majority interest.

      "WINDING-UP CLAIM" means amounts in respect of principal or Payments in
respect of which a Solvency Condition is not satisfied on the date upon which
such principal or Payments would otherwise be due and payable by the Company in
connection with its liquidation (upon dissolution or otherwise) and on any
redemption of 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities.

                                       12
<PAGE>
                                    ARTICLE 2
          GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE 6.20% ING PERPETUAL DEBT
                                   SECURITIES

      SECTION 2.01. Designation and Principal Amount. The following series of
Securities are hereby authorized as the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities,
initially to be issued in the aggregate principal amount of $500,000,000.

      SECTION 2.02. Maturity. The 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities have no
maturity date.

      SECTION 2.03. Form, Issuance, Registration and Exchange. The 6.20% ING
Perpetual Debt Securities shall:

            (a) be issued as registered Securities in minimum denominations of
      $25.00 (or in any integral multiple thereof) in book-entry global form,
      and shall not be exchangeable for definitive securities except as provided
      in Section 305 of the Subordinated Indenture;

            (b) not be exchangeable at any time for bearer securities; and

            (c) be issued as global 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
      registered in the name of DTC or its nominee (initially the nominee will
      be Cede & Co.); provided, however, (i) such global securities may not be
      transferred except as a whole by DTC to a nominee or a successor of DTC,
      unless and until the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities are exchanged for
      definitive securities in the limited instances described in Section 12.01
      hereof; (ii) beneficial interests in global 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt
      Securities may be held through organizations that participate, directly or
      indirectly, in the DTC system; (iii) beneficial interests in the global
      6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities and all transfers relating to the
      global 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities will be reflected in the
      book-entry records of DTC; and (iv) so long as DTC, or its nominee, is the
      holder of a global 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Security, it will be
      considered the sole holder of the global 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Security
      for all purposes under the Indenture.

      SECTION 2.04. Payments.

      (a) Payment Method. (i) Any Payment on 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
which is payable, and is paid or duly provided for, on any Payment Date or on
any date on which the Company makes any Payment on the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt
Securities (including any payment of Additional Amounts in

                                       13
<PAGE>
accordance with Section 1006 of the Subordinated Indenture) shall be paid by the
Trustee to the Holder in whose name such 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities are
registered, by wire-transfer of same-day funds to the Holder or, at the option
of the Company, by check mailed to the address of the Holder as it appears in
the Company's Security Register. For so long as the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt
Securities are held in global form, all payments shall be made by wire-transfer
of same-day funds.

      (ii) All payments made with respect to the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt
      Securities will be subject to any fiscal or other laws and regulations
      applicable thereto in the place of payment. Except as expressly stated,
      such fiscal or other laws and regulations will not affect the Company's
      obligation to pay Additional Amounts.

      (b) Interest Rate. The 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities will bear
Interest from the Issue Date at a fixed rate per annum on their outstanding
principal amount equal to 6.20% (the "FIXED INTEREST RATE").

      (c) Interest Payment Dates. Subject to the provisions herein, Interest on
the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities (calculated in accordance with the
Interest Calculation Basis) will be payable from October 28, 2003 or from the
most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly pro
vided for, quarterly in arrears on January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15
in each year, commencing on January 15, 2004.

      (d) Accrued Interest Payments. The aggregate amount of any Accrued
Interest Payments on the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities will bear Interest
at the Fixed Interest Rate (to the extent permitted by applicable law) as if
such Accrued Interest Payments were considered part of principal and will become
payable as and when the Payment in respect of which such Interest has accrued
becomes payable. The amount of Interest which accrues (the "ADDITIONAL
INTEREST") in respect of any such Accrued Interest Payments shall be calculated
by the Trustee in consultation with the Company and shall be added, for purposes
only of the calculation of the amount of Additional Interest due on any Interest
Payment Date or Deferred Interest Satisfaction Date, as the case may be, to the
corresponding amount of Payments unpaid as at such Interest Payment Date or
Deferred Interest Satisfaction Date, as applicable, as if such amount would
itself constitute a Payment.

      When used with respect to any 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities,
"INTEREST PAYMENT DATE" means the date for payment of any Interest on such 6.20%
ING Perpetual Debt Securities, as determined by the Company and set forth in
this Third Supplemental Indenture and the form of 6.20% ING Perpetual

                                       14
<PAGE>
Debt Securities attached as Exhibit A hereto. If any Interest Payment Date would
otherwise fall on a day which is not a Business Day, it shall be postponed to
the next day that is a Business Day.

      (e) Required Deferral of Payments.

            (i) Other than in the case of a Mandatory Payment Event or a
      Mandatory Partial Payment Event, the Company is required to give a
      Deferral Notice in accordance with Section 2.04(h) hereof and to defer any
      payment where the Required Deferral Condition has occurred or is
      continuing on the 20th Business Day preceding the date on which such
      Payment would be due and payable and no Interest Payment shall be payable
      on such Interest Payment Date. When used with respect to any 6.20% ING
      Perpetual Debt Securities, "REQUIRED DEFERRAL INTEREST PAYMENT" means any
      Payment deferred in accordance with this Section 2.04(e).

            (ii) Interest will not accrue on any Required Deferral Interest
      Payment except under circumstances described under Section 4.03 hereof.

            (iii) Any Required Deferral Interest Payment, except in the case of
      a Mandatory Payment Event or a Mandatory Partial Payment Event, shall be
      satisfied on the relevant Deferred Interest Satisfaction Date if the
      Required Deferral Condition is no longer met as of the 20th Business Day
      preceding any subsequent Interest Payment Date and the Company (x) does
      not validly elect to defer such payment in accordance with Section
      2.04(f)(i) hereof; or (y) has not elected to pay such Deferred Interest
      Payment earlier in accordance with Section 2.04(f)(iii) hereof.

            (iv) At least 16 Business Days prior to the relevant Deferred
      Interest Satisfaction Date, the Company shall give notice to the Trustee
      of the Deferred Interest Satisfaction Date on which such Required Deferral
      Interest Payment will be satisfied. As soon as practicable after receiving
      such notice but within two business days, the Trustee shall provide notice
      to the Company of the amount of Accrued Interest Payments, (including any
      Additional Interest) if any, payable on such Deferred Interest
      Satisfaction Date.

            (v) At least 16 Business Days prior to such Deferred Interest
      Satisfaction Date, the Company shall provide a notice to the Paying Agent,
      the Calculation Agent and the Holders in accordance with Section 106 of
      the Subordinated Indenture (a) that the Company will satisfy such Required
      Deferral Interest Payment on the relevant Deferred Interest

                                       15
<PAGE>
      Satisfaction Date, (b) the amount of the Accrued Interest Payments
      (including Additional Interest), if any, payable on such Deferred Interest
      Satisfaction Date, as calculated by the Trustee and (c) the Special Record
      Date for such Deferred Interest Satisfaction Date.

      (f) Elective Deferral of Payments.

            (i) The Company may defer any Payment that is due and payable under
      the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities, other than in the case of a
      Mandatory Payment Event or a Mandatory Partial Payment Event, by giving a
      Deferral Notice to the Trustee, the Calculation Agent and the Holders in
      accordance with Section 2.04(h) hereof, including any Payment referred to
      in Section 2.04(e)(iii), 2.04(e)(iv), 2.04(e)(v) hereof (except as
      otherwise provided therein), and no Interest Payment shall be payable on
      such Interest Payment Date. When used with respect to any 6.20% ING
      Perpetual Debt Securities, "ELECTIVE DEFERRAL INTEREST PAYMENT" means any
      Payment deferred in accordance with this Section 2.04(f).

            (ii) Elective Deferral Interest Payments will accrue interest at the
      Deferral Interest Rate from, and including, the date on which (but for
      such deferral) the Deferred Interest Payment would otherwise have been due
      to be made to, but excluding, the relevant Deferred Interest Satisfaction
      Date.

            (iii) Except in the case of a Mandatory Payment Event or a Mandatory
      Partial Payment Event, the Company may satisfy any Elective Deferral
      Interest Payment at any time; provided, however, any such Payment shall be
      satisfied by delivering a notice in accordance with Section 4.03(c)(i)
      hereof not less than 16 Business Days prior to the relevant Deferred
      Interest Satisfaction Date informing of the Company's election to so
      satisfy such Payment and specifying the relevant Deferred Interest
      Satisfaction Date.

      (g) Conditions Precedent for any Payment.

            (i) Except in a bankruptcy, all payments on the 6.20% ING Perpetual
      Debt Securities will be conditional upon not triggering the Required
      Deferral Condition.

            (ii) Unless the Company obtains permission from its relevant
      regulator, it shall satisfy any Deferred Interest Payments only in
      accordance with the Alternative Interest Satisfaction Mechanism set forth
      in Article 4 below; provided, however, that the Company is not required to
      utilize the Alternative Interest Satisfaction Mechanism to satisfy any

                                       16
<PAGE>
      Mandatory Partial Payment payable on a Mandatory Partial Payment Date that
      coincides with the date on which a Deferred Interest Payment has become
      mandatorily due and payable in full.

      (h) Deferral Notice.

            (i) The Company shall give any Deferral Notice not less than 16
      Business Days prior to the date on which any Payment would, in the absence
      of deferral, be due and payable.

            (ii) The Company must give a Deferral Notice in the case of a
      Required Deferral Condition.

            (iii) Any Deferral Notice as to a Payment required to be paid
      pursuant to a Mandatory Payment Event or a Mandatory Partial Payment Event
      will have no force or effect.

      SECTION 2.05. Mandatory Payment Events; Mandatory Partial Payment Events.

      (a) Deferred Interest Payments. Upon the occurrence of a Mandatory Payment
Event or a Mandatory Partial Payment Event, all Deferred Interest Payments will
become mandatorily due and payable in full on the date of either such event,
notwithstanding any further Deferral Notice or an occurrence or continuance of a
Required Deferral Condition.

      (b) Satisfaction of Interest Payments following a Mandatory Payment Event.
The Interest Payments payable on the next four consecutive Interest Payment
Dates following a Mandatory Payment Event will be mandatorily due and payable in
full, notwithstanding any Deferral Notice as to such Interest Payments or the
occurrence or continuance of any Required Deferral Condition; provided, however,
that if the Mandatory Payment Event is (x) a payment on a Junior Security, a
Junior Guarantee or a security benefitting from a Junior Guarantee or relates to
the purchase or other acquisition of any Junior Security, Parity Security or a
security benefitting from a Junior Guarantee or a Parity Guarantee, and (y) such
payment is in respect of a semi-annual or quarterly payment or the security
purchased or acquired was payable semi-annually or quarterly, only the Interest
Payments payable on the next two Interest Payment Dates or the next Interest
Payment, respectively, shall be mandatorily due and payable notwithstanding any
Deferral Notice as to such Interest Payment or the occurrence or continuance of
any Required Deferral Condition. Such Mandatory Interest Payments may, at the
Company's election, be satisfied in accordance with the Alternative Interest
Satisfaction Mechanism.

                                       17

<PAGE>

      (c) Satisfaction of Interest Payments following a Mandatory Partial
Payment Event. Mandatory Partial Payments will be mandatorily due and payable,
on the next four consecutive Interest Payment Dates, following a Mandatory
Partial Payment Event, notwithstanding any Deferral Notice or occurrence of the
Required Deferral Condition; provided, however, that if such Mandatory Partial
Payment (x) is a payment on a Parity Security, a Parity Guarantee or a security
benefitting from a Parity Guarantee, and (y) such payment is in respect of a
semi-annual or quarterly payment, only Mandatory Partial Payments payable on the
next two consecutive Interest Payment Dates or the next Interest Payment Date,
respectively, shall be mandatorily due and payable notwithstanding any Deferral
Notice as to such Interest Payment or the occurrence or continuance of any
Required Deferral Condition. Such Mandatory Partial Payments may, at the
Company's election, be satisfied in accordance with the Alternative Interest
Satisfaction Mechanism.

                                    ARTICLE 3
             OPTIONAL REDEMPTION AND REDEMPTION UPON CERTAIN EVENTS

      SECTION 3.01. Optional Redemption. (a) Any redemption made in accordance
with this Article 3 shall be made in accordance with Sections 1101 through
Section 1108 of the Subordinated Indenture.

      (b) Upon giving not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice to the
Holders of 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities, and provided the Solvency
Conditions are satisfied at the time of such notice and at the time of
redemption, the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities may be redeemed in whole
(but not in part) at the Base Redemption Price, at the option of the Company and
without the consent of the Holders or the Trustee, as follows:

            (i) on January 15, 2009, and thereafter on any Interest Payment
      Date;

            (ii) upon the occurrence of a Tax Event, provided that the Company
      has already delivered to the Trustee, in a form satisfactory to the
      Trustee, a written legal opinion of independent Dutch counsel of
      recognized standing, selected by the Company, confirming that such Tax
      Event has occurred; or

            (iii) upon the occurrence of a Regulatory Event.

      (c) Cancellation of any 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities redeemed by
the Company pursuant to this Indenture will be effectuated by reducing the

                                       18
<PAGE>
principal amount of the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities, and any 6.20% ING
Perpetual Debt Securities so cancelled will be discharged. Any 6.20% ING
Perpetual Debt Securities purchased by the Company may be held, reissued, resold
or, at the Company's option, cancelled. Such cancellation shall be effectuated
by decreasing in an equal amount the number of 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt
Securities represented by the global security.

      (d) In the event the Base Redemption Price in respect of any 6.20% ING
Perpetual Debt Securities is improperly withheld or refused and is not paid by
the Company, Interest on the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities will continue
to be payable and accrue in accordance with Section 2.04(d) hereof until the
date the Base Redemption Price is actually paid (the "DELAYED REDEMPTION PAYMENT
DATE"). Prior to the payment of any Base Redemption Price which previously has
been improperly withheld or refused, the Company shall inform the Trustee of the
proposed Delayed Redemption Payment Date and the Trustee shall, as soon as
practicable after receiving such notice, provide notice to the Company of the
amount of Accrued Interest Payments (together with Additional Interest) payable
in connection therewith. The Company shall then provide notice to the Paying
Agent, if different than the Trustee, and the Holders in accordance with Section
106 of the Subordinated Indenture of (i) the Delayed Redemption Payment Date,
(ii) the Special Record Date for the Delayed Redemption Payment Date and (iii)
the Accrued Interest Payments payable on such date, as calculated by the
Trustee.

      SECTION 3.02. Optional Purchase. The Company may at any time, subject to
satisfaction of the Solvency Conditions, purchase 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt
Securities on the open market in any manner and at any price.

                                    ARTICLE 4
                   ALTERNATIVE INTEREST SATISFACTION MECHANISM

      SECTION 4.01. Conditions Precedent. Subject to the provisions of Article 5
of this Third Supplemental Indenture and Article 5 of the Subordinated Indenture
and notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture to the contrary, the
Company's ability to use the Alternative Interest Satisfaction Mechanism to
satisfy its Payment obligations with respect to the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt
Securities is subject to Section 4.04 and Section 4.05 hereof.

      SECTION 4.02. Notices of Exercise of Alternative Interest Satisfaction
Mechanism. The Company shall give notice to the Trustee, the Paying Agent, if
different than the Trustee, the Calculation Agent and the Holders of the 6.20%
ING Perpetual Debt Securities in accordance with Sections 105 and 106, as

                                       19
<PAGE>
applicable, of the Subordinated Indenture and in accordance with the Calculation
Agency Agreement at least 16 Business Days prior to the relevant Interest
Payment Date or Deferred Interest Satisfaction Date, as applicable, of its
election pursuant to Section 2.04 hereof, to pay all or part of a Deferred
Interest Payment or to make any other Payment pursuant to the Alternative
Interest Satisfaction Mechanism, subject to Section 4.03(b) below.

      SECTION 4.03. Alternative Interest Satisfaction Mechanism.

      (a) Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, the Company
shall satisfy any Deferred Interest Payments in accordance with the Alternative
Interest Satisfaction Mechanism.

      (b) Subject to the satisfaction of the Solvency Conditions, the Company
may, at its option, satisfy any Payment in accordance with the Alternative
Interest Satisfaction Mechanism; provided, however, that at the time of such
election the Company shall have sufficient authorized Ordinary Shares to issue
such shares to satisfy such Payment in full.

      (c) Subject to and in accordance with the terms of the Calculation Agency
Agreement, under the "ALTERNATIVE INTEREST SATISFACTION MECHANISM":

            (i) the Company shall give notice to the Trustee, the Paying Agent,
      if different than the Trustee, the Calculation Agent and the Holders of
      the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities as provided in Section 4.02
      hereof;

            (ii) on or prior to the eleventh business day prior to the relevant
      Interest Payment Date or Deferred Interest Satisfaction Date, the
      Calculation Agent shall, pursuant to the Calculation Agency Agreement,
      calculate the number of Payment Ordinary Shares that have an aggregate
      market value (converted from euros into U.S. dollars) of not less than
      110% of the relevant Payment and shall notify the Trustee and the Company
      accordingly of such number of Payment Ordinary Shares to be issued;

            (iii) on or prior to the eleventh business day prior to the relevant
      Interest Payment Date or Deferred Interest Satisfaction Date, the
      Calculation Agent shall, pursuant to the Calculation Agency Agreement,
      calculate the number of Associated Cost Ordinary Shares required to be
      issued by the Company as, on sale, produce a net amount (converted, where
      necessary, into euros) of not less than the Associated Costs and shall
      notify the Trustee and the Company of such number of Associated Cost
      Ordinary Shares to be issued;

                                       20
<PAGE>
            (iv) by the close of business on or before the seventh business day
      prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date or Deferred Interest
      Satisfaction Date, the Company shall notify the Calculation Agent that it
      has a sufficient number of Ordinary Shares and corporate authorization to
      issue such number of Payment Ordinary Shares and Associated Cost Ordinary
      Shares as shall have been notified to the Trustee and the Company by the
      Calculation Agent in accordance with Sections 4.03(c)(ii) and 4.03(c)(iii)
      above;

            (v) the Calculation Agent will use reasonable efforts on normal
      market terms to procure purchasers for such Ordinary Shares as soon as
      reasonably practicable following receipt of the notice referred to in
      clause (iv) above, in accordance with the terms of the Calculation Agency
      Agreement, but no later than the fourth business day prior to the relevant
      Interest Payment Date or Deferred Interest Satisfaction Date;

            (vi) one business day prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date or
      Deferred Interest Satisfaction Date, the Company will issue or transfer
      such Payment Ordinary Shares and Associated Cost Ordinary Shares in the
      open market as instructed by the Calculation Agent, and will collect any
      sales proceeds;

            (vii) upon receipt of the sales proceeds, the Company shall
      immediately transfer the sales proceeds (or such amount of sales proceeds
      as is necessary to make the relevant Payment in full (after conversion
      from euros into U.S. dollars as necessary)) to the Trustee or its agent
      who shall convert any proceeds received in a currency other than U.S.
      dollars into U.S. dollars;

            (viii) the Trustee will apply the sales proceeds received from the
      Company (as converted, if applicable) on the day the relevant Payment is
      due, towards the Payment to be satisfied;

            (ix) if, following the procedures set forth in Sections 4.03(c)(i)
      to 4.03(c)(viii) above, there is a shortfall in the proceeds necessary to
      satisfy the relevant Payment that is due or to pay the Associated Costs,
      the Calculation Agent, pursuant to its obligations under the Calculation
      Agency Agreement, shall promptly notify the Trustee, the Paying Agent, if
      different than the Trustee, and the Company, and the Calculation Agent,
      the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Company shall then take such steps
      as are reasonably necessary to ensure, so far as practicable, that through
      issuing and selling additional Payment Ordinary Shares or Associated Cost
      Ordinary Shares in accordance with Sections 4.03(c)(i) to 4.03(c)(viii)

                                       21
<PAGE>
      above, proceeds from the additional sales together with the proceeds
      referred to in Section 4.03(c)(vi) above are at least equal to,
      respectively, the relevant Payment and any Associated Costs, such that the
      Payment and any Associated Costs may be satisfied in full on the relevant
      Interest Payment Date or Deferred Interest Satisfaction Date; provided
      that for such purpose, Sections 4.03(c)(i) to 4.03(c)(viii) above shall be
      modified as follows:

                  (A) references therein to "Payment" shall be deemed to be
            references to the amount by which the aggregate sum then paid to the
            Trustee by the Company in respect of the relevant Payment pursuant
            to the provisions of this Section 4.03 is less than the full amount
            due (the "PAYMENT SHORTFALL");

                  (B) references therein to "Associated Costs" shall be deemed
            to be references to the aggregate of (a) the amount by which the sum
            received by the Company in respect of Associated Costs is less than
            the Associated Costs and (b) the Associated Costs determined in
            accordance with the Calculation Agency Agreement but by reference to
            the numbers of additional Ordinary Shares required to be issued in
            order to satisfy the Shortfall (such aggregate being the "COSTS
            SHORTFALL"); and

                  (C) all matters required to be done by a stated time shall be
            done as soon as practicable.

            For the purposes of this Section 4.03(c)(ix), "SHORTFALL" means the
            aggregate of the Payment Shortfall and the Costs Shortfall;

            (x) if the aggregate amounts paid to the Paying Agent are less than
      the amount necessary to satisfy any Payment, after the Trustee receives
      any Shortfall amounts it will pay such amounts to the Paying Agent for
      payment to the Holders;

            (xi) if, despite these provisions, such a Shortfall still exists on
      the relevant Interest Payment Date or Deferred Interest Satisfaction Date,
      the Company may, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture,
      either pay an amount equal to such Shortfall as soon as practicable to the
      Trustee or continue to issue Payment Ordinary Shares or Associated Cost
      Ordinary Shares, as the case may be, until the Trustee has received funds
      equal to the full amount of such Shortfall. The Company shall be obligated
      to issue additional Ordinary Shares to cover any Shortfall unless it
      satisfies the Shortfall by making a direct payment to the Trustee; and

                                       22
<PAGE>
            (xii) if, pursuant to the Alternative Interest Satisfaction
      Mechanism, proceeds are raised in excess of the amount required to pay the
      applicable Payments plus the Associated Costs in connection with using the
      Alternative Interest Satisfaction Mechanism, any remaining proceeds shall
      be retained by the Company.

      SECTION 4.04. Insufficient Payment Ordinary Shares. (a) (i) If the Company
is to satisfy a Payment pursuant to the Alternative Interest Satisfaction
Mechanism and it does not, on the date when the number of Payment Ordinary
Shares required to be issued is determined, have a sufficient number of Ordinary
Shares available for issue, it shall notify the Trustee, the Calculation Agent
and the Holders that all or part, as the case may be, of the relevant Payment
cannot be satisfied due to an insufficient number of authorized Ordinary Shares.

            (ii) Upon the occurrence of the circumstances contemplated in
      Section 4.04(a)(i), the Payment or part thereof shall be satisfied
      following the date of the Company's next annual general meeting or
      extraordinary general meeting of its shareholders at which a resolution is
      passed authorizing a sufficient number of Ordinary Shares to be made
      available to satisfy all or such part of the relevant Payment.

            (iii) However, if the number of Ordinary Shares authorized to be
      issued at any such meeting contemplated in Section 4.04(a)(ii) above is
      insufficient to satisfy all or such part of the relevant Payment, then
      those Ordinary Shares so issued will be applied by the Company in partial
      satisfaction of all or such part of the Relevant Payment.

      (b) Following the passage of a resolution which authorizes the Company to
issue additional Ordinary Shares for this purpose:

            (i) the Company shall give notice to the Trustee at least 16
      Business Days prior to the date upon which the relevant Payment or, as the
      case may be, the part thereof is to be made and the Trustee shall provide
      notice to the Company and the Calculation Agent of the amount of the
      Accrued Interest Payments (together with Additional Interest), if any,
      payable in connection with such Payment; and

            (ii) the Company shall provide at least 16 Business Days notice in
      accordance with Section 106 of the Subordinated Indenture to the
      Calculation Agent and the Holders of the date upon which the relevant
      Payment or, as the case may be, the part thereof is to be made, which
      notice shall include the amount of the Accrued Interest Payments (together
      with Additional Interest), if any, payable in connection with such
      Payment, as calculated by the Trustee.

                                       23
<PAGE>
      (c) The relevant Payment or, as the case may be, the part thereof which is
not so satisfied will, unless it is a Required Deferred Interest Payment and has
not been subsequently either satisfied or deferred pursuant to an Elective
Deferral Interest Payment, will continue to accrue Interest at the Deferral
Interest Rate from (and including) the date on which Payment would otherwise
have been due to (but excluding) the date on which such Payment or part thereof
is satisfied or, in the event of a Market Disruption Event, the date on which
such payment or part thereof, would, but for the occurrence of such Market
Disruption Event, have been satisfied (from which date Interest (if any) will
accrue on such Payment as provided below).

      (d) If the Company does not have a sufficient number of Ordinary Shares
and does not hold an annual general meeting within six months of giving the
notice set forth in Section 4.03(c)(i) above, at which a resolution to make a
sufficient number of Ordinary Shares available is proposed, the Trustee will by
notice require the Company to convene an extraordinary general meeting at which
such a resolution will be proposed on a date falling within 10 weeks of such
notice from the Trustee.

      (e) In the event that a resolution to make a sufficient number of Ordinary
Shares available is proposed at any such annual general meeting or extraordinary
general meeting is rejected, the resolution will be proposed at each general
annual meeting or any extraordinary general meeting thereafter until such time
as the resolution has been passed by the Company's shareholders.

      SECTION 4.05. Market Disruption Event. (a) If a Market Disruption Event
exists on or after the 15th Business Day preceding any date upon which a Payment
or part thereof is due to be made or satisfied pursuant to the Alternative
Interest Satisfaction Mechanism, the Company may give notice to the Trustee, the
Paying Agent, the Calculation Agent and the Holders as soon as possible after
the Market Disruption Event has arisen or occurred, whereupon the relevant
Payment will be deferred until such time as, in the opinion of the Company, the
Market Disruption Event no longer exists.

      (b) Any such deferred Payment or part thereof will be satisfied as soon as
practicable after the Market Disruption Event no longer exists. The Company
shall notify the Trustee of the date on which such deferred Payment or part
thereof will be satisfied and the Trustee shall provide notice to the Company
and the Calculation Agent of the amount of the Accrued Interest Payments
(together with Additional Interest), if any, payable in connection with such
deferred Payment. The Company shall then notify the Paying Agent, the
Calculation Agent and the Holders in accordance with Section 106 of the
Subordinated Indenture of the date on which such deferred Payment or part
thereof will be satisfied and the amount

                                       24
<PAGE>
of the Accrued Interest Payments (together with Additional Interest), if any,
payable in connection with such deferred Payment, as calculated by the Trustee.

      (c) Interest will not accrue on any deferred Payment or part thereof
during a Market Disruption Event; provided, however, that if the Company does
not make a relevant payment or part thereof for a period of 14 days or more
after its due date, even if the Market Disruption Event is continuing, such
deferred Payments or part thereof will accrue Interest from (and including) the
date on which the relevant Payment or part thereof was due to be made to (but
excluding) the date on which such Payment or part thereof is made. Any such
Interest shall accrue at the Fixed Interest Rate and shall be satisfied only in
accordance with the Alternative Interest Satisfaction Mechanism and as soon as
reasonably practicable after the relevant deferred Payment is made. No liability
shall attach to the Trustee or its agents if, as a result of a Market Disruption
Event or any other event outside the control of the Trustee or any such agent,
the Trustee or any such agent is unable to comply with its duties in connection
with any payment made pursuant to the Alternative Interest Satisfaction
Mechanism.

                                    ARTICLE 5
                                    REMEDIES

      SECTION 5.01. Defaults; Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for
Enforcement by Trustee.

      (a) "PAYMENT DEFAULT", wherever used herein with respect to the 6.20% ING
Perpetual Debt Securities, means solely the following event (regardless of the
reason for such Payment Default and whether it is voluntary, involuntary or is
effected by operation of law pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any
court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental
body):

      The Company fails to pay or set aside for payment the amount due to
satisfy any Payment on the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities when due, and
such failure continues for 14 days; provided, however, that if the Company fails
to make any Mandatory Interest Payment as a result of failure to satisfy the
Solvency Conditions, or due to a deferral of an Interest Payment as permitted
under the terms of this Indenture, that payment will constitute an Outstanding
Payment and will accumulate with any other Outstanding Payments until paid, but
will not constitute a Payment Default.

      (b) If a Payment Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue
all legal remedies available to it, including commencing a judicial proceeding
for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid or a bankruptcy

                                       25
<PAGE>
proceeding in The Netherlands (but not elsewhere) of the Company, but the
Trustee may not declare the principal amount of any outstanding 6.20% ING
Perpetual Debt Securities to be due and payable. If the Company fails to make
payment and the Solvency Conditions are not satisfied at the end of the 14-day
period set forth in Section 5.01(a) hereof, such failure does not constitute a
Payment Default but instead constitutes a "PAYMENT EVENT". On a Payment Event,
the Trustee may institute bankruptcy proceedings against the Company exclusively
in The Netherlands, but may not pursue any other legal remedy, including a
judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums due and unpaid.

      (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Holders of the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt
Securities have the absolute and unconditional right to institute suit for the
enforcement of any payment when due and such right may not be impaired without
the consent of the Holder as provided in Section 508 of the Subordinated
Indenture. In addition, to the extent the Trustee is not permitted to pursue the
remedies provided for in clause 5.01(b) above as a matter of Dutch law, the
Holders of the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities may pursue such remedies in
accordance with the terms of the Subordinated Indenture.

      (d) Without prejudice to Section 5.04 and Section 5.05 of the Subordinated
Indenture, the Trustee is and shall be fully authorized by each and any holder
of record of a 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Security to commence proceedings in The
Netherlands in accordance with Section 5.01(a) and 5.01(b) above, in the name
and on behalf of such holder, as if the Trustee were such holder of record, with
a view to having the Company declared bankrupt in The Netherlands.

      (e) The provisions of this Section 5.01 replace Sections 501, 502 and 503
of the Subordinated Indenture in their entirety which is hereby amended and
restated in its entirety by this Section 5.01.

                                    ARTICLE 6
                             COVENANTS OF THE ISSUER

      SECTION 6.01. Dividend Restrictions for Deferred Interest Payments. From
the date the Company delivers a Deferral Notice until any Deferred Interest
Payment is paid in full on the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities, the Company
agrees that it will not recommend to its shareholders, and to the fullest extent
permitted by applicable law will otherwise act to prevent, any action that would
constitute a Mandatory Payment Event or Mandatory Partial Payment Event.

                                       26
<PAGE>
      SECTION 6.02. Calculation Agent. (a) For so long as any 6.20% ING
Perpetual Debt Securities remain outstanding, there shall at all times be a
Calculation Agent hereunder. The current Calculation Agent is set forth in
Article 1 hereof. If the Calculation Agent is unable or unwilling to act as
such, or if it fails to make a determination, calculation or otherwise fails to
perform its duties under the Indenture or the Calculation Agency Agreement, the
Company shall appoint an independent investment bank acceptable to the Trustee
to act as such in its place. Neither the termination of the appointment of the
Calculation Agent nor the resignation of the Calculation Agent will be effective
without a successor having been appointed.

      (b) All calculations and determinations made by the Calculation Agent with
respect to the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities (absent manifest error) are
final and binding on the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Holders.

      (c) Neither the Company nor the Trustee have any responsibility to anyone
for any errors or omissions in any calculation by the Calculation Agent.

      SECTION 6.03. Mandatory Interest Payments. Subject to satisfaction of the
Solvency Conditions, the Company agrees that it will not defer any Payment on
the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities on the Interest Payment Date falling on
a Mandatory Interest Payment Date.

      SECTION 6.04. Deferral of Certain Payments. The Company agrees that if
Payments stated to be payable on any date have not been made on the Company's
preference shares or any other Parity Securities, then it will defer Payments on
the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities payable on such date, unless a Mandatory
Interest Payment is due.

      SECTION 6.05. Sufficiency of Ordinary Shares.

      (a) The Company represents and warrants that at the date of this Third
Supplemental Indenture, the Company has a sufficient number of authorized but
unissued Ordinary Shares necessary, and, subject to the approval of the
Company's Supervisory Board, the Company's Executive Board has the necessary
authority to make, during the next 12-month period, (i) the Interest Payments
required to be made on the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities and (ii) the
interest payments required to be made on the Parity Perpetual Securities (each,
a "PARITY INTEREST PAYMENT"), assuming the Alternative Interest Satisfaction
Mechanism or, in the case of the Parity Perpetual Securities, any similar
mechanism by which Parity Interest Payments may be satisfied pursuant to a sale
of the Company's Ordinary Shares, is used for each Interest Payment and Parity
Interest Payment during such 12-month period.

                                       27
<PAGE>
      (b) The Company agrees to keep available for issue a sufficient number of
authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares as it reasonably considers would be
required to be issued as Payment Ordinary Shares in connection with the next
four Interest Payments. Should the Company fail to comply with this condition,
no damages shall be payable in connection with such failure. The Trustee may
require that the Company, as soon as practicable, hold an extraordinary general
meeting of its shareholders at which a resolution will be passed to remedy such
failure as provided in Section 4.04(d) hereof.

      (c) The Trustee is not obligated to monitor whether the Company has a
sufficient number of unissued Ordinary Shares available for issuance as Payment
Ordinary Shares and the Trustee is entitled to assume, unless it has actual
knowledge to the contrary, that the Company is complying with its obligations to
do so.

      SECTION 6.06. Ranking. The Company agrees that, for so long as any 6.20%
ING Perpetual Debt Securities remain outstanding, it will not issue any
preference shares (or other securities which are akin to preference shares as
regards distributions on a return of Assets or upon a liquidation, moratorium of
payments or bankruptcy of the Company or in respect of distributions or payments
of dividends and/or any other amounts thereunder by the Company) or give any
guarantee or contractual support arrangement in respect of any of its preference
shares or such other securities or in respect of any other entity if such
preference shares, preferred securities, guarantees or contractual support
arrangements would rank (as regards distributions on a return of Assets or on a
liquidation, moratorium of payments or bankruptcy of the Company or in respect
of distributions of payments of dividends and/or any other amounts thereunder by
the Company) senior to the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities, unless the
Company amends the terms of the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities such that
the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities rank pari passu effectively from a
financial point of view with any such preference shares, such other securities
akin to preference shares or such guarantee or support undertaking.

      SECTION 6.07. Payment of Proceeds from Sale of Payment Ordinary Shares and
Associated Cost Ordinary Shares. The Company agrees that immediately on receipt
of the proceeds of the sale of Payment Ordinary Shares or Associated Cost
Ordinary Shares in connection with the Alternative Interest Satisfaction
Mechanism, it shall (a) pay proceeds from the sale of Payment Ordinary Shares to
the Trustee (or any Paying Agent), either in Euros or converted into U.S.
dollars, in such amount as shall enable the Trustee to make the relevant Payment
in full on the relevant Interest Payment Date or Deferred Interest Satisfaction
Date, and (b) pay proceeds from the sale of Associated Cost Ordinary Shares in
Payment of all Associated Costs.

                                       28
<PAGE>
      SECTION 6.08. Listing. The Company will use reasonable efforts to maintain
the listing of the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities on the stock exchange on
which they were listed on or about the Issue Date or, if it is unable to do so
having used such efforts or if the maintenance of any such listing is agreed by
the Trustee to be unduly burdensome, use all reasonable efforts to obtain and
maintain a quotation or listing of such 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities on
such other stock exchange or exchanges or securities market or markets as the
Company may (with the prior written approval of the Trustee) decide so that the
6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities are listed on at least one stock exchange or
securities market. The Company will also use its best efforts to furnish to any
stock exchange(s) or securities market(s) such information as such stock
exchange(s) or securities market(s) may require to be furnished in accordance
with its requirements.

      SECTION 6.09. Calculation Agency Agreement. The Company shall comply with
and perform all its obligations under the Calculation Agency Agreement and use
its reasonable efforts to procure that the Calculation Agent complies with and
performs all of its respective obligations under the Calculation Agency
Agreement and not make any amendment or modification to such agreement without
the prior written approval of the Trustee.

      SECTION 6.10. Officer's Certificate on Deferral. If the Company elects or
is obliged to defer any Payment in accordance with Section 2.04 hereof, it shall
deliver to the Trustee, no later than the sixteenth business day prior to the
relevant Interest Payment Date, an Officer's Certificate, certifying that the
Required Deferral Condition was met on the 20th Business Day prior to the
relevant Interest Payment Date and if the Company shall elect to satisfy a
Deferred Interest Payment on an earlier date than the Interest Payment Date
following that on which the Required Deferral Condition fails to be met, deliver
to the Trustee not later than the sixteenth Business Day prior to making such
payment an Officer's Certificate certifying that the Required Deferral Condition
was no longer, on a date no more than 16 Business Days prior to the delivery of
such certificate, met.

      SECTION 6.11. Officer's Certificate for Market Disruption Event. If, in
the opinion of the Company, there exists a Market Disruption Event as a
consequence of which a Payment may be deferred under Section 4.05 hereof, it
shall deliver to the Trustee within two Business Days of such Market Disruption
Event having arisen or the Company having become aware of the same, an Officer's
Certificate specifying the details of such Market Disruption Event.

                                       29
<PAGE>
                                    ARTICLE 7
                                  SUBORDINATION

      SECTION 7.01. Agreement to Subordinate. (a) The Company covenants and
agrees, and each Holder of 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities issued hereunder,
by such Holder's acceptance thereof, likewise covenants and agrees, that the
6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities issued hereunder (i)(A) shall rank pari
passu with respect to each other, (B) shall be similarly subordinated as, and
accordingly rank pari passu with, the Trust Preferred Securities Guarantees and
(C) shall rank pari passu with other Parity Guarantees, the Parity Perpetual
Securities and other debt obligations expressed to be similarly subordinated as
and, accordingly, ranking pari passu with, the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt
Securities, such other Parity Guarantees and the Parity Perpetual Securities,
and (ii) are and will be subordinated ("achtergesteld"), and accordingly be
subject in right of payment to prior payment in full upon liquidation,
moratorium of payments or bankruptcy of the Company, of all Senior Debt.

      (b) The Company further covenants and agrees, and each Holder of 6.20% ING
Perpetual Debt Securities issued hereunder, by such Holder's acceptance thereof,
likewise covenants and agrees, that the rights regarding payments and the
issuance of Ordinary Shares in accordance with the Alternative Interest
Satisfaction Mechanism will be subject to the Solvency Conditions. In the event
of liquidation, moratorium of payments or bankruptcy of the Company, the
Payments payable on the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities shall be an amount
equal to the lesser of (i) the aggregate amount of Payments pursuant to the
terms and conditions of the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities without giving
effect to this Section 7.01(b) and (ii) an amount equal to (A) the remaining
assets of the Company after satisfaction of all claims which, as a matter of
law, are prior to those of holders of 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities or any
Parity Security, Parity Guarantee or any similarly subordinated debt multiplied
by (B) a fraction, (x) the numerator of which is the aggregate amount of
Payments due on the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities pursuant to the terms
and conditions thereof without giving effect to this Section 7.01(b) and (y) the
denominator of which is the sum (without duplication) of the aggregate amount of
all claims under the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities, the aggregate
liquidation preference of, and aggregate amount of all claims under, any
outstanding Parity Securities and Parity Guarantees and similarly subordinated
debt obligations with a formula or arrangement substantially similar to this
Section 7.01(b), without application of this Section 7.01(b) and the
corresponding similar formula or arrangement.

      SECTION 7.02. Section 1401 of the Subordinated Indenture. The provisions
of Section 7.01 hereof replace in their entirety Section 1401 of the
Subordinated Indenture which is hereby amended and restated in its entirety by
Section 7.01 hereof. In addition Section 1402 through Section 1414 of Article

                                       30
<PAGE>
Fourteen of the Subordinated Indenture is hereby amended by replacing the term
"Senior Debt" as used in such sections with the term "Senior Debt" as defined in
this Third Supplemental Indenture.

                                    ARTICLE 8
                   FORM OF 6.20% ING PERPETUAL DEBT SECURITIES

      SECTION 8.01. Form of 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities. The 6.20% ING
Perpetual Debt Securities shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A
hereto. Exhibit A hereto is hereby incorporated into and expressly made a part
of this Third Supplemental Indenture.

                                    ARTICLE 9
              ORIGINAL ISSUE OF 6.20% ING PERPETUAL DEBT SECURITIES

      SECTION 9.01. Original Issue of 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities. 6.20%
ING Perpetual Debt Securities in the initial aggregate principal amount of
$500,000,000 may, upon execution of this Third Supplemental Indenture, be
executed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee for authentication, and the
Trustee shall thereupon authenticate and deliver such 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt
Securities to or upon the written order of the Company, in accordance with
Section 303 of the Subordinated Indenture.

      There is no limit on the amount of 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
which may be issued subsequent to this Third Supplemental Indenture.

                                   ARTICLE 10
                                   WINDING UP

      SECTION 10.01. Winding Up. If any action causes the Company's liquidation
(except solely for the purpose of the Company's reconstruction, amalgamation or
the substitution of a successor in business for the Company, the terms of which
have previously been approved in writing by the Trustee or by not less than a
majority of the Holders) the Company will pay with respect to each 6.20% ING
Perpetual Debt Security (in lieu of any other payment) an amount that would have
been payable in respect of the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities if, on and
after the day immediately before the winding up began, any Holder of

                                       31
<PAGE>
those 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities had been the holder of the Company's
most senior class of preference shares (the "NOTIONAL PREFERENCE SHARES") which
have a preferential right to a return of Assets upon liquidation over and so
rank ahead of the holders of all other classes of the Company's issued shares
for the time being in the Company's capital, but ranking junior to Senior Debt
claims. Any such payment shall be made on the assumption that the amount that
such Holder was entitled to receive in respect of each Notional Preference Share
on a return of Assets upon such liquidation was an amount equal to the principal
amount of $25.00 of the relevant 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Security and any other
Outstanding Payments together with, and to the extent not otherwise included
within the foregoing, the pro rata share of any Winding-Up Claims attributable
to the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Security.

                                   ARTICLE 11
                           SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

      SECTION 11.01. Satisfaction and Discharge. The Company covenants and
agrees, and each Holder of 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities issued hereunder,
by such Holder's acceptance thereof, likewise covenants and agrees, that all
6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities shall be issued as Securities subject to the
provisions of Article 4 of the Subordinated Indenture.

                                   ARTICLE 12
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

      SECTION 12.01. Issuance of Definitive Securities. (a) So long as DTC holds
the global 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities, the global securities will not
be exchangeable for definitive securities unless: (i) DTC notifies the Trustee
that it is unwilling or unable to continue to hold the book-entry 6.20% ING
Perpetual Debt Securities or DTC ceases to be a clearing agency registered under
the Exchange Act and the Trustee does not appoint a successor to DTC which is
registered under the Exchange Act within 120 days; (ii) a Payment Default has
occurred and is continuing; (iii) a Payment Event has occurred; (iv) in the
event of the Company's winding up it fails to make a payment on the 6.20% ING
Perpetual Debt Securities when due; or (v) at any time following a determination
by the Company in its sole discretion that the global securities of a particular
series should be exchanged for definitive debt securities of that series in
registered form.

      (b) Each person having an ownership or other interest in 6.20% ING
Perpetual Debt Securities must rely exclusively on the rules and procedures of
DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, as the case may be, or any other

                                       32
<PAGE>
securities intermediary through which that person holds its interest to receive
or direct the delivery of possession of any definitive security.

      (c) Any definitive securities will be issued in registered form only in
denominations of $25.00 and any integral multiples thereof and shall be
substantially in the form of the global security included as Exhibit A hereto
with such insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as
appropriate for definitive securities as evidenced by the execution of such
securities. To the extent permitted by law, the Company and the Trustee are
entitled to treat the person in whose name any definitive security is registered
as its absolute owner.

      (d) Payments in respect of each series of definitive securities will be
made to the person in whose name the definitive securities are registered as it
appears in the register for that series. Payments will be made in respect of the
6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities by check drawn on a bank in New York or, if
the Holder requests, by transfer to the Holder's account in New York. Definitive
securities must be presented to the Paying Agent for redemption.

      (e) If the Company issues definitive securities in exchange for global
6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities, DTC, as holder of the global 6.20% ING
Perpetual Debt Securities, will surrender it against receipt of the definitive
securities, cancel the book-entry securities of that series and distribute the
definitive securities of that series to the person in the amounts that DTC
specifies.

      (f) If definitive securities are issued in the limited circumstances as
set forth above, such securities may be transferred in whole or in part in
denominations of any whole number of securities upon surrender of the definitive
securities certificates together with the form of transfer endorsed on it, duly
completed and executed at the specified office of the trustee. If only part of a
securities certificate is transferred, a new securities certificate representing
the balance not transferred will be issued to the transferor.

      SECTION 12.02. Ratification of Subordinated Indenture; Third Supplemental
Indenture Controls. The Subordinated Indenture, as supplemented by this Third
Supplemental Indenture, is in all respects ratified and confirmed. This Third
Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed part of the Subordinated Indenture in the
manner and to the extent herein and therein provided. The provisions of this
Third Supplemental Indenture shall supersede the provisions of the Subordinated
Indenture to the extent the Subordinated Indenture is inconsistent herewith.

      SECTION 12.03. Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals. The recitals herein
contained are made by the Company and not by the Trustee, and the Trustee
assumes no responsibility for the accuracy thereof. The Trustee makes no

                                       33
<PAGE>
representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Third Supplemental
Indenture or the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities. The Trustee shall not be
accountable for the use or application by the Company of the 6.20% ING Perpetual
Debt Securities or the proceeds thereof.

      SECTION 12.04. Governing Law. This Third Supplemental Indenture and each
6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Security shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of New York, except for Article 7, which
shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of The
Netherlands.

      SECTION 12.05. Severability. If any provision in the Subordinated
Indenture, this Third Supplemental Indenture or in the 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt
Securities is determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity,
legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be
affected or impaired thereby.

      SECTION 12.06. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of
this Third Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but
all of them together represent the same agreement. Any signed copy shall be
sufficient proof of this Third Supplemental Indenture.

                                       34
<PAGE>
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Third Supplemental
Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

                                    ING GROEP N.V.
                                         as Issuer

                                    By:
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Name:
                                       Title:

                                    By:
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Name:
                                       Title:

                                    THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee and
                                         Paying Agent

                                    By:
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Name:
                                       Title:

<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                   FORM OF 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities

                                      A-1
<PAGE>
THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE
HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A
NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A
SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE
REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN SUCH DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE
THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

The rights of the Holders of the Securities are, to the extent and in the manner
set forth in Section 1401 of the Subordinated Indenture and Article 7 of the
Third Supplemental Indenture, subordinated to Senior Debt, and this Security is
issued subject to the provisions of Article 14 of the Subordinated Indenture and
Article 7 of the Third Supplemental Indenture, and the Holder of this Security,
by accepting the same, agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions. The
terms of this paragraph are governed by, and shall be construed in accordance
with, the laws of The Netherlands.

                                 ING Groep N.V.

             6.20% ING PERPETUAL DEBT SECURITIES (THE "SECURITIES")

No. 1
CUSIP No.:  456837 40 0                                             $500,000,000
ISIN No.:  US4568374007
COMMON CODE:  017924826

      ING Groep N.V., a holding company duly organized and existing under the
laws of The Netherlands, having its corporate seat in Amsterdam, The Netherlands
(herein called the "Company", which term includes any successor Person under the
Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay
to CEDE & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum of Five Hundred Million
Dollars ($500,000,000) (but only at such times as set forth in the Indenture
with respect to Optional Redemption and Redemption Upon Certain Events in
Article 3 of the Third Supplemental Indenture) and to pay interest thereon from
October 28, 2003 or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest
has been paid or duly provided for, quarterly in arrears on January 15, April
15, July 15 and October 15 in each year, commencing on January 15, 2004, and at
such other times as are set forth in the Indenture at the rate of 6.20% per
annum, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment. The
interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest
Payment Date will, as provided in such Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose
name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the
close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be
the January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as
the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. If interest is
required to be calculated for any period less than a year, it will be calculated
based on a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. If any Interest
Payment Date would otherwise fall on a day that is not a Business Day, it shall
be postponed to the next day which is a Business Day (without any interest or
other payment in respect of the delay).

      Subject to the immediately following paragraph, if applicable, any Payment
on this Security which is payable, and is paid or duly provided for, on any
Interest Payment Date or on any date on which the Company makes any Payment
(including any payment of Additional Amounts in accordance with Section 1006 of
the Subordinated Indenture) shall be paid in U.S. dollars to the registered
Holder, including through a Paying Agent by wire-transfer of same-day funds to
the
<PAGE>
Holder or, at the option of the Company, by check mailed to the address of the
Holder as it appears in the Company's Security Register. For so long as this
Security is held in global form, all payments shall be made in U.S. dollars by
wire-transfer of same-day funds.

      The Company shall under certain circumstances, and in accordance with the
Indenture, defer payments of interest on this Security. Any interest on this
Security which is not paid or duly provided for on any applicable Interest
Payment Date, together with any other payments in respect of this Security not
paid on any date on which such Payment has become due and payable or would have
become due and payable except that payment is not made as permitted by the
Indenture, so long as the same remains unpaid, shall constitute "Outstanding
Payments." Outstanding Payments will accumulate until paid. Outstanding Payments
on this Security, when paid, as provided subject to the conditions in the
Indenture, will be paid on the Deferred Interest Satisfaction Date to the Holder
in whose name this Security is registered at the close of business on a Special
Record Date for the Payment due on such Deferred Interest Satisfaction Date to
be fixed by the Trustee, notice of which shall be given to Holders of Securities
not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or be paid in any other
lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange
on which this Security may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by
such exchange, all as more fully provided in the Indenture.

      Outstanding Payments, other than Accrued Interest Payments, shall not bear
interest. Accrued Interest Payments will accrue interest at the Fixed Interest
Rate. The amount of interest so accrued in respect of any Accrued Interest
Payments will be satisfied as and when the Outstanding Payments are satisfied in
accordance herewith. The amount of additional interest payable with respect to
any Accrued Interest Payments will be calculated by the Trustee in accordance
with the provisions of the Indenture.

      Except in the case of a Mandatory Payment Event or a Mandatory Partial
Payment Event, the Company may satisfy any Elective Deferral Interest Payment at
any time on not less than 16 Business Days' notice to the Trustee, the
Calculation Agent and Holders in accordance with the Indenture, and any Required
Deferral Interest Payment shall be satisfied on the relevant Deferred Interest
Satisfaction Date, by giving not less than 16 Business Days' notice to the
Trustee, the Calculation Agent and Holders, if the Required Deferral Condition
is no longer met on the 20th Business Day preceding any subsequent Interest
Payment Date, provided that the Company has not previously paid such amount and
does not validly elect to defer such payment as an Elective Deferral Interest
Payment.

      Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Security set
forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes
have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

      Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the
Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Security
shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or
obligatory for any purpose.
<PAGE>
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly
executed.

                                                     ING Groep N.V.

                                                     By:
                                                         -----------------------
                                                            Name:
                                                            Title:

                                                     By:
                                                         -----------------------
                                                            Name:
                                                            Title:

Attest:

-----------------------
<PAGE>
This is one of the Securities of the series designated herein and referred to in
the Indenture.

Dated: October 28, 2003

                                                         The Bank of New York,
                                                                    As Trustee

                                                      By
                                                         -----------------------
                                                          Authorized Signatory
<PAGE>
                              [Reverse of Security]

      This Security is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the
Company (herein called the "Securities"), issued and to be issued in one or more
series under a Subordinated Debt Indenture, dated as of July 18, 2002 (herein
called the "Subordinated Indenture"), and a Third Supplemental Indenture, dated
as of October 28, 2003 (herein called the "Third Supplemental Indenture" and
together with the Subordinated Indenture, the "Indenture"), between the Company
and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (herein called the "Trustee", which term
includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), and reference is hereby
made to the Indenture for a statement of the terms of the Securities and the
respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of
the Company, the Trustee, the holders of Senior Debt and the Holders of the
Securities and of the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be,
authenticated and delivered. The Securities are subject to all such terms. This
Security is one of the series designated on the face hereof and there is no
limitation on the amount of Securities of such series which may be issued.

      Except in a bankruptcy, all payments on this Security will be conditional
upon not triggering the Required Deferral Condition. The "Required Deferral
Condition" will be met if the Company determines that the Solvency Conditions
(i) are not satisfied on the Relevant Date, or (ii) will not be satisfied
following the relevant Payment. The "Solvency Conditions" are satisfied where
(i) the Company is able to make payments on its Senior Debt as such payments
become due, and (ii) the Company's Assets exceed the sum of its Liabilities
(excluding Liabilities not considered Senior Debt). The amount payable in
respect of the principal of this Security will be determined in accordance with
the provisions of Article 14 of the Subordinated Indenture and Articles 7 and 10
of the Third Supplemental Indenture.

      The Securities will constitute direct, unsecured subordinated obligations
of the Company, subject to the Solvency Conditions, and the subordination
provisions described herein and in the Indenture, and will rank pari passu
without any preference among themselves.

      If the Company fails to pay or set aside for payment the amount due to
satisfy any Payment on the Securities when due and such failure continues for 14
days, it will constitute a "Payment Default" ( provided, however, that if the
Company fails to make any Mandatory Interest Payment as a result of failure to
satisfy the Solvency Conditions, or due to a deferral of an Interest Payment as
permitted under the terms of the Indenture, that payment will constitute an
Outstanding Payment and will accumulate with any other Outstanding Payments
until paid, but will not constitute a Payment Default). If any Payment Default
occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue all legal remedies available to
it, including commencing a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums
due and unpaid or a bankruptcy proceeding in The Netherlands (but not elsewhere)
of the Company, but the Trustee may not declare the principal amount of any
outstanding Securities to be due and payable. If the Company fails to make
payment when due, and such failure continues for 14 days, and the Solvency
Conditions are not satisfied at the end of such 14-day period, such failure does
not constitute a Payment Default but instead constitutes a "Payment Event." On a
Payment Event, the Trustee may institute bankruptcy proceedings exclusively in
The Netherlands, but may not pursue any other legal remedy, including a judicial
proceeding for the collection of the sums due and unpaid. To the extent the
Trustee is not permitted to pursue the remedies provided for herein as a matter
of Dutch law, the Holders of the Securities may pursue such remedies in
accordance with the terms of the Subordinated Indenture. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Holders of this Security have the absolute and unconditional right to
institute suit for the enforcement of any payment when
<PAGE>
due and such right may not be impaired without the consent of the Holder as
provided in Section 508 of the Subordinated Indenture.

      Payments under the Securities will be made without withholding or
deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, assessment or
governmental charge imposed by the government of The Netherlands upon or as a
result of such payments, or the government of a jurisdiction in which a
successor to the Company is organized (or any political subdivision or taxing
authority thereof or therein) (a "Relevant Jurisdiction") ("Taxes"), unless
required by law. To the extent any such Taxes are so levied or imposed, the
Company will, subject to the exceptions and limitations set forth in Section
1006 of the Indenture, pay such additional amounts ("Additional Amounts") to the
Holder of any Security who is not a resident of a Relevant Jurisdiction as may
be necessary in order that the net payment of the principal of and interest on
such Security and any other amounts payable on such Security, after withholding
for or on account of such Taxes imposed upon or as a result of such payment,
will not be less than the amount provided for in such Security to be then due
and payable.

      Except as provided below, the Securities are not redeemable at the option
of the Company prior to January 15, 2009.

      The Securities may be redeemed in whole (but not in part), at the option
of the Company and without the consent of the Holders or the Trustee, at a
redemption price equal to their aggregate principal amount, together with any
Outstanding Payments accrued to and including the date fixed for redemption,
subject to the Solvency Condition: (i) on January 15, 2009, or any Interest
Payment Date thereafter; (ii) upon the occurrence of a Tax Event, provided that
the Company has already delivered to the Trustee a written legal opinion in a
form satisfactory to the Trustee of independent Dutch counsel of recognized
standing, selected by the Company, confirming that a Tax Event has occurred; or
(iii) upon the occurrence of a Regulatory Event.

      The indebtedness evidenced by this Security is, to the extent provided in
the Indenture, subordinate and subject in right of payment to the prior payment
in full of all Senior Debt, and this Security is issued subject to the
provisions of the Indenture with respect thereto. Each Holder of this Security,
by accepting the same, (i) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions; (ii)
authorizes and directs the Trustee on his or her behalf to take such actions as
may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination so provided; and
(iii) appoints the Trustee his or her attorney-in-fact for any and all such
purposes. Each Holder hereof, by his or her acceptance hereof, waives all notice
of the acceptance of the subordination provisions contained herein and in the
Indenture by each holder of Senior Debt, whether now outstanding or hereafter
created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed, and waives reliance by each such
holder upon said provisions.

      References herein to principal, interest amounts, Accrued Interest
Payments, Payments or Outstanding Payments on the Securities shall be deemed
also to refer to any Additional Amounts which may be payable under the foregoing
provisions.

      The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the
amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the
Company and the rights of the Holders of the Securities of each series to be
affected under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the
consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities at
the time Outstanding of all series to be affected (considered together as one
class for
<PAGE>
this purpose). The Indenture also contains provisions (i) permitting the Holders
of a majority in principal amount of the Securities of each series at the time
outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all Securities of such series, to waive
compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and (ii)
permitting the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities at
the time outstanding of any series to be affected under the Indenture (with each
such series considered separately for this purpose), on behalf of the Holders of
all Securities of such series, to waive certain past defaults under the
Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of
this Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all
future Holders of this Security and of any Security issued upon the registration
of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not
notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Security.

      No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Security or
of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is
absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and any premium and interest
on this Security at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency,
herein prescribed.

      As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein
set forth, the transfer of this Security is registrable in the Security
Register, upon surrender of this Security for registration of transfer at the
office or agency of the Company in any place where the principal of and any
premium and interest on this Security are payable, duly endorsed by, or
accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the
Company and the Security Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his
attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Securities of
this series and of like tenor, of authorized denominations and for the same
aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or
transferees.

      The Securities of this series are issuable only in registered form without
coupons in denominations of $25.00 and any integral multiple thereof. As
provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth,
Securities of this series shall be represented by a Global Security and are not
exchangeable for definitive Securities of this series except in specific
circumstances set forth in the Indenture.

      No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or
exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any
tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

      Prior to due presentment of this Security for registration of transfer,
the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat
the Person in whose name this Security is registered as the owner hereof for all
purposes, whether or not this Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the
Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

      This Security is a Global Security and is subject to the provisions of the
Indenture relating to Global Securities, including the limitations in Section
305 thereof on transfers and exchanges of Global Securities.

      This Security and the Indenture shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of New York except for the subordination
provisions contained herein and in the Indenture, which shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of The Netherlands.
<PAGE>
      All terms used in this Security which are defined in the Indenture shall
have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00057-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00057-of-00352.parquet"}]]